Table of Contents




UNITED STATES
SECURITIES AND EXCHANGE COMMISSION
Washington, D.C. 20549

FORM 10-K
(Mark One)
ýANNUAL REPORT PURSUANT TO SECTION 13 OR 15(d) OF THE SECURITIES EXCHANGE ACT OF 1934
For the fiscal year ended March 31, 2023
or
For the fiscal year ended March 31, 2016
OR
¨TRANSITION REPORT PURSUANT TO SECTION 13 OR 15(d) OF THE SECURITIES EXCHANGE ACT OF 1934

For the transition period from ________ to ________

Commission file number 1-13449File Number 001-13449

QUANTUM CORPORATION
(Exact name of registrant as specified in its charter)
qlogoa01.jpg
Delaware94-2665054Quantum Corporation
(Exact name of registrant as specified in its charter)
Delaware94-2665054
(State or other jurisdiction of incorporation or organization)(I.R.S. Employer Identification No.)
224 Airport ParkwaySuite 300, San Jose, California55095110
San JoseCA95110
(Address of principal executive offices)Principal Executive Offices)(Zip Code)
Registrant’s telephone number, including area code: (408) 944-4000

(408)944-4000
Registrant's telephone number, including area code
(Former name, former address, and former fiscal year, if changed since last report)


Securities registered pursuant to Section 12(b) of the Act:
Title of each classTrading SymbolName of each exchange on which registered
QUANTUM CORPORATION COMMON STOCKCommon Stock, $0.01 par value per shareNEW YORK STOCK EXCHANGEQMCONasdaq Global Market

Securities registered pursuant to Section 12(g) of the Act: None

Indicate by check mark if the registrant is a well-known seasoned issuer, as defined in Rule 405 of the Securities Act.¨Yes No
NONE
Indicate by check mark if the registrant is not required to file reports pursuant to Section 13 or Section 15(d) of the Act.¨Yes No
Indicate by check mark whether the registrant (1) has filed all reports required to be filed by Section 13 or 15(d) of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934 during the preceding 12 months (or for such shorter period that the registrant was required to file such reports), and (2) has been subject to such filing requirements for the past 90 days.Yes¨ No
Indicate by check mark if the registrant is a well-known seasoned issuer, as defined in Rule 405 of the Securities Act. YES  ¨   NO  ý
Indicate by check mark if the registrant is not required to file reports pursuant to Section 13 or 15(d) of the Act. YES  ¨   NO  ý
Indicate by check mark whether the registrant (1) has filed all reports required to be filed by Section 13 or 15(d) of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934 during the preceding 12 months (or for such shorter period that the registrant was required to file such reports), and (2) has been subject to such filing requirements for the past 90 days. YES  ý   NO  ¨
Indicate by check mark whether the registrant has submitted electronically and posted on its corporate website, if any, every Interactive Data File required to be submitted and posted pursuant to Rule 405 of Regulation S-T (§232.405 of this chapter) during the preceding 12 months (or for such shorter period that the registrant was required to submit and post such files). YES  ý   NO  ¨
Indicate by check mark if disclosure of delinquent filers pursuant to Item 405 of Regulation S-K (§229.405 of this chapter) is not contained herein, and will not be contained, to the best of registrant’s knowledge, in definitive proxy or information statements incorporated by reference in Part III of this Form 10-K or any amendment to this Form 10-K.  ý
Indicate by check mark whether the registrant has submitted electronically every Interactive Data File required to be submitted pursuant to Rule 405 of Regulation S-T (§232.405 of this chapter) during the preceding 12 months (or for such shorter period that the registrant was required to submit such files).Yes¨ No
Indicate by check mark whether the registrant is a large accelerated filer, an accelerated filer, a non-accelerated filer, or a smaller reporting company. See the definitions of “large accelerated filer,” “accelerated filer” and “smaller reporting company” in Rule 12b-2 of the Exchange Act.
(Check one):
Large accelerated fileroAccelerated filer
Non-accelerated filer  oSmaller reporting companyo
Emerging growth companyo
Large accelerated filer     o
If an emerging growth company, indicate by check mark if the registrant has elected not to use the extended transition period for complying with any new or revised
Accelerated filer     x
o
Non-accelerated filer     o
Smaller
Indicate by check mark whether the registrant has filed a report on and attestation to its management’s assessment of the effectiveness of its internal control over financial reporting under Section 404(b) of the Sarbanes-Oxley Act (15 U.S.C. 7262(b) by the registered public accounting firm that prepared or issued its audit report.
If securities are registered pursuant to Section 12(b) of the Act, indicate by check mark whether the financial statements of the registrant included in the filing reflect the correction of an error to previously issued financial statements.o
Indicate by check mark whether any of those errors corrections are restatements that required a recovery analysis of incentive-based compensation received by any of the registrant’s executive officers during the relevant recovery period pursuant to §240.10D-1(b).o
Indicate by check mark whether the registrant is a shell company (as defined in Rule 12b-2 of the Exchange Act).oYes No
Indicate by check mark whether the registrant has filed a report on and attestation to its management’s assessment of the effectiveness of its internal control over financial reporting under Section 404(b) of the Sarbanes-Oxley Act (15 U.S.C. 7262(b)) by the registered public accounting firm that prepared or issued its audit report. ☒


Indicate by check mark whether the registrant is a shell company (as defined in Rule 12b-2As of the Exchange Act). YES  ¨   NO  ý
The aggregate market value of Quantum Corporation’s common stock, $0.01 par value per share, held by nonaffiliates of the registrant was approximately $121.4 million on September 30, 2015 the last business day of the registrant’s most recently completed second fiscal quarter, based on the closing sales priceaggregate market value of the registrant’s common stock on that date on the New York Stock Exchange. For purposes of this disclosure, shares ofregistrant's common stock held by persons who hold more than 5% ofits non-affiliates, computed by reference to the outstanding shares ofprice at which the common stock and shares held by officers and directors of the registrant have been excluded in that such persons may be deemed to be affiliates. This determination of affiliate status is not necessarily conclusive for other purposes.was last sold, was $65,877,520.
As of the close of business on May 27, 2016,30, 2023, there were 266,278,12693,698,287 shares of the registrant’sQuantum Corporation’s common stock issued and outstanding.

DOCUMENTS INCORPORATED BY REFERENCE
The registrant’s definitive Proxy Statement forportions of the registrant's proxy statement to be filed in connection with the Annual Meeting of Stockholders which the registrant will file with the Securities and Exchange Commission within 120 days after the end of the fiscal year covered by this report, isto be held in 2023 have been incorporated by reference ininto Part III of this Annual Report on Form 10-K to the extent stated herein.



INDEX10-K.


Table of Contents
QUANTUM CORPORATION

ANNUAL REPORT ON FORM 10-K
For the Year Ended March 31, 2023

Table of Contents
Page
Number
Page
Number
PART I
4.
PART II
Item 9C.
PART III
PART IV

i

Table of Contents

As used in this Annual Report on Form 10-K (this "Annual Report"), the terms "Quantum," "we," "us," and "our" refer to Quantum Corporation and its subsidiaries taken as a whole, unless otherwise noted or unless the context indicates otherwise.
PART I
Note Regarding Forward-Looking Statements
This reportAnnual Report contains forward-looking statements. All statements within the meaning of Section 27A of the Securities Act of 1933, as amended, and Section 21E of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, as amended. Forward-looking statementscontained in this report usually contain the words “will,” “estimate,” “anticipate,” “expect,” “believe,” “project” or similar expressions and variations or negativesother than statements of these words. All such forward-looking statementshistorical fact, including, but not limited to, (1)statements regarding our goals,future operating results and financial position; our business strategy, focus and expectationsplans; our market growth and trends; our products, services and expected benefits thereof; and our objectives for future financialoperations, are forward-looking statements. The words “believe,” “may,” “will,” “estimate,” “continue,” “anticipate,” “intend,” “expect,” “could,” “would,” “project,” “plan,” “potentially,” “preliminary,” “likely,” and operating performance, including increasing market share, continuingsimilar expressions are intended to add customersidentify forward-looking statements. We have based these forward-looking statements largely on our current expectations and increasing revenueprojections about future events and earnings; (2) our expectationtrends that we will continuebelieve may affect our financial condition, results of operations, business strategy, short-term and long-term business operations and objectives, and financial needs. These forward-looking statements are subject to derive a substantial portionnumber of risks, uncertainties, and assumptions, including the competitive pressures that we face; risks associated with executing our strategy; the impact of macroeconomic and geopolitical trends and events; the need to manage third-party suppliers and the distribution of our revenueproducts and the delivery of our services effectively; the protection of our intellectual property assets, including intellectual property licensed from third parties; risks associated with our international operations; the development and transition of new products based on tape technology; (3) our belief that ourand services and the enhancement of existing cashproducts and capital resources will be sufficientservices to meet all currently planned expenditures, debt servicecustomer needs; our response to emerging technological trends; the execution and sustainperformance of contracts by us and our operations for at leastsuppliers, customers, clients and partners; the next 12 months; (4) our expectations regarding our ongoing effortshiring and retention of key employees; risks associated with business combination and investment transactions; [the execution, timing and results of any transformation or restructuring plans, including estimates and assumptions related to control ourthe cost structure; (5) our expectations regardingand the anticipated benefits of the transformation and restructuring plans;] the outcome of any litigationclaims and disputes; and those risks described under Item 1A. Risk Factors. Moreover, we operate in whicha competitive and changing environment. New risks emerge from time to time. It is not possible for our management to predict all risks, nor can we are involved; and (6)assess the effect of all factors on our business goals, objectives, key focuses, opportunities and prospectsor the extent to which are inherently uncertain as they are based on management’s expectations and assumptions concerning future events, and they are subject to numerous known and unknown risks and uncertainties. Readers are cautioned not to place undue reliance on these forward-looking statements, about which we speak only asany factor, or combination of the date hereof. As a result, our actual resultsfactors, may differ materially from the forward-looking statements contained herein. Factors that could cause actual results to differ materially from those described herein include, but arecontained in any forward-looking statements we may make. In light of these risks, uncertainties, and assumptions, the future events and trends discussed in this report may not limited to: (1) the amount of orders received in future periods; (2) our ability to timely ship our products; (3) uncertainty regarding information technology spendingoccur and the corresponding uncertaintyactual results could differ materially and adversely from those anticipated or implied in the demand for our products and services; (4) our ability to maintain supplier relationships; (5) general economic, political and fiscal conditionsforward-looking statements. Accordingly, you should not rely on forward-looking statements as predictions of future events. Although we believe that the expectations reflected in the U.S. and internationally; (6) our ability to successfully introduce new products; (7) our ability to capitalize on market demand; (8) our ability to achieve anticipated gross margin levels; and (9) those factors discussed under Item 1A “Risk Factors.” Our forward-looking statements are not guarantees ofreasonable, we cannot guarantee that the future performance.results, performance, or events and circumstances reflected in the forward-looking statements will be achieved or occur. We disclaim anyundertake no obligation to update information in any of these forward-looking statement.statements for any reason after the date of this report or to conform these statements to actual results or revised expectations.


3

Table of Contents

PART I
ITEM 1. BUSINESS
Business DescriptionOverview
Quantum Corporation (“Quantum”, the “Company”, “us” or “we”), foundeddelivers end-to-end solutions to analyze and enrich, store and manage, and protect and preserve unstructured data across its entire lifecycle. We specialize in 1980 and reincorporated in Delaware in 1987, is a leading expert in scale-out storage, archive and data protection, providing solutions for capturing, sharing, managing and preserving digital assets over the entirevideo data, lifecycle. Our customers, ranging from small businesses to large/multi-national enterprises, trust us to address their most demanding data workflow challenges. Our end-to-end tiered storage solutions enable users to maximize the value of their data by making it accessible whenever and wherever needed, retaining it indefinitely and reducing total cost and complexity. We work closely with a broad network of distributors, value-added resellers (“VARs”), direct marketing resellers (“DMRs”), original equipment manufacturers (“OEMs”)images, and other supplierslarge files because this “unstructured” data represents more than 80% of all data being created, according to meet customers’ evolving needs. Our common stock is traded on the New York Stock Exchange under the symbol QTM.
Our scale-out storage portfolio includes StorNext® software, appliances and full systems called StorNext ProTM Solutions, as well as XcellisTM workflow storage, QXS disk storage, LattusTM extended online storage and Q-CloudTM Archive and Vault services. Our StorNext offerings enable customers to manage largeleading industry analyst firms. This unstructured data sets in an information workflow, providing high-performance ingest, real-time collaboration, scalable capacity and intelligent protection. They are centered on our StorNext 5 platform, which is designed for today's modern workflow challenges of capturing, sharing, managing and preserving massive amounts of datahas driven a fundamental shift in the most demanding environments. StorNext 5 includes the industry's fastest streaming file system and policy-based tiering for automatically moving data across primary storage, extended online storage, tape archive and the cloud.
We also have a comprehensive portfolio of data protection solutions for physical, virtual and cloud environments. This includes our DXi® deduplication systems, Scalar® automated tape libraries and vmPRO virtual server backup software. In addition, we offer a Q-Cloud service for data center customers and we also provide the underlying technology platform to partners and end user customers to build their own clouds.
In addition, Artico, an active archive appliance providing network-attached storage ("NAS") connectivity, and QXS hybrid disk and flash storage serve both scale-out storage and data protection customers.
We are a member of the consortium that develops and has licensed LTO® media technology to tape media manufacturing companies. We receive royalty payments for both LTO and DLT® media technology sold under licensing agreements. We have also entered into various licensing agreements with respect to our technology, patents and similar intellectual property which provide licensing revenues in certain cases and may expand the market for products and solutions using these technologies.
We are focused on driving profitable revenue growth and long-term shareholder value by capitalizing on new market opportunities, leveraging the strength of our technology, products and install base across scale-out storage and data protection, continuing to expand our solutions portfolio and building new and enhanced channel and technology partnerships.

Industry Background
For most of our customers, demands on data have changed and so have the requirements for storing and retaining it. Previously, data had a one-way, predictable life cycle where the information technology (“IT”) focus was around risk mitigation. Now, companies know that their data can be a source of competitive advantage, revenue and growth. They are much more focused on the opportunity of data, so IT must save everything and make it available based on business requirements. In addition, the challenge of dealing with large data files is extending beyond a narrow set of vertical markets such as media and entertainment, government intelligence or oil and gas to commercial enterprises more broadly.
All of this is leading to new workflows and putting pressure on status quo approaches. Traditional infrastructures are breaking down based on the sheer volumenature of data and the role data plays in every industry. It is exponentially larger than traditional corporate data, contains immense value, and must be captured, protected, and stored for many years, decades, and longer. It is no longer just about storing data— organizations need to extract value from their data. Locked inside video, imagery, security camera footage, scientific data sets, and other sensor-derived data is a wealth of information for informed decision-making.

As a result, organizations need end-to-end solutions that allow them to manage and preserve data for decades and to easily extract insights from the detail. Whether data lives in the workplace, at the edge, or in the cloud, we provide organizations with the technology, software, and services they need to store, manage, protect, and enrich data indefinitelythroughout its lifecycle.

Products and continue to produce value from it. IT departments have determined that adding more spinning disk toServices

Our portfolio of products includes primary storage software and systems, secondary storage software and systems, as well as devices and media.

Primary Storage Software and Systems include:
Myriad All-Flash File and Object Storage Software: All-flash scale-out file and object storage for high performance enterprise unstructured data applications such as AI, machine learning, and data analytics.
StorNext Hybrid Flash/Disk File Storage Software: For video editing, post-production, and streaming applications, as well as large digital file archives.
Unified Surveillance Platform Software: Unified compute and storage for video surveillance recording, storage, and analytics.
CatDV Asset Management Software: For indexing, cataloging, enriching video, audio, and image files, and workflow orchestration.

Secondary Storage Software and Systems include:
ActiveScale Object Storage Software: Extremely scalable and durable storage for long term data preservation and protection.
DXi Backup Appliances: Purpose-built backup appliances for high-speed backup and recovery and multisite data protection.
Scalar Tape Storage: Low cost, secure storage for long term data archiving and offline data protection. Scalar tape storage systems are used by the problem will not resolveworld’s largest hyperscalers as well as thousands of enterprises worldwide.

Devices and Media includes the issues, nor will legacy backup processes.
We believe the industry is evolving to a new infrastructure that is based on high-performance, tiered storage solutions with smart data movement that fits a customer’s workflow. These tiered storage solutions need to support unpredictable, on-demand access, whenever and wherever customers need their data, and incorporate new approaches tosale of standalone Linear Tape-Open (“LTO®”) tape drives for small business data protection and archive. At the same time, these solutions must be cost-effective.
While there are different workflows which require different solutions, there are common elements that must be addressed. Quantum products offer a unique combination of high performance, low-cost capacityarchiving, and fast data access designed to help customers drive business and operational success.
Products
Scale-out Storage
With new digital technologies creating larger data files that can generate greater business value, there is a growing need to retain dataLTO® media for progressively longer periods while maintaining visibility and access to it. IT departments as well as vertically focused business units, including but not limited to media and entertainment, video surveillance, oil and gas, life sciences and high performance computing, are increasingly focused on managing large amounts of unstructured data. Generally, unstructured data refers to relatively new data types that produce large files, often measured in petabytes, such as video, imaging, documents and audio. In some cases, this also refers to large collections of small data, such as retail purchasing information, underwater photos of the ocean floor and feeds from traffic cameras that when combined, create meaningful information and increasingly competitive advantage. In addition, in managing unstructured data, organizations are increasingly recognizing that they need efficient and cost-effective ways to archive it. We offer StorNext software and appliance-based solutions, in addition to Lattus Object Storage for extended online storage and tape for low cost archiving, to address this growing need for managing and archiving growing unstructured data sets.
StorNext and Xcellis Workflow Storage
Our StorNext appliances leverage the power of our StorNext 5 software and market-leading hardware to offer predictable high-performance file sharing and archiving in purpose-built configurations of metadata controllers, expansion appliances and disk and archive enabled libraries. StorNext 5 delivers higher levels of performance, scalability and flexibility in a new generation of the industry’s leading scale-out shared storage file system, tiered storage and archive. StorNext 5 is a complete end-to-end solution that combines file management technology with easy-to-deploy appliances to support the world’s most complex and demanding workflows. In addition, our StorNext Storage Manager software automatically copies and migrates data between different tiers of storage based on user-defined policies. The result is a highly scalable, high-performance data management solution designed to optimize the use of storage while enabling long-term protection and recoverability of data.
StorNext Appliances and StorNext Pro Solutions are simple to deploy and architected to deliver scalable, industry-leading performance, drive lower operational costs and provide a flexible open system for enabling third party applications. These appliances also work seamlessly with traditional StorNext software and partner hardware offerings to provide additional options for building a shared storage area network (“SAN”) and scale-out NAS environment. They are intended to serve a wide range of markets, such as broadcast, post-production, video surveillance storage, DNA sequencing, corporate video and seismic exploration, and balance the highest performance with the lowest long-term cost for sharing all types of unstructured data used in data intensive operations.


Our Xcellis product optimizes workflow and shared access by combining functions that were formerly provided by separate components into a compact, space- and energy-saving solution. Xcellis manages high-speed disk for the most demanding workflows and provides multi-protocol SAN and local area network (“LAN”) client access. It also offers single-pane-of-glass management and monitoring and automatic data movement to low-cost storage such as cloud, object and tape. Overall, Xcellis maximizes operational and workflow efficiency and reduces the cost of data storage.
Lattus Object Storage
Our family of Lattus Object Storage solutions enables high volumes of data to be immediately available to extract valuable information at any time, and over time. The Lattus family is designed as extended online storage with wide-ranging scalability from terabytes to hundreds of petabytes with predictable retrieval times for high speed file access. These systems have self-healing capabilities that offer extremely high durability to ensure data is not lost and virtually eliminate unscheduled maintenance and performance degradation. Lattus has been designed to be self-migrating through innovative algorithms that simplify upgrades to new storage technologies.
Q-Cloud Archive and Vault Services
Many customers are using the cloud in different ways and we offer Q-Cloud services for a variety of applications, including using the cloud as a tier for archive storage within StorNext storage environments. Q-Cloud Archive and Q-Cloud Vault incorporate the power of the public cloud as an off-site tier within a StorNext 5 workflow environment without changes to existing applications or processes required.
StorNext AEL Archives
Our tape-based StorNext AEL archives products are purpose-built for extreme data environments, offering highly scalable data management solutions that are also cost effective and easy to manage. When added to a StorNext file system deployment, StorNext AEL archives products provide near-line archiving with built-in data protection and self-healing capabilities to ensure that valuable digital assets are protected and accessible over time. As a result, StorNext AEL archives products play a key role as we continue to expand our footprint in the growing market for unstructured data archive solutions.
Data Protection
DXi Disk Systems
Our DXi disk systems use deduplication technology to increase the amount of backup data users can retain on traditional disk systems. The result is a cost-effective means for IT departments to store backup data on disk for months instead of days, providing high-speed restores, increasing available data recovery points and reducing media management. For disaster recovery in distributed environments, the DXi-Series also makes wide area network (“WAN”) replication practical because of the greatly reduced bandwidth required with data deduplication. By greatly increasing effective disk capacity, data deduplication enables users to retain backup data on fast recovery disk much longer than possible using conventional disk and significantly reduces the bandwidth needed to move data between sites. We hold a key patent in one of the most efficient methods of data deduplication, known as variable-length data deduplication.
Q-Cloud Protect
In addition to using the cloud as a tier for archive storage within StorNext storage environments, we also offer Q-Cloud Protect for off-site disaster recovery storage using our deduplication technology. In both cases, our customers get the benefits of the cloud such as pricing flexibility and offsite storage for disaster recovery protection in a way that integrates with their existing on-premise applications. Our approach enables customers to use the cloud as a tier of storage, resulting in hybrid-cloud storage solutions that best fit the needs of our customers’ workflows and storage requirements.
Scalar Tape Automation Systems
We are a leading supplier of tape automation products and we continue to expand features and functionality of our tape library offerings to increase storage capacity and improve performance. Our Scalar tape automation portfolio includes a range of products, from autoloaders with one tape drive and up to sixteen cartridges to large enterprise-class libraries which can hold hundreds of drives and thousands of cartridges. Our tape libraries intelligently manage and protect business critical data in workgroup, medium size business and enterprise data center environments. With an emphasis on ease of use, management features and investment optimization, Scalar tape libraries are designed to grow with business needs. These products integrate tape drives into a system with automation technology, advanced connectivity and sophisticated management tools, including integrated media integrity analysis in tape drives and library diagnosticstorage systems.

We also offer a broad portfolio of services including 24x7x365 global support, deployment and consulting services, education services, and Quantum-as-a-Service. Our services are delivered with a combination of expertise and technology, including the SuperLoader®3 autoloader designed to maximize data densityMyQuantum Service Delivery Platform, and performance.Cloud-Based Analytics (CBA) AIOps software for proactive remote monitoring.

Tying our libraries together from entry-level to enterprise is a common, integrated software called iLayerTM, which provides monitoring, alerts and proactive diagnostics, thereby reducing service calls, shortening issue resolution time and decreasing the time users spend managing their tape automation solutions. In addition, we believe the growth in archiving of unstructured data represents a substantial opportunity for tape automation systems. To capitalize on this trend and the changing role of tape automation systems in data protection, we have invested in our enterprise Scalar i6000 and midrange Scalar i500 platforms to provide increased redundancy capabilities. These platforms can be implemented on their own or in an appliance configuration with our StorNext archiving software.
Devices and Media
Our device and media products include removable disk drives and libraries, tape drives and media. We offer tape drives and media primarily based on the LTO format. Our LTO family of devices is designed to deliver outstanding performance, capacity and reliability, combining the advantages of linear multi-channel, bi-directional formats with enhancements in servo technology, data compression, track layout and error correction. These LTO tape drives are designed to provide midrange and enterprise customers with disaster recovery and cost-effective backup solutions.
We also sell a full range of storage media offerings to complement each tape drive technology and to satisfy a variety of specific media requirements. Our media is compatible with our drives, autoloaders and libraries as well as other industry products.
Global Support and Services, and Warranty

4

Table of Contents
Our global services strategy is an integral component of our total customer solution. Service is typically a significant purchase factor for customers considering scale-outlong-term storage for archiving and retention or data protection storage solutions, andsolutions. Consequently, our ability to provide comprehensive serviceinstallation and supportintegration services as well as maintenance services can be a noteworthy competitive advantage to attract new customers and retain existing customers. In addition, we believe that our ability to retain long-term customer relationships and secure repeat business is frequently tied directly to our comprehensive service capabilities and performance.

Our extensive use of technology and innovative built-in product intelligence allows us to scale our global services operations to meet the needs of our expanding installed base.customers. We are currently able to provide service to customers in more than 100 countries, supported by 24-hour, multi-language technical support centers located in North America, Europe, and Asia. We provide our customers with warranty coverage on all of our products. Customers with high availability requirements may also purchase additional serviceservices to extend the warranty period, obtain faster response times or both, on our high-performance shared storage systems, tape systems, and disk backup systems, tape automation products and StorNext appliances.systems. We offer this additional support coverage at a variety of response levels up to 24-hours a day, seven-days-a-week, 365-days-a-year, for customers with stringent high-availability needs. We provide support ranging from repair and replacement to 24-hour rapid exchange to on-site service support for our midrange and enterprise-class products. In addition to these traditional installation and maintenance services, we also provide project management, managed services, and other value-added services to enhance our customer’s experience and engagement. These incremental services create a deeper relationship with customers that enables them to maximize the value of our solution and better positions us to retain our customers through technology transitions.

We generally warrant our hardware products against defects for periods ranging from one to three years from the date of sale. We provide warranty and non-warranty repair services through our service team and third partythird-party service providers. In addition, we utilize various other third partythird-party service providers throughout the world to perform repair and warranty services for us to reach additional geographic areas and industries in order to provide quality services in a cost-effective manner.

Research and Development

We are a solutions company that relies on technology advancements to compete in an industry characterized by rapid technological change and evolving customer requirements. Our success depends, in part, on our ability to introduce new products and features to meet end user needs. Our research and development teams are workingfocused on thetechnology and services to make our end-to-end solution of storage systems and data management software easier to manage at scale, software enhancements to make our storage more searchable and accessible, software-defined hyperconverged storage technology, next generation disk,solid-state and hard-drive storage system software, data deduplication virtual systems, cloud solutions, object storage solutions,and other data reduction technologies, and making tape automation and scale-out storage technologiesother mediums even more efficient as well as software solutions to advance these technologiesa solution for the scale-out storage and data protection markets to meet changing customer requirements. We continue to focus our efforts on software and integrated software and hardware solutions that offer improvements in the efficiency and cost of storing, moving, managing and protecting large amounts of data and providing solutionsmedium for the continuing convergence between backup and archive to provide compelling solutions for our customers.long term archival storage.
We continue to invest in research and development to improve and expand our product lines and introduce new product lines, striving to provide superior data protection and scale-out storage solutions, for both on-premise cloud environments. Research and development costs were $48.7 million, $58.6 million, and $64.4 million for fiscal 2016, 2015 and 2014, respectively.


Sales and Distribution Channels
Quantum Branded
Product Sales Channels
For Quantum-branded products, we
We utilize distributors, VARsvalue-added resellers ("VARs") and DMRs.direct market resellers ("DMRs") in our sales process. Our integrated Quantum Alliance Reseller Programreseller program provides our channel partners the option of purchasing products directly or through distribution channels and provides them access to a more comprehensive product line. Additionally, we sell directly to a select number ofmultiple large corporate entities and government agencies.

OEM Relationships

We sell our products to several OEMoriginal equipment manufacturer ("OEM") customers that resell our hardware products under their own brand names and typically assume responsibility for product sales, end user service and support. We also license our software to certain OEM customers that include this software in their own brand name products. These OEM relationships enable us to reach end users not served by our branded distribution channels or our direct sales force. They also allow us to sell to select geographic or vertical markets where specific OEMs have exceptional strength.

Customers
Our sales
5

Table of Contents
We providesolutions to multiple industries globally.Historically, our primary customers are concentrated with several key customers because under our business model, as is typical for our industry,in hyperscale, technology and industrial, media and entertainment, federal government, life sciences and healthcare, and financial industries.In addition, we sell to OEMs, distributors, VARs and DMRs to reach end user customers. Sales to our top five customers represented 28%32%, 17%, and 16% of revenue in fiscal 20162023, fiscal 2022 and 31%fiscal 2021, respectively, of revenue in eachwhich one of fiscal 2015 and 2014. No customer accounted forour hyperscale customers represented 10% or more of our revenue in fiscal 2016, 2015 or 2014. Through our Quantum Alliance Reseller Program and our emphasis on growing our branded business, including increasing the independent channel, we are expanding our customer base and continue to distribute our products and services across a larger number of customers.total 2023 revenue.

Competition

The markets in which we participate are highly competitive, characterized by rapid technological change and changing customer requirements. In some cases, our competitors in one market area are customers or suppliers in another. Our competitors often have greater financial, technical, manufacturing, marketing, or other resources than we do. Additionally, the competitive landscape continues to change due to merger and acquisition activity as well as new entrants into the market.

As our customers look to use more public cloud storage services, these providers offer a competitive alternative, as well as new platforms and new ways to deploy our software. We expect that the data storage infrastructures of the future will be both hybrid-cloud and multi-cloud, meaning our customers will store their data in the various large public cloud environments, and also want to use services from multiple public cloud vendors.

Our StorNext appliances and workflowprimary storage solutions, including object storage systems, primarily face competition from the EMC Corporationbusiness unit of Dell Inc. (“EMC”Dell”), International Business Machines Corporation, (“IBM”), NetApp, Inc., (“NetApp”), and other contententerprise storage vendors in the media and entertainment industry as well as government agencies and departments. markets we serve.

Our cloud solutions face competition from a large number of businesses that provide hardware, software and virtual solutions as well as companies that offer cloud services based on other technology. Our Lattus Object Storagesecondary storage solutions, primarily tape storage systems, compete with object storage solutions from other providers, ranging from startup companies to established companies, such as EMC and IBM, as well as large public cloud storage providers.
Our disk backup solutions primarily compete with products sold by EMC, Hewlett-Packard Company (“HP”), IBM and NetApp. Additionally, a number of software companies that have traditionally been partners with us have deduplication features in their products and will, at times, compete with us. A number of our competitors also license technology from other competing companies.
In the tape automation market, we primarily compete for midrange and enterprise reseller and end user businessmarkets with Dell, Inc. ("Dell"), IBM Oracle Corporation and SpectraLogic Corporation as well as HP through its OEM relationship with other tape automation suppliers. library vendors.Competitors for entry-level and OEM tape automation businesssystems include BDT Products, Inc. and several others that supply or manufacture similar products. In addition, disk backup products and cloud storage are aan indirect competitive alternative to tape products and solutions.
At thestorage. Our backup storage device level, our main competitors are HP and IBM. Both HP and IBM develop and sell their own LTO tape drives, whichsystems primarily compete with our device offerings. We also face competition from disk alternatives, including removable disk drivesproducts sold by Dell, Hewlett Packard Enterprise Company and Veritas Technologies LLC.

Manufacturing and Supply Chain

Quantum has a global supply chain and operations organization, with contract manufacturers located in the entry-level market.
For a discussion of risks associatedU.S. and Mexico along with competing technologies, see the Risk Factor in Item 1A "Risk Factors" titled, “We derive the majority of our revenue from products incorporating tape technology. Our future operating results depend in part on continued market acceptance and use of products employing tape technology and decreasessupporting third-party logistics companies in the market could materiallyEurope, Middle East, and adversely impact our business, financial conditionAfrica region (“EMEA”), and operating results. In addition, if wethe Asia-Pacific region, or (“APAC”). Our supply chain and manufacturing strategy minimizes geo-political and environmental causal risks and provides flexibility to support demand fluctuations by region.

Quantum primary storage and secondary disk-based storage systems are unable to competesold as appliances that combine Quantum software with new or alternative storage technologies, our business, financial condition and operating results could be materially and adversely affected.”

Manufacturing
In fiscal 2014, we transitioned our manufacturingservers that are procured from a model incorporating in-house production andvarious server vendors. Quantum sources these servers from various vendors, then uses contract manufacturers for final integration and shipment to customers. Quantum's tape storage systems are designed by Quantum and manufactured by a fully outsourced model as part of our strategy to enhance our variable cost structure and provide more flexibility to cost-effectively manage the volume of products manufactured to align with our expectations, including market declines in the tape business and growth expectations in disk backup products and scale-out storage solutions. During fiscal 2016 and 2015, we used onlyglobal contract manufacturers to produce our products.manufacturer.
We outsource the manufacture, repair and fulfillment of disk backup products, scale-out storage solutions, tape automation systems, tape devices and service parts to contract manufacturers. Tape drives used in our products are primarily sourced from Hungary and China. Disk drives used in our products are largely sourced from Thailand, the Philippines and China. Certain tape automation system materials and assemblies as well as certain disk system materials and assemblies are sourced in China, Malaysia, Thailand, Mexico and the U.S.
Our recording tapeTape media is manufactured by one or more tape media manufacturing companies, which are qualified and licensed to manufacture, use and sell media products. In most cases, the media is produced in Japan and multi-sourceddistributed globally.

The global supply chain and logistics have been severely constrained and impacted by inflationary pricing for the past couple of years.While we are cautiously optimistic and see signs of improvement over the past year with supply of both server and tape automation components, we continue to see some constraints. While some components continue to have extended lead times and often non-cancellable purchase orders are required, Quantum continues to work with suppliers to minimize lead times and associated liabilities.We continue to focus on a worldwide basis.number of actions including alternate component qualifications, more aggressive management of contract manufacturers, and model changes for better logistics performance and visibility.


Intellectual Property and Technology
We develop and protect our technology and know-how, principally in the field of data storage.
We generally rely on patent, copyright, trademark and trade secret laws and contract rights to establish and maintain our proprietary rights in our technology and products. As of March 31, 2016,2023, we hold over 300160 U.S. patents and have over 70 pending U.S. patent applications.patents. In general, these patents have a 20-year term from the first effective filing date for each patent. We may
6

Table of Contents
also hold a number of foreign patents and patent applications for certain of our products and technologies. Although we believe that our patents and applications have significant value, rapidly changing technology in our industry means that our future success may also depend heavily on the technical competence and creative skills of our employees.

From time to time, third parties have asserted that the manufacture and sale of our products have infringed on their patents. We are not knowingly infringing any third partythird-party patents. Should it ultimately be determined that licenses for third partythird-party patents are required, we will makeundertake best efforts to obtain such licenses on commercially reasonable terms. See Item 3 “Legal Proceedings”Note 11:Commitments andContingencies for additional disclosures regarding lawsuits alleging patent infringement.

On occasion, we have entered into various patent licensing and cross-licensing agreements with other companies. We may enter into patent cross-licensing agreements with other third parties in the future as part of our normal business activities. These agreements, when and if entered into, would enable these third parties to use certain patents that we own and enable us to use certain patents owned by these third parties. We have also sold certain patents, retaining a royalty-free license for these patents.

We are a member of the consortium that develops, patents, and licenses Linear Tape-Open, (or “LTO® tape”) technology to media manufacturing companies. We receive royalty payments for LTO media technology sold under licensing agreements. We have also entered into various licensing agreements with respect to our technology, patents and similar intellectual property which provide licensing revenues in certain cases and may expand the market for products and solutions using these technologies.

Segment Information

We operate as a single reporting unit and operating segment for business and operating purposes. Information about revenue attributable to each of our product groups is included in Item 7 “Management’s7.Management’s Discussion and Analysis of Financial Condition and Results of Operations”Operations and information about revenue and long-lived assets attributable to certain geographic regions is included in Note 14 “Geographic Information”2: Revenue and Note 4: Balance Sheet Information, respectively, to the Consolidated Financial Statementsconsolidated financial statements and risks attendant to our foreign operations is set forth below in Item 1A “Risk1A.Risk Factors.

Seasonality

As is typical in our industry, we generally have the greatest demand for our products and services in the fourth quarter of each calendar year, or our fiscal third quarter. We usually experience the lowest demand for our products and services in the first and second quarters of each calendar year, or our fiscal fourth quarter and fiscal first quarter, respectively.
Backlog
Information About Our Executive Officers

Following are the names and positions of our management team as of May 18, 2023, including a brief account of the business experience of each.
NamePosition with Quantum
James J. LernerPresident, Chief Executive Officer and Chairman of the Board
Kenneth GianellaChief Financial Officer
Brian E. CabreraChief Administrative Officer
John HurleyChief Revenue Officer
Lewis MooreheadChief Accounting Officer

James J. Lerner, 53, was appointed as President and Chief Executive Officer of the Company, effective July 1, 2018, and was appointed Chairman of the Company’s Board of Directors (the “Board of Directors”) on August 7, 2018. Mr. Lerner has previously served as Vice President and Chief Operating Officer at Pivot3 Inc., a smart infrastructure solutions company, from March 2017 to June 2018, and as Chief Revenue Officer from November 2016 to March 2017. Prior to Pivot3 Inc., from March 2014 to August 2015, Mr. Lerner served as President of Cloud Systems and Solutions at Seagate Technology Holdings Public Limited Company (“Seagate”) (Nasdaq: STX), a data storage company. Prior to Seagate, Mr. Lerner served in various executive roles at Cisco Systems, Inc.
7

Table of Contents
(Nasdaq: CSCO), a networking hardware and software manufacturing company, including most recently as Senior Vice President and General Manager of the Cloud & Systems Management Technology Group. Before beginning his career as a technology company executive, Mr. Lerner was a Senior Consultant at Andersen Consulting, a financial advisory and consulting firm. Since 2011, Mr. Lerner has served on the Board of Trustees of Astia, a global not-for-profit organization built on a community of men and women dedicated to the success of women-led, high-growth ventures, and is currently serving as the Chair of the Board of Trustees. Mr. Lerner earned a Bachelor of Arts in Quantitative Economics and Decision Sciences from U.C. San Diego.

Kenneth Gianella, 50, has served as our Chief Financial Officer since January 2023. Prior to joining us, he served as the Vice President of Investor Relations; Mergers, Divestitures, & Acquisitions; and Environmental, Social & Governance (ESG) Strategy at Itron, Inc. (Nasdaq: ITRI), an energy and water network technology and services company, since July 2018, and as Vice President of Finance and Treasury of Itron’s Networks segment from January 2018 to July 2018. Prior to that, from December 2012 to December 2017, Mr. Gianella held various senior finance positions at Silver Springs Networks, an IoT and smart networks company (acquired by Itron in December 2017), including as interim Chief Financial Officer, Senior Vice President, Finance and Treasurer. Mr. Gianella also was the Head of Finance and Administration at Sensity Systems, Inc., a producer of smart LED lights for enabling Smart Cities, and held various senior finance roles at KLA-Tencor Corporation, a leader in process control, yield management, and computational analytics for the semiconductor industry. Mr. Gianella holds a Master of Business Administration from University of Pittsburgh and a Bachelor of Science in Business Administration from Duquesne University.

Brian E. Cabrera, 58, most recently served as the Assistant United States Attorney from October 2018 to April 2020 and as Special Assistant United States Attorney from October 2017 to October 2018 in the Office of the United States Attorney, Northern District of California. From May 2014 to June 2017, Mr. Cabrera served as Senior Vice President & General Counsel of NVIDIA Corporation (“NVIDIA”) (Nasdaq: NVIDIA), a graphics processing units technology company. Prior to NVIDIA, Mr. Cabrera served as General Counsel and Corporate Secretary, Chief Ethics & Compliance Officer of Synopsys, Inc. (Nasdaq: SNPS), an electronic design automation company, from 2006 to 2014. From 1999 to 2006, Mr. Cabrera served as Senior Vice President, Operations, General Counsel and Corporate Secretary of Callidus Software, Inc., an enterprise software company. Prior to Callidus Software, Inc., Mr. Cabrera held various legal positions with PeopleSoft, Inc., a human resource management systems provider, Netscape Communications Corporation, an internet software developing company, Silicon Graphics, Inc., a computer hardware and software manufacturing company, and Bronson, Bronson & McKinnon LLP, a law firm. Mr. Cabrera holds Bachelor’s and Master’s degrees and a Juris Doctorate from the University of Southern California.

John Hurley, 57, has served as Quantum's Chief Revenue Officer since August 2021. Prior to Quantum, Mr. Hurley was at Cisco Systems, Inc. (Nasdaq: CSCO), a networking hardware and software manufacturing company, from 2008 to 2021, and most recently served as Vice President at Cisco, global commercial segment. Mr. Hurley also spent several years overseeing Cisco's service provider business. Additionally, Mr. Hurley led transformational enterprise relationships with Cisco's largest enterprise customers in aerospace and automotive. From 2005 to 2008, he served as area Vice President, Midwest Global / Corporate Business Group at Dell Technologies Inc. (NYSE: DELL), a multinational technology company, where he led regional sales directors and their teams to support multiple Fortune 100 customers. Mr. Hurley held leadership roles at transformational early-stage software companies, where he helped drive the businesses to successful acquisitions by industry leaders Microsoft Corporation and HP Inc. Mr. Hurley holds a Bachelor of Science in Economics from Pennsylvania State University.

Lewis Moorehead, 51, has served as our Chief Accounting Officer since October 2018. Prior to joining Quantum, Mr. Moorehead was the Director of Finance, Accounting and Tax at Carvana, Co. (NYSE: CVNA), a publicly traded on-line retailer, from November 2016 to October 2018. Beginning in September 2004, he has served as Managing Partner at Quassey, an investment firm. While at Quassey, he also served as Vice President of Finance and Principal Accounting Officer at Limelight Networks, Inc. (now Edgio, Inc.), a Nasdaq-listed global content delivery network and SaaS provider, from March 2010 to August 2013. He has also held finance and accounting positions at eTelecare Global Solutions, an outsourcing service company, Rivers and Moorehead PLLC, an accounting advisory firm, Intelligentias, Inc., a data intelligence company, American Express Company (NYSE: AXP), a payment card services company, and PricewaterhouseCoopers LLP, an advisory and tax services firm. He holds a Bachelor of Business Administration, in Accounting from the University of Wisconsin-Whitewater.

Human Capital

8

Table of Contents
Our productsChief Administrative Officer ("CAO") leads our human capital initiatives, which include the design and execution of all people strategies. The CAO partners directly with the Board of Directors, the Leadership and Compensation Committee, and Senior Management on the design, cost, and effectiveness of our people programs to ensure they are manufactured based on forecasts of customer demand. We also place inventory in strategic locations throughout the world in order to enable certain key customers to obtain products on demand. Orders are generally placed by customers on an as-needed basis. Product orders are confirmedcompetitive and in most cases, shipped to customers within one week. More complex systems and product configurations often have longer lead times and may include on-site integration or customer acceptance. Most of the backlog accumulated during any particular fiscal quarterreward our teams for driving company performance.

Our workforce is shipped in the same quarter in which the backlog initially occurs. Therefore, our backlog generally grows during the first part of each fiscal quarter and shrinks during the latter part of the quarter to reach its lowest levels at the end of that same quarter, by which time significant shipments have occurred. As a result, our backlog as of the end of any fiscal quarter is not material and is not a predictor of future sales.

Employees
We hadcurrently distributed across 19 countries, with approximately 1,200850 employees worldwideglobally as of March 31, 2016.2023, including 460 in North America, 190 in APAC, and 200 in EMEA. We engage with contractors, consultants, or temporary employees as needs for special projects occur.

Work Environment

While we believe competition for talent in the technology industry in certain geographies may be beginning to soften, we continue to design, evaluate, and expand our total rewards programs so they remain competitive in attracting, motivating, rewarding, and retaining key talent.

We offer flexible and hybrid working arrangements that allow our employees to choose where and how they work. We work to ensure our office environments, whether at a primary location or remote, are safe, professional, and inclusive so our employees can be successful.

To build high performing products and services, we aim to build high performing teams that are inclusive, diverse, and respected regardless of gender, race, color, religion, age, sexual orientation, or disability. We invest in diverse hiring and training initiatives, performance and professional development opportunities, and candidates ranging from interns to experienced leaders. This past year, we partnered with an outside firm for our training on compliance and preventing harassment and discrimination. We believe that fostering an inclusive work environment is a critical component for our culture of excellence.

Culture of Excellence, Accountability, and Innovation

Our company goals and leadership attributes set the tone for our culture of excellence and accountability. Employees are empowered to ask questions and encouraged to report concerns without fear of retaliation, including reporting anonymously if preferred.

During the fiscal year ended March 31, 2023, we redesigned our internal employee recognition program to encourage driving innovation, promoting teamwork, and leading by example.We also continued our practice of “no internal meeting days” so employees can have more time for focused work, training, or personal development.

Talent Development

Our talent is our greatest asset. We seek to actively grow our employees’ skills and leadership perspective while retaining our most critical talent. Our managers and employees participate in regular performance discussions that help facilitate conversations on employee contributions, goals, and expectations.

Available Information

Our Annual Report on Form 10-K, Quarterly Reports on Form 10-Q, Current Reports on Form 8-K, and amendments to reports filed or furnished pursuant to Sections 13(a) and 15(d) of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, as amended, are available free of charge on our website at http:https://www.quantum.com generally when such reports are available on the Securities and Exchange Commission (“SEC”) website. The contents of our website are not incorporated into this Annual Report on Form 10-K.

The public may read and copy any materials we file with the SEC at the SEC’s Public Reference Room at 100 F Street, NE, Washington, D.C. 20549. The public may obtain information on the operation of the Public Reference Room by calling the SEC at 1-800-SEC-0330.1-800-SEC-0330 or (202) 551-5450. The SEC maintains an internet site that contains reports, proxy, and information statements and other information regarding issuers that file electronically with the SEC at http://www.sec.gov.
Executive Officers and Management Team
Following are the names and positions of our management team as of May 27, 2016, including a brief account of his business experience.

9
NamePosition with Quantum
Jon W. Gacek*President and Chief Executive Officer
Fuad Ahmad*Senior Vice President, Chief Financial Officer
William C. Britts*Senior Vice President, Worldwide Sales and Marketing
Robert S. Clark*Senior Vice President, Product Operations
Shawn D. Hall*Senior Vice President, General Counsel and Secretary
Don MartellaSenior Vice President, Engineering
Geoff StedmanSenior Vice President, Marketing and Scale-Out Storage Solutions
Bassam TabbaraChief Technology Officer


* Determined by the BoardTable of Directors to be an “officer” for the purposes of Section 16 (a) of the Exchange Act.Contents
Mr. Gacek became President and Chief Executive Officer and was also appointed to the Board of Directors in April 2011. He was President and Chief Operating Officer from January 2011 through March 2011. He joined Quantum as Executive Vice President and Chief Financial Officer in August 2006, upon Quantum’s acquisition of Advanced Digital Information Corporation (“ADIC”) and was promoted to Executive Vice President, Chief Financial Officer and Chief Operating Officer in June 2009. Previously, he served as the Chief Financial Officer at ADIC from 1999 to 2006 and also led Operations during his last three years at ADIC. Prior to ADIC, Mr. Gacek was an audit partner at PricewaterhouseCoopers LLP and led the Technology Practice in the firm’s Seattle office. While at PricewaterhouseCoopers LLP, he assisted several private equity investment firms with a number of mergers, acquisitions, leveraged buyouts and other transactions.
Mr. Ahmad joined Quantum as Chief Financial Officer in April 2016. Mr. Ahmad has been a partner with FLG Partners, a consulting firm providing interim and permanent financial leadership services, since 2013 and has been advising various companies on matters ranging from scaling their operations and growth and financing strategies to restructuring and reorganizations. Prior to FLG Partners, from 2010 to 2012, he was Chief Financial Officer of Sezmi Inc. a provider of cloud-based, turnkey video solutions for personalized and multi-screen offerings serving telecommunications, media/content and ISP companies. From 2004 to 2010, Mr. Ahmad was Senior Vice President and Chief Financial Officer of Globalstar Inc., an industry-leading provider of mobile satellite voice and data services.
Mr. Britts joined Quantum as Executive Vice President, Sales and Marketing in August 2006, upon Quantum’s acquisition of ADIC. He served in this position until June 2011, when he assumed the role of Senior Vice President, Worldwide Marketing, Service and Business Development. In April 2012, Mr. Britts added Operations to his portfolio. In July 2013, he was named Senior Vice President, Worldwide Sales and Marketing. Prior to Quantum, he spent 12 years at ADIC, where he held numerous leadership positions, including Executive Vice President of Worldwide Sales and Marketing, Vice President of Sales and Marketing and Director of Marketing. Before ADIC, Mr. Britts served in a number of marketing and sales positions at Raychem Corp. and its subsidiary, Elo TouchSystems.

Mr. Clark joined Quantum as Director of Tape Products in August 2006, upon Quantum’s acquisition of ADIC. In March 2009, he was promoted to Vice President with responsibility for various product lines, as well as business operations and OEM sales. In April 2010, he was named Senior Vice President, Tape and OEM Product Group (subsequently reorganized as Disk and Tape Backup Product Group). In January 2014, Mr. Clark assumed additional responsibility for all Quantum products in a newly named Product Operations organization. In April 2015, Mr. Clark also assumed responsibility for both Operations and Service. Prior to Quantum, Mr. Clark was at HP for 10 years in various engineering and sales positions.
Mr. Hall joined Quantum in 1999 as Corporate Counsel, became Vice President, General Counsel and Secretary in 2001 and was promoted to Senior Vice President, General Counsel and Secretary in May 2009. Prior to Quantum, Mr. Hall worked at the law firms of Skadden, Arps and Willkie Farr & Gallagher, where he practiced in the areas of mergers and acquisitions and corporate finance, representing numerous public and private technology companies.
Mr. Martella joined Quantum as Vice President, Automation Engineering in August 2006, upon Quantum’s acquisition of ADIC. In June 2010, he was promoted to Senior Vice President, Platform Engineering, and in April 2011 assumed his current role. Before joining Quantum, Mr. Martella served as a Vice President of Engineering and Quality at ADIC, where he spent five years in various leadership positions. Previously, he held engineering positions in the storage and process control industries.
Mr. Stedman joined Quantum as Senior Vice President, Scale-out Storage Solutions in March 2014. From March 2012 to February 2014, Mr. Stedman served as vice president of marketing at Tintri, Inc., and he was senior vice president and general manager of the Storage Business Unit at Harmonic, Inc. He joined Harmonic in conjunction with its acquisition of Omneon, Inc. where he spent seven years as senior vice president of worldwide marketing. Before Omneon, Mr. Stedman held marketing positions at several technology companies.
Mr. Tabbara joined Quantum as Executive Director, Cloud Services, in August 2014, in conjunction with Quantum’s acquisition of Symform’s cloud storage services platform. In July 2015, he was promoted to Chief Technology Officer with responsibility for driving the company’s long-term technology strategy to capitalize on new market opportunities. Prior to Quantum, Mr. Tabbara was the CTO and co-founder of Symform from November 2007 to July 2014. Before Symform, Mr. Tabbbara spent 12 years at Microsoft, where he worked on a number of key initiatives, including Microsoft Research, MSN, Windows, Visual Studio and System Center. Mr. Tabbara holds more than 30 patents.


ITEM 1A. RISK FACTORS
YOU SHOULD CAREFULLY CONSIDER THE RISKS DESCRIBED BELOW, TOGETHER WITH ALL OF THE OTHER INFORMATION INCLUDED IN THIS ANNUAL REPORT ON FORM 10-K. THE RISKS AND UNCERTAINTIES DESCRIBED BELOW ARE NOT THE ONLY ONES FACING QUANTUM. ADDITIONAL RISKS AND UNCERTAINTIES NOT PRESENTLY KNOWN TO US OR THAT WE CURRENTLY BELIEVE ARE IMMATERIAL MAY ALSO IMPAIR OUR BUSINESS AND OPERATIONS. THIS ANNUAL REPORT ON FORM 10-K CONTAINS “FORWARD-LOOKING” STATEMENTS THAT INVOLVE RISKS AND UNCERTAINTIES. PLEASE SEE PAGE 1 OF THIS REPORT FOR ADDITIONAL DISCUSSION OF THESE FORWARD-LOOKING STATEMENTS.
Before investing in any of our securities, you should carefully consider the risks and uncertainties described below, together with all other information in this Annual Report. The risks and uncertainties described below could materially and adversely affect our business, operating results, revenue, financial condition, liquidity, market share or competitive position, and consequently, the value of our securities.

Risks Related to Our Supply Chain, Customers and Sales Strategy

Cost increases, supply disruptions, or raw material shortages, including in single source components, could harm our business.

We have and may continue to experience cost increases or supply interruptions in raw materials and components necessary for our products, as well as increased freight charges and reduced capacity from our freight forwarders.Any such increases or interruptions could materially negatively impact our business, prospects, financial condition and operating results, including delays in manufacturing and shipments of our products and in some cases, result in canceled orders.While we have implemented price increases intended to offset rising costs, we cannot provide assurance that these increases will have the desired effects on our business model in the expected timeframe.

We outsource our component supply, manufacturing, and service repair operations to third parties. Our business, financial condition, and operating results could face material adverse impacts if we cannot obtain parts, products, and services in a cost effective and timely manner that meets our customers’ expectations.

Many aspects of our supply chain and operational results are dependent on the performance of third-party business partners, including contract manufacturers, service providers, and product integrators. We face a number of risks as a result of these relationships, any or all of which could have a material adverse effect on our business and harm our operating results and financial condition.

Sole source of product supply

In many cases, our business partners are the sole source of supply for the products or parts they manufacture, or the services they provide to us, and we do not have executed long-term purchase agreements with these partners. Our reliance on a limited number of suppliers and the lack of any guaranteed sources of supply exposes us to several risks, including:

the inability to obtain an adequate supply of key components;
price volatility for the components of our products;
failure of a supplier to meet our quality or production requirements;
failure of a supplier of key components to remain in business or adjust to market conditions; and
consolidation among suppliers, resulting in some suppliers exiting the industry, discontinuing the manufacture of components or increasing the price of components.

We cannot assure investors that we will be able to obtain a sufficient supply of these key components or that their costs will not increase. If our component supply is disrupted or delayed, or if we need to replace our existing suppliers or redesign a product to accept different components, we cannot guarantee that additional components will be available when required, on terms that are favorable to us, or at reasonable prices, which could extend our lead times and increase our component costs.

Cost and purchase commitments and processes

We may not be able to control the costs of products or services we obtain from our business partners. We provide a customer demand forecast used to procure inventory to build our products. We could be responsible for the financial impact from any forecast reduction or product mix shift relative to materials already purchased under a prior forecast, including the cost of finished goods in excess of current customer demand or for excess or obsolete inventory.
10

Table of Contents

In some cases, we may retain the responsibility to purchase component inventory to support third-party manufacturing activities, which presents a number of risks that could materially and adversely affect our financial condition. For instance, as part of our component planning, we may place orders with or pay certain suppliers for components in advance of receiving customer purchase orders. We may occasionally enter into large orders with vendors to ensure that we have sufficient components for our products to meet anticipated customer demand. It is possible that we could experience a design or manufacturing flaw that could delay or even prevent the production of the components for which we previously committed to pay.

In addition, in order to reduce manufacturing lead times and plan for adequate component supply, from time to time we may issue non-cancelable and non-returnable component or product orders. Our inventory management systems and related supply chain visibility tools may be inadequate to enable us to make accurate forecasts and effectively manage our component and product supply. If we ultimately determine that we have excess supply, we may have to reduce our prices and write down or write off excess or obsolete inventory. Alternatively, insufficient supply levels may lead to shortages resulting in delayed or lost revenue or reduced product margins.We could experience operating losses based on any of these conditions.

We also maintain service parts inventories to satisfy future warranty obligations and to earn service revenue by providing enhanced and extended technical support and product service during and beyond the warranty period. We estimate service parts inventory needs based on historical usage and forecasts of future warranty and service contract requirements, including estimates of failure rates, costs to repair, and out of warranty revenue. Given the significant levels of judgment inherently involved in the process, we cannot provide assurance that we will be able to maintain service parts inventories appropriate to satisfy customer needs or to avoid inventory purchases that later prove to be unnecessary. If we are unable to maintain appropriate levels of service parts inventories, our business, financial condition and results of operations may be materially and adversely impacted.

Although we have contracts for most of our third-party repair service vendors, the contract period may not be the same as the underlying customer service contract. In such cases, we face risks that the third-party service provider may increase the cost of providing services in later periods already under contract to our customers at a fixed price.

Financial condition and stability

Our third-party business partners may suffer adverse financial or operating results or be negatively impacted by economic conditions. We may face interrupted component, product, or service supply as a result of financial or other volatility affecting our supply chain. As a result, we could suffer production downtime or increased costs to procure alternate products or services.

Quality and supplier conduct

We have limited control over the quality of products and components produced and services provided by our third-party business partners and their supply chains. The quality of the products, parts or services may not be acceptable to our customers and could result in customer dissatisfaction, lost revenue, and increased warranty costs. In addition, we have limited control over the manner in which our business partners conduct their business. We may face negative consequences or publicity as a result of a third-party’s failure to comply with applicable compliance, trade, environmental, or employment regulations.

As a result of our global manufacturing and sales operations, we are subject to a variety of risks related to our business outside of the U.S., any of which could, individually or in the aggregate, have a material adverse effect on our business.

A significant portion of our manufacturing, sales, and supply chain operations occur in countries other than the U.S. We utilize third-party business partners to engineer, produce, sell, and fulfill orders for our products, several of which have operations located in foreign countries including China, Hungary, India, Japan, Malaysia, Singapore, Mexico, the Philippines, Thailand, and Ukraine. Because of these operations, we are subject to a number of risks in addition to those already described, including:

11

Table of Contents
increasing import and export duties and value-added taxes, or trade regulation changes that could erode our profit margins or delay or restrict our ability to transport our products;
war, military conflict, and geopolitical unrest, including the war between Russia and Ukraine, may affect our engineering and support teams outside the U.S. and their ability to perform as well as our sales and services delivery with sanctioned entities and countries;
reduced or limited protection of our intellectual property;
difficulty complying with multiple and potentially conflicting regulatory requirements and practices, including laws governing corporate conduct outside the U.S., such as the Foreign Corrupt Practices Act, United Kingdom Bribery Act, and similar regulations;
commercial laws that favor local businesses and cultural differences that affect how we conduct business;
differing technology standards or customer requirements;
exposure to economic uncertainty and fluctuations including inflation, adverse movement of foreign currencies against the U.S. dollar (the currency in which we report our results), restrictions on transferring funds between countries, and continuing sovereign debt risks;
fluctuations in freight costs, limitations on shipping and receiving capacity, and other disruptions in the transportation and shipping infrastructure at important geographic points for our products and shipments;
inflexible employee contracts and employment laws that may make it difficult to terminate or change the compensation structure for employees in the event of business downturns;
difficulties attracting and recruiting employees and wage inflation in highly competitive markets;
political instability, military, social and infrastructure risks, especially in emerging or developing economies;
political or nationalist sentiment impacting global trade, including the willingness of non-U.S. consumers to purchase goods or services from U.S. corporations;
natural disasters, including earthquakes, flooding, typhoons and tsunamis; and
pandemics and epidemics, and varying and potentially inconsistent governmental restrictions on the operation of businesses, travel and other restrictions.

Any or all of these risks could have a material adverse effect on our business.

We rely on indirect sales channels to market and sell our branded products. The loss of or deterioration in our relationship with one or more of our resellers or distributors, or our inability to establish new indirect sales channels to drive growth of our branded revenue, could negatively affect our operating results.

We sell most of our branded products to distributors, value added resellers, and direct market resellers, who in turn sell our products to end users. We use different distribution channel partners in different countries and regions in the world. The success of these sales channels is hard to predict, particularly over time, and we have no purchase commitments or long-term orders from them that assure us of any baseline sales. Several of our channel partners carry competing product lines they may promote over ours. A channel partner might discontinue our products or fail to effectively market them, and each partner determines the type and amount of our products that it will purchase and the price at which it sells to end users. Establishing new indirect sales channels is an important part of our strategy to drive growth of our branded revenue.Our results of operations could be adversely affected by any number of factors related to our channel partners, including:

a change in competitive strategy that adversely affects a partner’s willingness or ability to distribute our products;
the reduction, delay, or cancellation of orders or the return of significant products volume;
our inability to gain traction in developing new indirect sales channels for our branded products, or the loss of one or more existing partners; or
changes in requirements or programs that allow our products to be sold by third parties to government or other customers.

12

Table of Contents
Because we rely heavily on channel partners to market and sell our products, if one or more of them were to experience a significant deterioration in its financial condition or its relationship with us, this could disrupt our product distribution and reduce our revenue, which could materially and adversely affect our business, financial condition, and operating results.

We heavily utilize channel partners to perform the functions necessary to market and sell our products in certain product and geographic segments. To fulfill this role, partners must maintain an acceptable level of financial stability, creditworthiness, and the ability to successfully manage business relationships with the customers they serve directly. If partners are unable to perform in an acceptable manner, we may be required to reduce sales to the partner or terminate the relationship. We may also incur financial losses for product returns from partners or for the failure or refusal of distributors to pay obligations owed to us. Either scenario could result in fewer of our products being available to the affected market segments, reduced levels of customer satisfaction and increased expenses, which could in turn have a material and adverse impact on our business, results of operations and financial condition.

A certain percentage of our sales are to a few customers, some of which are also competitors, and these customers generally have no minimum or long-term purchase commitments. The loss of, or a significant reduction in demand from, one or more key customers could materially and adversely affect our business, financial condition and results of operations.

Our product sales have been and continue to be concentrated among a small number of channel partners, direct end-users, and original equipment manufacturers. We sell to many end-user customers and channel partners on purchase orders, not under the terms of a binding long-term procurement agreement. Accordingly, they generally are not obligated to purchase any minimum product volume, and our relationships with them are terminable at will. In addition, recently we have focused our direct-sales business on the largest users of hierarchical storage architectures, the so-called “Hyper-scalers”; there are very few of these extremely large storage customers, but their order activity has a significant impact on our results from quarter to quarter.

Some of our tape and disk products are incorporated into larger storage systems or solutions that are marketed and sold to end users by third parties. Because of this, we may have limited market access to those end users, limiting our ability to influence and forecast their future purchasing decisions. In addition, revenue from OEM customers has decreased in recent years. Certain of our large OEM customers are also our competitors, and could decide to reduce or terminate purchasing our products for competitive reasons.

In addition, our sales efforts may involve long sales cycles during which we incur expenses to educate our customers about product use and benefits and support customer-driven product evaluations.These cycles may make it difficult for us to predict when, or if, future sales will occur.

During the fiscal year ended March 31, 2023 we had one Hyperscale customer represent 10% or more of our total revenue versus the priorfiscal year, March 31, 2022, when we had no single customer represent 10% or more of our total revenue. If this customer or any other large customers should significantly decrease or stop purchasing our solutions we would see a significant reduction in revenue that may result ina material adverse effect on our operating results.

The U.S. federal government is an important customer, and our business may be materially and adversely harmed by changes in government purchasing activity.

A portion of our sales are to various agencies and departments of the U.S. federal government, and federal spending funding cuts and temporary government shutdowns have previously impacted and may continue to impact our revenue in the future. Future spending cuts by the U.S. federal government, temporary shutdowns of the U.S. federal government, or changes in its procurement processes or criteria could decrease our sales to the federal government and materially and adversely affect our operating results.In addition, changes in government certification requirements applicable to our products could impact our ability to see to U.S. federal customers.

Risks Related to Our Operating Results, Financial Condition, or Stock Price

13

Table of Contents
We continue to face risks related to inflation, economic uncertainty, and slow economic growth.

Uncertainty about economic conditions pose risks as businesses may further reduce or postpone spending in response to reduced budgets, tightening of credit markets, increases in inflation and interest rates, negative financial news, and declines in income or asset values which could adversely affect our business, financial condition and operating results. Recent inflationary increases have driven up the prices at which we are able to purchase necessary components, products, and services, as well as the cost of contract labor. In addition, we continue to face risks related to uncertain tariff levels between countries where our products are manufactured and sold, unstable political and economic conditions in Europe, including the war between Russia and Ukraine, and concerns about sovereign debt, which could negatively impact the U.S. and global economies and adversely affect our financial results. In addition, our ability to access capital markets may be restricted or result in unfavorable financing terms, impacting our ability to react to changing economic and business conditions and could also materially and adversely affect our ability to sustain our operations at their current levels.

Our stock price has experienced significant volatility in the past, and continued volatility may cause our common stock trading price to remain volatile or decline.

Our stock price has been extremely volatile in the past.The trading price of our common stock may continue to fluctuate in response to a number of events and factors, many of which may be beyond our control, such as:
quarterly variations in our operating results;
failure to meet our financial guidance or the expectations of securities analysts and investors;
new products, services, innovations, strategic developments, or business combinations and investments by our competitors or us;
changes in our capital structure, including incurring new debt, issuing additional debt or equity to the public, and issuing common stock upon exercise of our outstanding warrants or subscribing to our recent rights offering;
large or sudden purchases or sales of stock by investors;
changes in interest and exchange rates;
a continued widespread decline in the U.S. or global economy as a result of the impact of COVID-19, supply chain constraints, or other factors;
fluctuations in the stock market in general and market prices for technology companies in particular;
tariffs imposed by the U.S. government on sales originating in or being shipped to countries with which we have on-going trade or other political conflicts;
investigations or enforcement actions related to a potential or actual failure to comply with applicable regulations;
costs of new or ongoing commercial litigation; and
significant changes in our brand or reputation.

Any of these events and factors may cause our stock price to rise or fall and may adversely affect our business and financing opportunities.

We may be unable to attract and retain key talent necessary to effectively meet our business objectives.

The market for skilled engineering, sales, and administrative talent is competitive and we have seen delays in recruiting and hiring timeframes. We believe our ability to recruit and hire new talent, and retain existing key personnel, may be negatively impacted by prior and ongoing fluctuations in our operating results, stock price, and ability to offer competitive benefits and total compensation programs.Our business results may be harmed if we are unable to attract and retain key talent in the future.

Our quarterly operating results have fluctuated significantly, and past results should not be used to predict future performance.

14

Table of Contents
Our quarterly operating results have fluctuated significantly in the past and could fluctuate significantly in the future. As a result, our quarterly operating results should not be used to predict future performance. Quarterly results could be materially and adversely affected by a number of factors, including, but not limited to:

IT spending fluctuations resulting from economic conditions or changes in U.S. federal government spending;
supply chain constraints or other failures by our contract manufacturers to complete shipments in a timely manner;
new product announcements by us or our competitors which may cause purchasing delays or cancellations;
customers canceling, reducing, deferring, or rescheduling significant orders as a result of excess inventory levels, weak economic conditions, reduced demand, or other factors;
seasonality, including customer and government fiscal year-ends and budget availability impacting demand for our products;
reduced demand, declines in large orders, royalty, or software revenues, or other changes in product mix;
product development and ramp cycle delays or product performance or quality issues;
poor execution of and performance against expected sales and marketing plans and strategies;
increased competition which may, among other things, increase pricing pressure or reduce sales;
restructuring actions or unexpected costs; and
foreign currency exchange fluctuations.

Our operating results depend on continuing and increasing market acceptance of our existing products and on new product introductions, which may be unsuccessful, in which case our business, financial condition and results of operations may be materially and adversely affected.

A limited number of products comprise a significant majority of our sales, and due to rapid technological change in our industry, our future operating results depend on our ability to improve existing products and develop and successfully introduce new products. We have devoted and expect to continue to devote considerable management and financial resources to these efforts.

When we introduce new products to the market, they may not achieve market acceptance or significant market share.In addition, the target markets for our new products may not continue or grow as we anticipate.Our new products may not be successfully or timely qualified by new customers, and if they are qualified, we may not achieve high volume production in a timely manner, if at all.In addition, we may experience technical, quality, performance-related, or other difficulties that could prevent or delay the introduction and market acceptance of new products.

If we are not successful in timely completing our new product qualifications and ramping sales to our key customers, our revenue and operating results could be adversely impacted. In addition, if the quality of our products is not acceptable to our customers, customer dissatisfaction, lost revenue, and increased warranty and repair costs could result.

We derive the majority of oursignificant revenue from products incorporating tape technology. Our future operating results depend in part on continued market acceptance and use of products employing tape technology, andproducts; in the past, decreases in the tape products market have materially and adversely impacted our business, financial condition and operating results. In addition, if we are unable to compete with new or alternative storage technologies, our business, financial condition and operating results could be materially and adversely affected.

We currently derive the majority of oursignificant revenue from products that incorporate some form of tape technology, and we expect to continue to derive significant revenue from these productsdo so in the next several years. As a result, our future operating results depend in part on continued market acceptance and use of products employing tape technology. We believe that the storage environment is changing, including reduced demand for tape products. Decreased market acceptance or use of products employing tape technology has materially and adversely impacted our business, financial condition, and operating results, and we expect that our revenues from certain types of tape products willcould continue to decline which could materially and adversely impact our business, financial condition and operating results in the future.

Disk, solid-state, and flash storage products, as well as various software solutions and alternative technologies continue to gain broader market acceptance.have eroded the demand for tape products. We expect that, over time, many of our tape customers will continue tocould migrate toward
15

Table of Contents
these other products and solutions and thattheir proportionate contribution to our revenue from these products and solutions will generate a greater proportion of our revenue.increase in the future. While we are making targeted investments in software, disk backup and flash storage systems, and other alternative technologies, these markets are characterized by rapid innovation, evolving customer demands, and strong competition, including competition with several companies who are also significant customers. If we are not successful in our efforts, we may not be able to attract or retain customers, and our business, financial condition and results of operations could be materially and adversely affected.

A significant decline in our media royalty or branded software revenues could materially and adversely affect our business, financial condition and operating results could be materiallyresults.

Our media royalties and adversely affected.branded software revenues generate relatively greater profit margins than some of our other products and can significantly impact our overall profitability. We receive media royalty revenue based on tape media cartridges sold by various tape media manufacturers and resellers. Under our patent and technology license agreements with these companies, each of the licensees determines the pricing and number of units of tape media cartridges that it sells. Our media royalty revenue varies based on the licensees’ media sales and other factors, including:

our customers’ continued use of storage tape media, including the size of the installed base of devices and similar products that use tape media cartridges;
the relative growth in units of newer device products, since the associated media cartridges for newer products typically sell at higher prices compared with the media cartridges associated with older products;
media consumption habits and rates of end users and pattern of device retirements;
the level of channel inventories; and
agreement on standards for newer generations of the tape media that generates our royalty revenue.

Risks Related to Our Indebtedness

We have significant indebtedness, which imposes upon us debt service obligations, and our term loan and revolving credit facility containsfacilities contain various operating and financial covenants that limit our discretion in the operation ofoperating our business. If we are unable to generate sufficient cash flows from operations and overall operating results to meet these debt obligations or remain in compliance with the covenants, our business, financial condition and operating results could be materially and adversely affected.

Our level of indebtedness presents significant risks to our business and investors, both in terms of the constraints that it places on our ability to operate our business and because of the possibility that we may not generate sufficient cash and operating results to remain in compliance with our covenants and pay the principal and interest on our indebtedness as it becomes due. As recently as March 2023, we were in danger of failing to meet certain financial covenants in our debt agreements, which could have resulted in a default under these agreements if we had not obtained a waiver of noncompliance from our lenders. For further description of our outstanding debt, see the section captioned "Liquidity“Liquidity and Capital Resources"Resources” in Part II, Item 7 "Management’sManagement’s Discussion and Analysis of Financial Condition and Results of Operations."

As a result of our indebtedness:

Our ability to invest in the growth areas ofgrowing our business is constrained by the financial covenants contained in our credit agreement,facilities, which require us to maintain certain maximum total net leverage ratio levels, a minimum fixed charge coverage ratio, and liquidity levels;levels and restrict our ability to:
Incur debt and liens;
Acquire businesses or entities or sell certain assets;
Make investments, including loans, guarantees, and advances;
Engage in transactions with affiliates;
Pay dividends or repurchase stock; and
Enter into certain restrictive agreements;
16

Table of Contents
We must dedicate a significant portion of our cash flow from operations and other capital resources to debt service, thereby reducing our ability to fund working capital, capital expenditures, research and development, and other cash requirements;
Our flexibility in planning for, or reacting to, changes and opportunities in the markets in which we compete may be limited, including our ability to engage in mergers and acquisitions, activity,and other cash-based activities, all of which may place us at a competitive disadvantage;
We are subject to mandatory field audits and control of cash receipts by the lenderlenders if we do not maintain liquidity above certain thresholds;
We may be more vulnerable to adverse economic and industry conditions; and
We may be unable to make payments on other indebtedness or obligations;obligations.

Our ability to make scheduled payments of the principal, to pay interest on, or refinance our debt, or to make cash payments in connection with our credit facilities, depends on our future performance, which is subject to economic, financial, competitive and
other factors beyond our control. Further, as our debt reaches maturity, we will be required to make large cash payments or adopt one or more alternatives, such as restructuring indebtedness or obtaining additional debt or equity financing on terms that may be onerous or highly dilutive. Our ability to restructure or refinance our debt will depend on the capital markets and our financial condition at such time. We may be unable to incur additional debt or refinance our existing debt on acceptable terms, if at all.


Our credit facility agreement contains restrictive covenants that require us to comply with and maintain certain liquidity levels and a minimum fixed charge coverage ratio, as well as restrict our ability, subject to certain thresholds, to:
Incur debt;
Incur liens;
Make acquisitions of businesses or entities or sell certain assets;
Make investments, including loans, guarantees and advances;
Engage in transactions with affiliates;
Pay dividends or engage in stock repurchases; and
Enter into certain restrictive agreements.

The recent weakness we have seen in the general storage and backup market, and the resulting underperformance of our data protection business, which is the primary driver of our overall cash flow and operating income, has placed increased pressure on our ability to meet our liquidity and fixed charge coverage ratio covenants. We have taken steps andfacilities are making changes to our business designed to ensure that our operating results are sufficient to meet these covenants, but if we are not successful in implementing these changes or our results turn out to be lower than expected, we may violate a covenant, which could result in a default under our credit facility agreement.
Our credit facility agreement is collateralized by a pledge of all of our assets. If we were to default and werebe unable to cure it within any applicable grace periods or obtain a waiver forof such a default, the lenderlenders would have a right to foreclose on our assets in order to satisfy our obligations under the credit agreement.these agreements. Any such action on the part of the lender against uslenders could have a materially adverse impact on our business, financial condition and results of operations.
We rely on indirect sales channels
In connection with entering into our prior credit facilities and certain amendments to market and sell our branded products. Therefore, the loss of or deterioration inprior credit facilities, we were required to issue to our relationship with one or more of our resellers or distributors, or our inability to establish new indirect sales channels to drive growth of our branded revenue, especially for disk backup systems and scale-out storage solutions, could negatively affect our operating results.
We sell the majority of our branded products to distributors such as Ingram Micro, Inc. and others, value-added resellers ("VARs") and direct marketing resellers ("DMRs") such as CDW Corporation, who in turn sell our products to end users. The success of these sales channels is hard to predict, particularly over time, and we have no purchase commitments or long-term orders from them that assure us of any baseline sales through these channels. Several of our resellers carry competing product lines that they may promote over our products. A reseller might not continuelenders thereunder, certain warrants to purchase our products or market them effectively, and each reseller determinescommon stock. When exercised, these warrants will result in significant dilution to our stockholders. As a result, the type and amountissuance of common stock upon the exercise of our productsoutstanding warrants may cause our stock price to decline.

Risks Related to Our Business and Industry

If we do not successfully manage the changes that it will purchase from uswe have made and the pricing of the productsmay continue to make to our business model, infrastructure, and management, our business could be disrupted, and that it sells to end user customers. Establishing new indirect sales channelscould adversely impact our operating results and financial condition.

Managing change is an important part offocus for us. In recent years, we have implemented several significant initiatives involving our strategysales and marketing, product engineering, and operations organizations, aimed at transitioning our revenue model from discrete hardware sales to drive growth ofrecurring software revenue, increasing our branded revenue.
As we introduce new productsefficiency, and solutions, we could negatively impact our relationship with channel partners that historically have sold other products and solutions that now competebetter aligning internal operations with our new offerings. For example, we introduced various StorNext appliance solutions beginning in fiscal 2012 causing us to more directly compete for hardware sales with channel partners that sold other hardware products in conjunction with our StorNext software.
Certain of our contracts with customers contain “most favored nation” pricing provisions mandating that we offer our products to these customers at the lowest price offered to other similarly situated customers. In addition, sales of our enterprise products, and the revenue associated with the on-site service of those products, are somewhat concentrated in specific customers, including government agencies and government-related companies. Any failure of such customers and agencies to continue purchasing products in the same quantities and in the same time frames as they have in the past could affect our operating results. Our operating results could be adversely affected by any number of factors including:
A change in competitive strategy that adversely affects a reseller’s willingness or ability to distribute our products;
The reduction, delay or cancellation of orders or the return of a significant amount of products;
Our inability to gain traction in developing new indirect sales channels for our branded products;
The loss of one or more of such distributors or resellers;
Any financial difficulties of such distributors or resellers that result in their inability to pay amounts owed to us; or
Changes in requirements or programs that allow our products to be sold by third parties to government customers.

If our products fail to meet our or our customers’ specifications for quality and reliability, we may face liability and reputational or financial harm which may adversely impact our results of operations and our competitive position may suffer.
Although we place great emphasis on product quality, we may from time to time experience problems with the performance of our products, which could result in one or more of the following:
Increased costs related to fulfillment of our warranty obligations;
The reduction, delay or cancellation of orders or the return of a significant amount of products;
Focused failure analysis causing distraction of the sales, operations and management teams; or
The loss of reputation in the market and customer goodwill.
These factors could cause our business, financial condition and results of operations to be materially and adversely affected.
corporate strategy. In addition, we face potential liability for performance problems ofhave reduced headcount to streamline and consolidate our products because our end users employ our storage technologies for the storagesupporting functions as appropriate following recent acquisitions and backup of important datain response to market or competitive conditions, and to satisfy regulatory requirements. We could potentially face claims for product liability from our customers if our products cause property damage or bodily injury. Although we maintain technology errors and omissions liability and general liability insurance, our insurance may not cover potential claims of these types or may not be adequate to indemnify us for all liability that may be imposed. Any imposition of liability or litigation costs that is not covered by insurance or is in excess of our insurance coverage could harm our business.
A large percentage of our sales are to a few customers, some of which are also competitors, and these customers generally have no minimum or long-term purchase commitments. The loss of, or a significant reduction in demand from, one or more key customers could materially and adversely affect our business, financial condition and operating results.
Our sales have been and continue to be concentrated among a few customers because under our business model, we sell to OEMs, distributors, VARs and DMRs to reach end user customers. Furthermore, customers are not obligated to purchase any minimum product volume, and our relationships with customers are terminable at will. Revenue from OEM customers has decreased in recent years. If we experience further declines in revenue from OEM customers or any of our other large customers, our business, financial condition and operating results could be materially and adversely affected. In addition, certain of our large customers are also our competitors, and such customers could decide to reduce or terminate their purchases of our products for competitive reasons.
Some of our tape and disk products are incorporated into larger storage systems or solutions that are marketed and sold to end users by large OEM customers as well as VARs, channel partners and other distributors. Because of this, we have limited market access to these end users, limiting our ability to reach and influence their purchasing decisions. These market conditions furtherincreased our reliance on these OEM and other large customers such as distributors and VARs. Thus if they were to significantly reduce, cancel or delay their orders with us, our results of operations could be materially and adversely affected.
A portion of our sales are to various agencies and departments of the U.S. federal government, and funding cuts to federal spending can adversely impact our revenue. The American Taxpayer Relief Act of 2012 implemented automatic spending cuts beginning March 1, 2013. Between October 1 and October 16, 2013, the U.S. government partial shutdown caused reductions, cancellations and delayed orders. Future spending cuts by the U.S. federal government could decrease revenue from sales to the federal government that could materially and adversely affect our results of operations.

Our operating results depend on a limited number of products and on new product introductions, which may not be successful, in which case ourcertain third-party business financial condition and operating results may be materially and adversely affected.
A limited number of products comprise a significant majority of our sales, and due to rapid technological change in the industry, our future operating results depend on our ability to develop and successfully introduce new products. To compete effectively, we must continually improve existing products and introduce new ones. We have devoted and expect to continue to devote considerable management and financial resources to these efforts. We cannot provide assurance that:
We will introduce new products in the time frame we are forecasting;
We will not experience technical, quality, performance-related or other difficulties that could prevent or delay the introduction and market acceptance of new products;
Our new products will achieve market acceptance and significant market share, or that the markets for these products will continue or grow as we have anticipated;
Our new products will be successfully or timely qualified with our customers by meeting customer performance and quality specifications which must occur before customers will place large product orders; or
We will achieve high volume production of these new products in a timely manner, if at all.
relationships. If we are not successful in timely completion ofunable to successfully manage the changes that we implement and detect and address issues as they arise, our new product qualifications and then ramping sales to our key customers, our revenue and results of operationsbusiness could be adversely impacted. In addition, if the quality of our products is not acceptable to our customers, this could result in customer dissatisfaction, lost revenuedisrupted, and increased warranty and repair costs.
We continue to face risks related to economic uncertainty and slow economic growth.
Uncertainty about economic conditions poses a risk as businesses may further reduce or postpone spending in response to reduced budgets, tightening of credit markets, negative financial news and declines in income or asset values which could adversely affect our business, financial condition and results of operations. The slow economic growth in recent years along with periods of economic uncertainty in various countries around the world has had a material and adverse impact on our business and our financial condition.
In particular, we have experienced reduced demand for IT products and services overall and more specifically for products with tape technology in the data protection market. We continue to face risks related to economic conditions in Europe, including concerns about sovereign debt and related political matters, which could negatively impact the U.S. and global economies and adversely affect our financial results. In addition, our ability to access capital markets may be restricted, which could have an impact on our ability to react to changing economic and business conditions and could also adversely affect our results of operations and financial condition.
Competition may intensify in the data protection market as a result of competitors introducing products based on new technology standards and merger and acquisition activity, whichcondition could be materially and adversely affect our business, financial condition and results of operations.impacted.
Our competitors in the data protection market for disk backup systems and virtual machine solutions
In addition, given that we are aggressively tryingrelatively new to advance and develop new technologies and products to compete against our technologies andoffering products and we face the risk that customers could choose competitor products over ours. Competition in our markets is characterized by technological innovationservices on a subscription basis, and advancement. As a result of competition and new technology standards, our sales or gross margins could decline, which could materially and adversely affect our business, financial condition and results of operations.
Technological developments and competition over the years in the tape automation market andthose models in the storage market in general has resulted in decreased prices for tape automation products and product offerings. Pricing pressure is more pronounced in the tape automation market for entry-level products and less pronounced for enterprise products. Over time, the prices of our products and competitor products have decreased, but such products often incorporate new and/or different features and technologies than in prior years. We face risks that customers could choose competitor products over ours dueindustry continue to these features and technologies or due to pricing differences. We have managed pricing pressure by reducing production costs and/or adding features to increase value to maintain a certain level of gross margin for our tape automation systems. However, certain of our costs are fixed in the short term, soevolve, we may not be able to offset price decreaseseffectively compete, drive expected revenue and margin growth, or reductions in demand sufficiently to maintain our profitability. In addition, if competition further intensifies, or if there is additional industry consolidation, our sales and gross marginsobtain profitability for tape automation systemsthe foreseeable future.Demand for subscription-based products could decline, which could materially and adversely affect our business, financial condition and results of operations.

Industry consolidation and competing technologies with device products, which include tape drives and removable hard drives, have resulted in decreased prices and increasingly commoditized device products. Our response has been to manage our device business at the material margin level, and we have chosen not to compete for sales in intense price-based situations or if we would be unable to maintain a certain gross margin level. Our focus has shifted to higher margin opportunities in other product lines. Although revenue from devices has decreased in recent years, our material margins have remained relatively stable over this period. We have exited certain portions of the device market and have anticipated decreasedalso erode one-time sales of devices. We face risk of reduced shipments of our devices beyond our plans and could have reduced margins on these products, which could adversely impact our business, financial condition and results of operations.
Additionally, the competitive landscape could change due to merger and acquisition activity in the data protection market. Such transactions may impact us in a number of ways. For instance, they could result in:
Competitors decreasing in number but having greater resources and becoming more competitive with us;
Companies that we have not historically competed against entering into one or more of our primary markets and increasing competition in such market(s);
Customers that are also competitors becoming more competitive with us and/or reducing their purchase of our products; and
Competitors acquiring our current suppliers or business partners and negatively impacting our business model.
These transactions also create uncertainty and disruption in the market because whether a pending transaction will be completed, the timing of such a transaction and its degree of impact are often unknown. Given these factors and others, such merger and acquisition activity may materially and adversely impact our business, financial condition and results of operations.
Competition may intensify in the scale-out storage market as a result of competitors introducing products based on new technology standards and market consolidation, which could materially and adversely affect our business, financial condition and results of operations.
Competition in the scale-out storage market is characterized by technological innovation and advancement, including performance and scale features, and our competitors are aggressively trying to advance and develop new technologies and solutions. If we are unable to compete effectively in these markets and develop solutions that have features and technologies that our customers desire, including new technology standards, our sales from software solutions and appliances could decline, which could materially and adversely affect our business, financial condition and results of operations.
Additionally, the competitive landscape could change due to mergers and acquisitions among our competitors, customers and partners. Transactions such as these may impact us in a number of ways. For instance, they could result in:
Competitors decreasing in number but having greater resources and becoming more competitive with us;
Companies that we have not historically competed against entering into one or more of our primary markets and increasing competition in such market(s);
Customers that are also competitors becoming more competitive with us and/or reducing their purchase of our products; and
Competitors acquiring our current suppliers or business partners and negatively impacting our business model.
These transactions also create uncertainty and disruption in the market, because whether a pending transaction will be completed, the timing of such a transaction and its degree of impact are often unknown. Given these factors and others, such merger and acquisition activity may materially and adversely impact our business, financial condition and results of operations.

A significant decline in our media royalty, branded software or OEM deduplication software revenues could materially and adversely affect our business, financial condition and operating results.
Our media royalties, branded software and OEM deduplication software revenues are relatively profitable and can significantly impact total company profitability. We receive media royalty revenue based on tape media cartridges sold by various tape media manufacturers and resellers. Under our license agreements with these companies, each of the licensees determines the pricing and number of units of tape media cartridges that it sells. Our media royalty revenue varies depending on the level of sales of the various media cartridge offerings sold by the licensees and other factors, including:
The size of the installed base of devices and similarhardware products that use tape media cartridges;
The performance of our strategic licensing partners, which sell tape media cartridges;
The relative growth in units of newer device products, since the associated media cartridges for newer products typically sell at higher prices than the media cartridges associated with older products;
The media consumption habits and rates of end users;
The pattern of device retirements; and
The level of channel inventories.
Our media royalties depend on royalty rates and the quantity of media consumed in the market. We do not control licensee sales of these tape media cartridges. Reduced royalty rates, or a reduced installed device base using tape media cartridges, would result in further reductions in our media royalty revenue and could reduce gross margins. This could materially and adversely affect our business, financial condition and results of operations.
Our branded software revenues are also dependent on many factors, including the success of competitive offerings, our ability to execute on our product roadmap and our effectiveness at marketing and selling our branded software solutions directly or through our channel partners. Disruptions to any one of these factors could reduce our branded software revenues, which could adversely affect our business, financial condition and operating results.
Our OEM deduplication software revenues also depend on many factors, including the success of competitive offerings, our ability to execute on our product roadmap with our OEM deduplication software partners, the effort of our OEM deduplication software partners in marketing and selling the resulting products, the market acceptance of the resulting products and changes in the competitive landscape, including the impact of acquisitions. At various times, we had significant revenue from OEM deduplication software revenue and at times we had negligible revenue from OEM deduplication software, which negatively impacted our results. Any further disruptions to the factors on which our OEM deduplication software revenues depend could adversely affect our business, financial condition and operating results.
Some of our products contain licensed, third-party technology that provides important product functionality and features. The loss or inability to obtain any such license could have a material adverse effect on our business.
Certain of our products contain technology licensed from third parties that provides important product functionality and features. We have contractual protections within our license agreements to help mitigate against the risks of incorporating third-party technology into our products. However, there remains a risk that we may not have continued access to this technology, for instance, if the licensing company ceased to exist, either from bankruptcy, dissolution or purchase by a competitor. In some cases, we may seek to enforce our contractual protections via litigation against the licensing company itself, which may cause us to incur significant legal or other costs and maymight not be resolved in our favor. Other legal actions, such as intellectual property actions, brought against the licensing company could also impact our future access to the technology. We also have limited control of the technology roadmap and cannot ensure that the licensing company will advance the roadmap of the licensed technology in the manner best for Quantum. Any of these actions could negatively impact our technology licensing, thereby reducing the functionality and/or features of our products, and adversely affect our business, financial condition and operating results. We also face the risk of not being able to quickly implement a replacement technology or otherwise mitigate the risks associated with not having access to this licensed technology, which may adversely affect our business, financial condition and operating results.immediately offset by increased recurring revenue.


We have taken considerable steps towards reducing our cost structure and may take further cost reduction actions.structure. The steps we have taken and may take in the future may not reduce our cost structure to a level appropriate in relation to our future sales and therefore, these anticipated cost reductions may be insufficient to result in consistentachieve profitability.

In the last several years, we have recorded significant restructuring charges and made cash payments in order to reduce our cost of sales and operating expenses to respond to adverse economic and industry conditions, from to execute
17

Table of Contents
strategic management decisions, and to rationalize our operations following acquisitions. In the third quarter of fiscal 2016, we implemented aThese restructuring plan, which we refer to as the Fiscal 2016 Restructuring Plan, to eliminate approximately 65 positions in the U.S. and internationally, primarily in research and development and sales and marketing functions. These restructuringsplans may result in decreases to our revenues or adversely affect our ability to grow our business in the future. Workforce reductions may also adversely affect employee morale and our ability to retain our employees. We may take future steps to further reduce our operating costs, including future cost reduction steps oradditional restructurings in response to strategic decisions, increased operating and product costs due to inflation, supply chain constraints, and other external factors, adverse changes in our business or industry, or future acquisitions. We may be unable to reduce our cost of sales and operating expenses at a rate and to a level appropriate in relation to our future sales, which may materially and adversely affect our business, financial condition and operating results.results of operations.

In addition, our ability to achieve the anticipated cost savings and other benefits from these restructuring plans within the expected time frame is subject to many estimates and assumptions. These estimates and assumptions are subject towhich may be adversely impacted by significant economic, competitive and other uncertainties, some of which are beyond our control. If these estimates and assumptions are incorrect, if we experience delays, or if other unforeseen events occur, our business, financial condition, and operating results could be adversely affected.


The failure to successfully integrate future acquired businesses, products or technologies could harm our business, financial condition, and operating results.

As a part of our business strategy, we have in the past and may make acquisitions in the future. We may also make significant investments in complementary companies, products or technologies. If we are unablefail to attract and retain skilled employees,successfully integrate such acquisitions or significant investments, it could harm our business, could be adversely impacted.
Wefinancial condition, and operating results. Risks that we may be subject to increased turnoverface in our employee baseefforts to integrate any recent or future acquisitions include, among others:
failure to realize anticipated synergies or return on investment from the acquisition;
difficulties assimilating and retaining employees, business culture incompatibility, or resistance to change;
diverting management’s attention from ongoing business concerns;
coordinating geographically separate organizations and infrastructure operations in a rapid and efficient manner;
the potential inability to fill open headcount requisitionsmaximize our financial and strategic position through the successful incorporation of acquired technology and rights into our products and services;
failure of acquired technology or products to provide anticipated revenue or margin contribution;
insufficient revenues to offset increased expenses associated with the acquisition;
costs and delays in implementing or integrating common systems and procedures;
reduction or loss of customer orders due to competition, concerns about our operationalthe potential for market confusion, hesitation and delay;
impairment of existing customer, supplier and strategic relationships of either company;
insufficient cash flows from operations to fund the working capital and investment requirements;
difficulties in entering markets in which we have no or limited direct prior experience and where competitors in such markets have stronger market positions;
dissatisfaction or performance problems with the acquired company;
the assumption of risks, unknown liabilities, or other factors. In addition, weunanticipated adverse circumstances of the acquired company that are difficult to quantify; and
the cost associated with the acquisition, including restructuring actions, which may need to rely on the performance of employees whose skill sets are not sufficiently developed to fulfill their expected job responsibilities. Either of these situationsrequire cash payments that, if large enough, could impair or delaymaterially and adversely affect our ability to realize operational and strategic objectives and cause increased expenses and lost sales opportunities.liquidity.
Additionally, over the last several years, we made certain changes in our strategic direction focusing on key technology segments. As part of this change in focus, we reduced costs of revenue and other operating expenses. Executing on this new strategic direction as well as the ongoing efficiency initiatives across the company, such as the Fiscal 2016 Restructuring Plan
A cybersecurity breach could adversely affect our ability to retainconduct our business, harm our reputation, expose us to significant liability, or otherwise damage our financial results.

We maintain sensitive data related to our employees, strategic partners, and hire key personnelcustomers, including personally identifiable information, intellectual property, and proprietary business information on our own systems. In addition, many of our customers and partners store sensitive data on our products.

It is critical to our business that our employees’, strategic partners’ and customers’ sensitive information remains and is perceived as secure. While we employ sophisticated security measures in our own environment and our product features, we may face internal and external threats including unauthorized access, ransomware attacks,
18

Table of Contents
security breaches, and other system disruptions. A cybersecurity breach of our own IT infrastructure or products sold to our customers could result in reduced productivity by our employees.
Theunauthorized access to, loss of, or unauthorized disclosure of such information and expose us to litigation, indemnity obligations, government investigations, and other possible liabilities. Additionally, a cyber-attack, whether actual or perceived, could result in negative publicity which could harm our reputation and reduce our customers’ confidence in the services of anyeffectiveness of our key employees,solutions, which could materially and adversely affect our business and operating results. A breach could also expose us to increased costs from remediation, disruption of operations, or increased cybersecurity protection costs that may have a material adverse effect on our business. Although we maintain cybersecurity liability insurance, our insurance may not cover all or any portion of claims of these types or may not be adequate to indemnify us for inability that may be imposed. Any imposition or liability or litigation costs that are not covered by insurance could harm our business.

If our products fail to meet our or our customers’ specifications for quality and reliability, we may face liability and reputational or financial harm which may adversely impact our operating results and our competitive position may suffer.

We may from time to time experience problems with the inability to attract or retain qualified talent in the future, or delays in hiring required talent, particularly sales and engineering talent, could delay the development and introductionperformance of our products, which could result in one or servicesmore of the following:

increased costs related to fulfilling our warranty obligations;
reduced, delayed, or cancelled orders or the return of a significant amount of products; or
the loss of reputation in the market and customer goodwill.

These factors could cause our business, financial condition and results of operations to be materially and adversely affected.

In addition, we face potential liability for product performance problems because our end users employ our technologies to store and backup important data and to satisfy regulatory requirements. Loss of this data could cost our customers significant amounts of money, directly and indirectly as a result of lost revenues, intellectual property, proprietary business information, or other harm to their business. In some cases, the failure of our products may be caused by third-party technology that we incorporate into them.Even if failures are caused by third-party technology, we may be required to expend resources to address the failure and preserve customer relationships. We could also potentially face claims for product liability from our customers if our products cause property damage or bodily injury. Although there are limitations of liability in our commercial agreements and we maintain technology errors and omissions liability and general liability insurance, our insurance may not cover potential claims of these types or may not be adequate to indemnify us for all liability that may be imposed. Any imposition of liability or litigation costs that are not covered by insurance or could harm our business.

Competition is intense in the data storage and protection market in which we operate.

Our competitors in the data storage and protection market are aggressively trying to advance and develop new technologies and products to compete against us. Consequently, we face the risk that customers could choose competitor products over ours. As a result of competition and new technology standards, our sales or gross margins could decline, which could materially and adversely affect our business, financial condition, and operating results. Some of those competitors are much larger and financially stronger, have more diverse product offerings, and aggressively compete based on their reputations and greater size.

Technological developments, industry consolidation, and storage market competition over the years have resulted in decreased prices and increased commoditization for tape device and automation products and our other product offerings. Pricing pressure is more pronounced for entry-level products and less pronounced for enterprise products. Over time, the prices of our and competitor products have decreased, but such products often incorporate new or different features and technologies from what we offered in prior years. We face risks that customers could choose competitors’ products over ours due to these features and technologies or pricing differences. If competition further intensifies, our product sales and gross margins could decline, which could materially and adversely affect our business, financial condition and results of operations.

Additional industry consolidation may further result in:
19

Table of Contents

competitors consolidating, having greater resources and becoming more competitive with us;
new entrants into one or more of our primary markets increasing competition;
customers that are also competitors becoming more competitive with us and/or reducing their purchase of our products;
competitors acquiring our current suppliers or business partners and negatively impacting our business model; and
market uncertainty and disruption due to the impact and timing of announced and completed transactions.

Risks Related to Intellectual Property

Some of our products contain licensed, third-party technology that provides important product functionality and features. The loss or inability to obtain any such license could have a material adverse effect on our business.

Certain of our products contain technology licensed from third parties that provides important product functionality and features. We cannot provide assurance that we will have continued access to this technology in the future. In some cases, we may seek to enforce our technology access via litigation against the licensing company itself, which may cause us to incur significant legal or other costs and may not be resolved in our favor. Other legal actions against the licensing company, such as for intellectual property infringement, could also impact our future access to the technology. We also have limited visibility or control of the technology roadmap at the licensing company and cannot ensure that the licensing company will advance the roadmap of the licensed technology in the manner best for us. We also face the risk of not being able to quickly implement a replacement technology or otherwise mitigate the risks associated with not having access to this licensed technology.Any of these actions could negatively impact our available technology portfolio, thereby reducing the functionality or features of our products, and could materially and adversely affect our ability to sell our products or services.business, financial condition, and operating results.
Third party
Third-party intellectual property infringement claims could result in substantial liability and significant costs, and, as a result, our business, financial condition and operating results of operations may be materially and adversely affected.

From time to time, third parties allege that our infringement of and need for a license underproducts infringe their patented or other proprietary technology such as our current litigation with Crossroads Systems, Inc. described in Item 3 "Legal Proceedings." Whileand demand that we currently believe the amount of ultimate liability, if any, with respect to any such actions will not materially affect our financial position, results of operations or liquidity, thepurchase a license from them. The ultimate outcome of any license discussion or litigation is uncertain. Adverse resolution of any third partythird-party infringement claim could subject us to substantial liabilities and require us to refrain from manufacturing and selling certain products. In addition, the costs incurred in intellectual property litigation can be substantial, regardless of the outcome. As a result, our business, financial condition, and operating resultsresult could be materially and adversely affected.

In addition, certain products or technologies acquired or developed by us may include “open source” software. Open source software is typically licensed for use at no initial charge. Certain open source software licenses, however, require users of the open source software to license to others any software that is based on, incorporates or interacts with, the open source software under the terms of the open source license. Although we endeavor to comply fully with such requirements, third parties could claim that we are required to license larger portions of our software than we believe we are required to license under open source software licenses. If such claims were successful, they could adversely impact our competitive position and financial results by providing our competitors with access to sensitive information that may help them develop competitive products. In addition, our use of open source software may harm our business and subject us to intellectual property claims, litigation or proceedings in the future because:
Open source license terms may be ambiguous and may subject us to unanticipated obligations regarding our products, technologies and intellectual property;
Open source software generally cannot be protected under trade secret law; and
It may be difficult for us to accurately determine the origin of the open source code and whether the open source software infringes, misappropriates or violates third party intellectual property or other rights.
As a result of our global manufacturing and sales operations, we are subject to a variety of risks related to our business outside of the U.S., any of which could, individually or in the aggregate, have a material adverse effect on our business.
A significant portion of our manufacturing and sales operations and supply chain occurs in countries other than the U.S. We also have sales outside the U.S. We utilize contract manufacturers to produce and fulfill orders for our products and have suppliers for various components, several of which have operations located in foreign countries including China, Hungary, Japan, Malaysia, Singapore, Mexico, the Philippines and Thailand. Because of these operations, we are subject to a number of risks including:
Reduced or limited protection of our intellectual property;
Compliance with multiple and potentially conflicting regulatory requirements and practices;
Commercial laws that favor local businesses;
Exposure to economic fluctuations including inflationary risk and continuing sovereign debt risk;
Shortages in component parts and raw materials;
Import, export and trade regulation changes that could erode our profit margins or restrict our ability to transport our products;
The burden and cost of complying with foreign and U.S. laws governing corporate conduct outside the U.S. including the Foreign Corrupt Practices Act, the United Kingdom Bribery Act and other similar regulations;
Adverse movement of foreign currencies against the U.S. dollar (the currency in which our results are reported) and global economic conditions generally;
Inflexible employee contracts and employment laws that may make it difficult to terminate or change the compensation structure for employees in some foreign countries in the event of business downturns;
Recruiting employees in highly competitive markets and wage inflation in certain markets;
Potential restrictions on the transfer of funds between countries;
Political, military, social and infrastructure risks, especially in emerging or developing economies;
Import and export duties and value-added taxes;
Natural disasters, including earthquakes, flooding, typhoons and tsunamis; and
Cultural differences that affect the way we do business.
Any or all of these risks could have a material adverse effect on our business.

Our quarterly operating results have fluctuated significantly, and past quarterly operating results should not be used to predict future performance.
Our quarterly operating results have fluctuated significantly in the past and could fluctuate significantly in the future. As a result, our quarterly operating results should not be used to predict future performance. Quarterly operating results could be materially and adversely affected by a number of factors, including, but not limited to:
Fluctuations in IT spending as a result of economic conditions or fluctuations in U.S. federal government spending;
Failure by our contract manufacturers to complete shipments in the last month of a quarter during which a substantial portion of our products are typically shipped;
Customers canceling, reducing, deferring or rescheduling significant orders as a result of excess inventory levels, weak economic conditions or other factors;
Seasonality, including customer fiscal year-ends and budget availability impacting customer demand for our products;
Declines in large orders (defined as orders greater than $200,000);
Declines in royalty or software revenues;
Product development and ramp cycles and product performance or quality issues of ours or our competitors;
Poor execution of and performance against expected sales and marketing plans and strategies;
Reduced demand from our OEM or distribution, VAR, DMR and other large customers;
Increased competition which may, among other things, increase pricing pressure or reduce sales;
Failure to meet the expectations of investors or analysts;
Restructuring actions or unexpected costs; and
Foreign exchange fluctuations.
If we fail to meet our projected quarterly results, our business, financial condition and results of operations may be materially and adversely affected.
If we fail to protect our intellectual property or if others use our proprietary technology without authorization, our competitive position may suffer.

Our future success and ability to compete depends in part on our proprietary technology. We rely on a combination of copyright, patent, trademark, and trade secrets laws and nondisclosure agreements to establish and protect our proprietary technology. However, we cannot provide assurance that patents will be issued with respect to pending or future patent applications that we have filed or plan to file, or that our patents will be upheld as valid, or that our patents will prevent the development of competitive products, or that any actions we have taken will adequately protect our intellectual property rights. We generally enter into confidentiality agreements with our employees, consultants, customers, potential customers, contract manufacturers and others as required, in which we strictly limit access to, and distribution of, our software and further limit the disclosure and use of our proprietary information.

Despite our efforts to protect our proprietary rights, unauthorized parties may attempt to copy or otherwise obtain or use our products or technology. Enforcing our intellectual property rights can sometimes only be accomplished through the use of litigation. Our competitors may also independently develop technologies that are substantially equivalent or superior tolitigation, which is expensive and can divert management’s attention away from our technology.business. In addition, the laws of some foreign countries do not protect our proprietary rights to the same extent as the laws of the U.S.


Because we may order components from suppliers in advance of receipt of customer orders for our products that include these components, we could face a material inventory risk if we fail to accurately forecast demand for our products or manage production, which could have a material and adverse effect on our results of operations and cash flows.
Although we use third parties to manufacture our products, in some cases we may retain the responsibility to purchase component inventory to support third party manufacturing activities, which presents a number of risks that could materially and adversely affect our financial condition. For instance, as partWe license certain of our component planning, wesoftware under “open source” licenses. Because of the characteristics of opensource software licenses, it may place orders with or pay certain suppliersbe relatively easy for components in advancecompetitors, some of receiptwhom have greater
20

Table of customer orders. We may occasionally enter into negotiated orders with vendors early in the manufacturing process of our products to ensure thatContents
resources than we have, sufficient components forto enter our products to meet anticipated customer demand. Because the designmarkets and manufacturing process for these components can be complicated, it is possible that we could experience a design or manufacturing flaw that could delay or even prevent the production of the components for which we previously committed to pay. We also face the risk of ordering too many components, or conversely, not enough components, since supply orders are generally based on forecasts of customer orders rather than actual customer orders. compete with us.In addition, in some cases, we may make non-cancelable order commitments to our suppliers for work-in-progress, supplier’s finished goods, custom sub-assemblies, discontinued (end-of-life) components and Quantum-unique raw materials that are necessary to meet our lead times for finished goods. If we cannot change or be released from supply orders, we could incur costs from the purchase of unusable components, either due to a delay in the production of the components or other supplies or as a result of inaccurately predicting supply orders in advance of customer orders. These same risks exist with our third party contract manufacturing partners. Our business and operating results could be materially and adversely affected if we incur increased costs or are unable to fulfill customer orders.
Our manufacturing, component production and service repair are outsourced to third party contract manufacturers, component suppliers and service providers. If we cannot obtain products, parts and services from these third parties in a cost effective and timely manner that meets our customers’ expectations, this could materially and adversely impact our business, financial condition and results of operations.
Many aspects of our supply chain and operational results are dependent on the performance of third party business partners. We increased the use of third party contract manufacturers, service providers and/or product integrators in fiscal 2014 in connection with our transition to an outsourced manufacturing model. We face a number of risks as a result of these relationships, including, among others:
Sole source of product supply
In many cases, our business partner may be the sole source of supply for the products or parts they manufacture, or the services they provide, for us. Because we are relying on one supplier, we are at greater risk of experiencing shortages, reduced production capacity or other delays in customer deliveries that could result in customer dissatisfaction, lost sales and increased expenses, each of which could materially damage customer relationships and result in lost revenue.

Cost and purchase commitments
We may not be able to control the costs for the products our business partners manufacture for us or the services they provide to us. They procure inventory to build our products based upon a forecast of customer demand that we provide. We could be responsible for the financial impact on the contract manufacturer, supplier or service provider of any reduction or product mix shift in the forecast relative to materials that they had already purchased under a prior forecast. Such a variance in forecasted demand could require us to pay them for finished goods in excess of current customer demand or for excess or obsolete inventory and generally incur higher costs. As a result, we could experience reduced gross margins and operating losses based on these purchase commitments. With respect to service providers, although we have contracts for most of our third party repair service vendors, the contract period may not be the same as the underlying service contract with our customer. In such cases, we face risks that the third party service provider may increase the cost of providing services over subsequent periods contracted with our customer.

Financial condition and stability
Our third party business partners may suffer adverse financial or operational results or may be negatively impacted by global and local economic conditions. Therefore, we may face interruptions in the supply of product components or service as a result of financial or other volatility affecting our supply chain. We could suffer production downtime or increased costs to procure alternate products or services as a result of the possible inadequate financial condition of one or more of our business partners.


Quality and supplier conduct
We have limited control over the quality of products and components produced and services provided by our supply chain and third party contract manufacturing and service business partners. Therefore, the quality of the products, parts or services may not be acceptable to our customers and could result in customer dissatisfaction, lost revenue and increased warranty costs. In addition, we have limited control over the manner in which our business partners conduct their business. Sub-tier suppliers selected by the primary third party could have process control issues or could select components with latent defects that manifest over a longer period of time. We may face negative consequences or publicity as a result of a third party’s failure to comply with applicable compliance, trade, environmental or employment regulations.
Any or allthe terms of these risksopen source licenses could have a material adverse effect on our business. Incompetitive position and financial results.

One of the past we have successfully transitioned products or component supply from one supplier or manufacturing location to another without significant financial or operational impact, but therecharacteristics of open source software is that the source code is typically publicly available at no guaranteecharge, and anyone who obtains copies has a license under certain of our continued abilityintellectual property rights. Depending on the license, that may include access to do so.
certain of our patents, to modify and redistribute the software, and use it to compete in the marketplace.Certain open source software licenses require users to license to other any software that is based on, incorporates, or interacts with the open source software. Although we endeavor to comply fully with those requirements, third parties could claim we are required to license larger portions of our software than we intended.If we do not successfully manage the changes that we have made and may continue to make to our infrastructure and management, our business could be disrupted, and thatsuch claims were successful, they could adversely impact our results of operationscompetitive position and financial condition.results by providing our competitors with access to sensitive information that may help them develop competitive products without the degree of overhead and lead time required by traditional proprietary software development.
Managing change
It is an important focuspossible for us. In recent years, we have implemented several significant initiatives involvingcompetitors to use our salesopen source project software to develop their own software, potentially reducing the demand for our solution and marketing, engineeringputting price pressure on our subscription offerings. We cannot guarantee that competitive pressure or the availability of new open source software will not result in price reductions, reduced operating margins and operations organizations, aimed at increasing our efficiency and better aligning these groups with our corporate strategy. In addition, we have reduced headcount to streamline and consolidate our supporting functions as appropriate in response toloss of market or competitive conditions and following past acquisitions and have increased our reliance on certain third party business relationships. Our inability to successfully manage the changes that we implement and detect and address issues as they arise could disrupt our business and adversely impact our resultsshare, any one of operations and financial condition.
Because we rely heavily on distributors and other resellers to market and sell our products, if one or more distributors were to experience a significant deterioration in its financial condition or its relationship with us, this could disrupt the distribution of our products and reduce our revenue, which could materially and adversely affectharm our business, financial condition, operating results, and operating results.cash flows.

In addition, we use our own open source project software in our proprietary products. As a result, there is a risk that we may inadvertently release as open source certain product and geographic segments we heavily utilize distributors and value added resellerscode that was intended to performbe kept as proprietary, that reveals confidential information regarding the functions necessary to market and sell our products. To fulfill this role, the distributor must maintain an acceptable level of financial stability, creditworthiness and the ability to successfully manage business relationships with the customers it serves directly. Under our distributor agreements with these companies, each of the distributors determines the type and amountinner workings of our proprietary products, or that it will purchase from us and the pricing of the products that it sellscould enable competitors to its customers. If the distributor is unable to perform in an acceptable manner, we may be required to reduce the amount of salesmore readily reverse engineer or replicate aspects of our product to the distributor or terminate the relationship.proprietary technology that we would otherwise protect as trade secrets. We may also incur financial lossesaccept contributions from third parties to our open source projects, and it may be difficult for product returns from distributorsus to accurately determine the origin of the contributions and whether their use, including in our proprietary products, infringes, misappropriates, or for the failureviolates third-party intellectual property or refusalother rights. The availability of distributors to pay obligations owed to us. Either scenario could result in fewercertain of our products being availableown software in source code form may also enable others to the affected market segments, reduced levels of customer satisfaction and/or increased expenses, which coulddetect and exploit security vulnerabilities in turn have a material and adverse impact on our business, results of operations and financial condition.
Our stock price has been volatile and such volatility could increase based on the trading activity of our institutional investors. products.In addition, there are other factors and events that could affect the trading pricesour use of our common stock.
A small number of institutional investors have owned a significant portion of our common stock at various times in recent years. If any or all of these investors were to decide to purchase significant additional shares or to sell significant amounts or all of the common shares they currently own, or if there is a perception that those salesopen source software may occur, that may cause our stock price to be more volatile. For example, there have been instances in the past where a shareholder with a significant equity position began to sell shares, putting downward pressure on our stock price for the duration of their selling activity. In these situations, selling pressure outweighed buying demand and our stock price declined. This situation has occurred due to our stock price falling below institutional investors’ price thresholds and our volatility increasing beyond investors’ volatility parameters, causing even greater selling pressure.

Trading prices of our common stock may fluctuate in response to a number of other events and factors, such as:
General economic conditions;
Changes in interest rates;
Fluctuations in the stock market in general and market prices for technology companies in particular;
Quarterly variations in our operating results;
Failure to meet our expectations or the expectations of securities analysts and investors;
New products, services, innovations and strategic developments by our competitors or us, or business combinations and investments by our competitors or us;
Changes in financial estimates by us or securities analysts and recommendations by securities analysts;
Changes in our capital structure, including issuance of additional debt or equity to the public; and
Strategic acquisitions.
Any of these events and factors may cause our stock price to rise or fall and may adversely affectharm our business and financing opportunities.
Our design processes are subject us to safety and environmental regulations which could lead to increased costs,intellectual property claims, litigation, or otherwise adversely affect our business, financial condition and results of operations.
We are subject to a variety of laws and regulations relating to, among other things, the use, storage, discharge and disposal of materials and substances used in our facilities as well as the safety of our employees and the public. Current regulationsproceedings in the U.S. and various international jurisdictions restrict the use of certain potentially hazardous materials used in electronic products and components (including lead and some flame retardants), impose a “take back” obligation on manufacturers for the financing of the collection, recovery and disposal of electrical and electronic equipment and require extensive investigation into and disclosure regarding certain minerals used in our supply chain. We have implemented procedures and will likely continuefuture.

Risks Related to introduce new processes to comply with current and future safety and environmental legislation. However, measures taken now or in the future to comply with such legislation may adversely affect our costs or product sales by requiring us to acquire costly equipment or materials, redesign processes or to incur other significant expenses in adapting our waste disposal and emission management processes. Furthermore, safety or environmental claims or our failure to comply with present or future regulations could result in the assessment of damages or imposition of fines against us or the suspension of affected operations, which could have an adverse effect on our business, financial condition and results of operations.Regulatory Matters

We are subject to many laws and regulations, and violation of or changes in those requirements could materially and adversely affect our business.

We are subject to numerous U.S. and international laws and requirements regarding corporate conduct, fair competition, corruption prevention, and import and export practices, and requirementshazardous or restricted material use, storage, discharge, and disposal, including laws applicable to U.S. government contractors. In addition, the SEC has adopted disclosure rules related to the supply of certain minerals originating from the conflict zones of the Democratic Republic of Congo or adjoining countries, and weWe have incurred, and will continue to incur, costs and business process changes to comply with such regulations and may realize other costs relating to the sourcing and availability of minerals used in our products.regulations. While we maintain a rigorous corporate ethics and compliance program, we may be subject to increased regulatory scrutiny, significant monetary fines or penalties, suspension of business opportunities, or loss of jurisdictional operating rights, and increased litigation and investigation costs as a result of any failure to comply with those requirements. If we were to be subject to aidentify that we have fallen out of compliance, investigation, we may proactively take corrective actions, including the filing of voluntary self-disclosure statements with applicable agencies, which could cause us to incur increased personneladditional expenses and legal costs.subject us to penalties and other consequences that could adversely affect our business, financial condition, and operating results. Our supply and distribution models may be reliant upon the actions of our third partythird-party business partners and we may also be exposed to potential liability resulting from their violation of these or other compliance requirements. Further, our U.S. and international business models are based on currently applicable regulatory requirements and exceptions. Changes in those requirements or exceptions could necessitate changes to our business model. Any of these consequences could materially and adversely impact our business and operating results.results of operations.
A cybersecurity breach could adversely affect our ability to conduct our business, harm our reputation, expose us to significant liability or otherwise damage our financial results.
A cybersecurity breach could negatively affect our reputation as a trusted provider of scale-out storage, archive and data protection products by adversely affecting the market’s perception of the security or reliability of our products and services. Many of our customers and partners store sensitive data on our products, and a cybersecurity breach related to our products could harm our reputation and potentially expose us to significant liability.
We also maintain sensitive data related to our employees, strategic partners and customers, including intellectual property, proprietary business information and personally identifiable information on our own systems. We employ sophisticated security measures; however, we may face threats across our infrastructure including unauthorized access, security breaches and other system disruptions.

It is critical to our business that our employees’, strategic partners’ and customers’ sensitive information remains secure and that our customers perceive that this information is secure. A cybersecurity breach could result in unauthorized access to, loss of, or unauthorized disclosure of such information. A cybersecurity breach could expose us to litigation, indemnity obligations, government investigations and other possible liabilities. Additionally, a cyber-attack, whether actual or perceived, could result in negative publicity which could harm our reputation and reduce our customers’ confidence in the effectiveness of our solutions, which could materially and adversely affect our business and operating results. A breach of our security systems could also expose us to increased costs including remediation costs, disruption of operations or increased cybersecurity protection costs that may have a material adverse effect on our business.
Our actual or perceived failure to adequately protect personal datapersonally identifiable information could adversely affect our business, financial condition, and resultsoperating results.

21

Table of operations.Contents
A variety of state, national, foreign, and international laws and regulations apply to the collection, use, retention, protection, disclosure, transfer, deletion, and other processing of personal data.personally identifiable information. These privacy- and data protection-related laws and regulations are evolving, with new or modified laws and regulations proposed and implemented frequently and existing laws and regulations subject to new or different interpretations. Compliance with these laws and regulations can be costly and can delay or impede the development or implementation of new products.

For example, we historically have relied upon adherenceproducts or internal systems.Failure to the U.S. Department of Commerce’s Safe Harbor Privacy Principles and compliance with the U.S.-EU Safe Harbor Framework agreed to by the U.S. Department of Commerce and the EU. The U.S.-EU Safe Harbor Framework, which established means for legitimizing the transfer of personal data by U.S. companies from the European Economic Area, or EEA, to the U.S., recently was invalidated by a decision of the European Court of Justice, or the ECJ. In light of the ECJ’s decision, we are reviewing our business practices and may find it necessary or desirable to make changes to our personal data handling to cause our transfer and receipt of EEA residents’ personal data to be legitimized under applicable European law. Additionally, the European Commission is considering adoption of a general data protection regulation that would supersede current EU data protection legislation, impose more stringent EU data protection requirements and provide for greater penalties for noncompliance. Our actual or alleged failure to comply with applicable laws and regulations, or to protect personal data, could result in enforcement actions and significant penalties against us, which could result in negative publicity, increase our operating costs, subject us to claims or other remedies and have a material adverse effect on our business, financial condition, and operating results.

General Risk Factors

We face risks related to health epidemics which could have a material adverse effect on our business and results of operations.

We must maintain appropriate levelsface various risks related to public health issues, including epidemics, pandemics, and other outbreaks, including the COVID-19 pandemic. The COVID-19 pandemic and efforts to control its spread have impacted and may continue to impact our workforce and operations, and those of service parts inventories. our strategic partners, customers, suppliers, and logistics providers. These impacts have included and may include increased component, product, transportation, and overhead costs, increased logistics capacity and flexibility needs, decreased workforce availability, component supply, and product output, increased cybersecurity threats from remote work, and general economic downturns. We or our third-party business partners have been and may continue to be subject to government restrictions that impact our ability to continue efficient business operations.While we have taken many actions to mitigate the ongoing effects of the COVID-19 pandemic, we cannot guarantee that they will be sufficient to mitigate all related risks.

To the extent the COVID-19 pandemic adversely affects our business and financial results, it may also have the effect of heightening many of the other risks described in more detail in this “Risk Factors” section, such as those relating to adverse global or regional conditions, our highly competitive industry, supply chain disruption, customer demand conditions and our ability to forecast demand, cost saving initiatives, our indebtedness and liquidity, and cyber-attacks.

If we do not have sufficient service parts inventories, we may experience increased levels of customer dissatisfaction. fail to maintain proper and effective internal controls, material misstatements in our financial statements could occur, impairing our ability to produce accurate and timely financial statements and adversely affecting investor confidence in our financial reports, which could negatively affect our business.

If we hold excessive service parts inventories,fail to maintain proper and effective internal controls, our consolidated financial statements may contain material misstatements and we may incurcould be required to restate our financial losses.
We maintain levels of service parts inventories to satisfy future warranty obligations and also to earn service revenue by providing enhanced and extended warranty and repair service during and beyond the warranty period. We estimate the required amount of service parts inventories based on historical usage and forecasts of future warranty and extended warranty requirements, including estimates of failure rates and costs to repair, and out of warranty revenue. Given the significant levels of judgment inherently involvedresults in the process, we cannot provide assurance that we willfuture. Moreover, because of the inherent limitations of any control system, material misstatements due to error or fraud may not be able to maintain appropriate levels of service parts inventories to satisfy customer needs and to avoid financial losses from excess service parts inventories.prevented or detected on a timely basis, or at all. If we are unable to maintain appropriate levelsprovide reliable and timely financial reports in the future, our business and reputation may be further harmed. Restated financial statements and failures in internal control may also cause us to fail to meet reporting obligations or debt covenants, negatively affect investor confidence in our management and the accuracy of service parts inventories,our financial statements and disclosures, or result in adverse publicity, any of which could have a negative effect on the price of our common stock, subject us to further regulatory investigations and penalties or stockholder litigation, and materially and adversely impact our business and financial condition.

We are exposed to fluctuations in foreign currency exchange rates, and an adverse change in foreign currency exchange rates relative to our position in such currencies could have a material adverse impact on our business, financial condition and results of operationsoperations.

We do not currently use derivative financial instruments for speculative purposes. To the extent that we have assets or liabilities denominated in a foreign currency that are inadequately hedged or not hedged at all, we may be materiallysubject to foreign currency losses, which could be significant.Our international operations can act as a natural hedge when both operating expenses and adversely impacted.
From timesales are denominated in local currencies. In these instances, although an unfavorable change in the exchange rate of a foreign currency against the U.S. dollar would result in lower sales when translated to time we have made acquisitions.U.S. dollars, operating expenses would also be lower in these circumstances. The failure to successfully integrate future acquisitions could harm our business, financial condition and operating results.
As a partcompetitive price of our business strategy, we haveproducts relative to others could also be negatively impacted by changes in the past and may make acquisitionsrate at which a foreign
22

Table of Contents
currency is exchanged for U.S. dollars. Such fluctuations in the future, subject to certain debt covenants. We may also make significant investments in complementary companies, products or technologies. If we fail to successfully integrate such acquisitions or significant investments, it could harm our business, financial condition and operating results. Risks that we may face in our efforts to integrate any recent or future acquisitions include, among others:
Failure to realize anticipated synergies from the acquisition;
Difficulties in assimilating and retaining employees;
Potential incompatibility of business cultures or resistance to change;
Coordinating geographically separate organizations;
Diversion of management’s attention from ongoing business concerns;
Coordinating infrastructure operations in a rapid and efficient manner;
The potential inability to maximize our financial and strategic position through the successful incorporation of acquired technology and rights into our products and services;
Failure of acquired technology or products to provide anticipated revenue or margin contribution;

Insufficient revenues to offset increased expenses associated with the acquisition;
Costs and delays in implementing or integrating common systems and procedures;
Reduction or loss of customer orders due to the potential for market confusion, hesitation and delay;
Impairment of existing customer, supplier and strategic relationships of either company;
Insufficient cash flows from operations to fund the working capital and investment requirements;
Difficulties in entering markets in which we have no or limited direct prior experience and where competitors in such markets have stronger market positions;
The possibility that we may not receive a favorable return on our investment, the original investment may become impaired, and/or we may incur losses from these investments;
Dissatisfaction or performance problems with the acquired company;
The assumption of risks of the acquired company that are difficult to quantify, such as litigation;
The cost associated with the acquisition, including restructuring actions, which may require cash payments that, if large enough,currency exchange rates could materially and adversely affect our liquidity; and
Assumption of unknown liabilities or other unanticipated adverse events or circumstances.
Acquisitions present many risks, and we may not realize the financial and strategic goals that were contemplated at the time of any transaction. We cannot provide assurance that we will be able to successfully integrate any business, products, technologies or personnel that we may acquire in the future, and our failure to do so could negatively impact our business, financial condition and operating results.results of operations.
We were notified by the New York Stock Exchange (“NYSE”) that we did not meet its continued listing requirements, and we potentially face delisting if we do not comply with NYSE standards.
We received notification from the NYSE on October 2, 2015 that we are not in compliance with the NYSE’s continued listing standard requiring that our stock trade at a minimum average closing price of $1.00 for thirty consecutive trading days. In order to regain compliance, we expect that we will need to take actions, such as a reverse stock split, which will require shareholder action at our annual shareholder meeting for fiscal year 2016. If shareholders do not approve the actions we propose to regain compliance, or we are unable to otherwise regain compliance with the NYSE listing requirements, our common stock will be delisted from the NYSE, and, as a result, we would likely have our common stock quoted on the Over-the-Counter Bulletin Board, or the OTC BB. Securities that trade on the OTC BB generally have less liquidity and greater volatility than securities that trade on the NYSE. In addition, because issuers whose securities trade on the OTC BB are not subject to the corporate governance and other standards imposed by the NYSE, our reputation may suffer, which could result in a decrease in the trading price of our shares. The market price of our common stock has historically fluctuated and is likely to fluctuate in the future.
If the future outcomes related to the estimates used in recording tax liabilities to various taxing authorities result in higher tax liabilities than estimated, then we would have to record tax charges, which could be material.

We have provided amounts and recorded liabilities for probable and estimable tax adjustments that may be proposedrequired by various taxing authorities in the U.S. and foreign jurisdictions. If events occur that indicate payments of these amounts will be less than estimated, then reversals of these liabilities would create tax benefits recognized in the periods when we determine the liabilities have reduced. Conversely, if events occur which indicate that payments of these amounts will be greater than estimated, then tax charges and additional liabilities would be recorded. In particular, various foreign jurisdictions could challenge the characterization or transfer pricing of certain intercompany transactions. In the event of an unfavorable outcome of such challenge, there exists the possibility of a material tax chargecharges and adverse impactimpacts on theoperating results of operationscould occur in the period in which the matter is resolved or an unfavorable outcome becomes probable and estimable.

Certain changes in stock ownership could result in a limitation on the amount of net operating loss and tax credit carryovers that can be utilized each year. Should we undergo such a change in stock ownership, it would severely limit the usage of these carryover tax attributes against future income, resulting in additional tax charges, which could be material.
We are exposed to fluctuations in foreign currency exchange rates, and an adverse change in foreign currency exchange rates relative to our position in such currencies could have a material adverse impact on our business, financial condition and results

23

Table of operations.Contents
We do not currently use derivative financial instruments for speculative purposes. We have used in the past, and may use in the future, foreign currency forward contracts and derivative instruments to hedge our exposure to foreign currency exchange rates. To the extent that we have assets or liabilities denominated in a foreign currency that are inadequately hedged or not hedged at all, we may be subject to foreign currency losses, which could be significant.

Our international operations can act as a natural hedge when both operating expenses and sales are denominated in local currencies. In these instances, although an unfavorable change in the exchange rate of a foreign currency against the U.S. dollar would result in lower sales when translated to U.S. dollars, operating expenses would also be lower in these circumstances. An increase in the rate at which a foreign currency is exchanged for U.S. dollars would require more of that particular foreign currency to equal a specified amount of U.S. dollars than before such rate increase. In such cases, and if we were to price our products and services in that particular foreign currency, we would receive fewer U.S. dollars than we would have received prior to such rate increase for the foreign currency. Likewise, if we were to price our products and services in U.S. dollars while competitors priced their products in a local currency, an increase in the relative strength of the U.S. dollar would result in our prices being uncompetitive in those markets. Such fluctuations in currency exchange rates could materially and adversely affect our business, financial condition and results of operations.
The Company faces various risks associated with shareholder activists, including a potential proxy contest at our 2016 annual meeting of stockholders.
On June 3, 2016, VIEX Capital Advisors, LLC (“VIEX”) delivered a letter to us nominating five director candidates, for election to the Board at the 2016 annual meeting of stockholders, (the “2016 Annual Meeting”). Depending on certain circumstances, including how many nominees VIEX seeks to elect, it is possible that VIEX nominated directors could constitute a majority of the Board following the 2016 Annual Meeting.
If our Board chooses to nominate different director candidates, there would be a proxy contest. A proxy contest would require us to incur significant legal fees and proxy solicitation expenses and require significant time and attention by management and the Board. Further, any perceived uncertainties as to our future direction and control could result in the loss of potential business opportunities and may make it more difficult to attract and retain qualified personnel and business partners, any of which could adversely affect our business and operating results.
Under certain circumstances, a change in a majority of the Board may result in a change of control under the severance and change of control agreements we have with our management. Pursuant to the severance and change in control agreements, certain severance payments may be triggered following a change of control, but only upon there being a qualifying termination that occurs within twelve months of any such change of control. A change in a majority of the Board may also result in a change of control under certain contracts with third parties, including our directors’ and officers’ liability insurance and our Wells Fargo credit agreement, if we are unable to secure appropriate waivers or amendments to any such contracts. The occurrence of any of the foregoing events could adversely affect our business.


ITEM 1B. UNRESOLVED STAFF COMMENTS
None.
ITEM 2. PROPERTIES
Our headquarters are located in San Jose, California. We lease facilities in North America, Europe, and Asia Pacific. The following is a summaryWe believe that our facilities are adequate to meet our needs for the immediate future, and that, should it be needed, suitable additional space will be available to accommodate expansion of the significant locations and primary functions of those facilities as of March 31, 2016:our operations.



LocationFunction
North America
San Jose, CACorporate headquarters, research and development
Irvine, CAAdministration, research and development, sales, service
Colorado Springs, COAdministration, operations management, research and development, service
Englewood, COResearch and development, sales, service
Mendota Heights, MNResearch and development
Richardson, TXResearch and development
Bellevue, WAAdministration and sales
Seattle, WAResearch and development
Other North AmericaSales
Europe
Paris, FranceSales and service
Boehmenkirch, GermanyService
Munich, GermanySales and service
Zurich, SwitzerlandAdministration and operations
Bracknell, UKSales and service
Northampton, UKService
Other EuropeSales and service
Asia Pacific
Adelaide, AustraliaResearch and development
Beijing, ChinaMarketing and sales
Kuala Lumpur, MalaysiaCustomer service
Singapore City, Singapore    Administration, operations management, sales
Other Asia PacificSales

ITEM 3. LEGAL PROCEEDINGS
On February 18, 2014, Crossroads Systems, Inc. (“Crossroads”) filed a patent infringement lawsuit against Quantum in the U.S. District Court for the Western DistrictSee Item 8 of Texas, alleging infringement of U.S. patents 6,425,035Part II, “Financial Statements and 7,934,041. An amended complaint filed on April 15, 2014 also alleged infringement of U.S. patent 7,051,147. Crossroads asserts that we have incorporated Crossroads' patented technology into our StorNext QXSupplementary Data—Note 11: Commitments and Q-Series lines of disk array products and into our Scalar libraries. Crossroads seeks unspecified monetary damages and injunctive relief. Crossroads has already dismissed all claims of infringement with respect to the StorNext QX and Q-Series products. In July and September of 2014, we filed for inter partes review of all three asserted Crossroads patents before the Patent Trial and Appeal Board and a review has been initiated for all claims. On June 16, 2015, the U.S. District Court, Western District of Texas stayed the Crossroads trial proceedings pending resolution of the inter partes review proceedings. On January 29, 2016, the Patent Trial and Appeal Board issued decisions on the inter partes reviews for U.S. patents 6,425,035 and 7,051,147, ordering all claims of both patents to be unpatentable. On March 17, 2016, the Patent Trial and Appeal Board issued a decision on the inter partes review for U.S. patent 7,934,041, ordering all claims to be unpatentable. On March 31, 2016, Crossroads filed Notices of Appeal in each of the inter partes review decisions. We believe the probability that this lawsuit will have a material adverse effect on our business, operating results or financial condition is remote.

On September 23, 2014, we filed a lawsuit against Crossroads in the U.S. District Court for the Northern District of California alleging patent infringement of our U.S. patent 6,766,412 by Crossroads' StrongBox VSeries Library Solution product. We are seeking injunctive relief and the recovery of monetary damages. On December 4, 2014, we amended our complaint alleging infringement of a second U.S. patent, 5,940,849, related to Crossroads' SPHiNX product line. On December 16, 2014, we withdrew the amended complaint alleging infringement of the second patent, 5,940,849. On November 23, 2015, we dismissed the lawsuit alleging patent infringement of U.S. patent 6,766,412 pursuant to a confidential settlement agreement.
Contingencies.”


ITEM 4. MINE SAFETY DISCLOSURESDISCLOSURE
Not applicable.

None.

24

Table of Contents

PART II

ITEM 5.MARKET FOR REGISTRANT’S COMMON EQUITY, RELATED STOCKHOLDER MATTERS AND ISSUER PURCHASES OF EQUITY SECURITIES
ITEM 5. MARKET FOR REGISTRANT’S COMMON EQUITY, RELATED STOCKHOLDER MATTERS AND ISSUER PURCHASES OF EQUITY SECURITIES

Market Information

Our common stock is traded on the New York Stock ExchangeNasdaq Global Market under the symbol “QTM.” "QMCO".


Holders of Record, and Dividends

As of May 27, 2016, the closing price18, 2023, we had 226 holders of record of our common stock was $0.38 per share. The prices per share reflected in the following table represent the rangestock.

Dividends

We have no intention of high and low sales prices of our common stock for the quarters indicated:
Fiscal 2016High Low
First quarter ended June 30, 2015$2.22
 $1.48
Second quarter ended September 30, 20151.72
 0.69
Third quarter ended December 31, 20151.05
 0.66
Fourth quarter ended March 31, 20160.93
 0.40
Fiscal 2015High Low
First quarter ended June 30, 2014$1.23
 $0.97
Second quarter ended September 30, 20141.34
 1.14
Third quarter ended December 31, 20141.83
 1.02
Fourth quarter ended March 31, 20151.80
 1.35
Historically, we have not paidpaying cash dividends on our common stock and do not intend to pay dividends in the foreseeable future. Our ability to pay dividends is restricted by the covenants in our senior secured revolvingterm loan and amended credit agreement unless we meet certain defined thresholds.facility agreements. See the section captioned “Liquidity and Capital Resources” in Item 7 “Management’s7. Management’s Discussion and Analysis of Financial Condition and Results of Operations”Operations and also Note 7 “Debt”5: Debt to the Consolidated Financial Statements.consolidated financial statements.
As
Recent Sales of May 27, 2016,Unregistered Securities
During the period covered by this Annual Report, we did not sell any equity securities that were not registered under the Securities Act of 1933.

Issuer Purchases of Equity Securities
During the quarter ended March 31, 2023, there were 960 Quantum stockholdersno purchases of record, including the Depository Trust Company, which holds shares of Quantumour common stock by or on behalf of an indeterminate numberus or any of beneficial owners. The information required by this item regarding equity compensation plansour affiliated purchasers, as such term is provideddefined in Item 12, “Security OwnershipRule 10b-18(a)(3) under the Securities Exchange Act of Certain Beneficial Owners and Management and Related Stockholder Matters.”1934, as amended ("the "Exchange Act").
25

Table of Contents
Stock Performance Graph
The following graph below compares the cumulative total return to stockholders of Quantuma $100 investment in our common stock at March 31, 2016 for the period since March 31, 2011 towith the cumulative total return over such period of (i) the NASDAQ Composite Indexsame investment in the Nasdaq and (ii) the S&P Computer Storage & Peripherals Index. The graph assumes an investment of $100 on500 Index from March 31, 2011 in our common stock and in each of the indices listed on the graph and reflects the change in the market price of our common stock relative to the changes in the noted indices at2018 through March 31, 2012, 2013, 2014, 2015 and 2016. The performance shown below is based on historical data and is not indicative2023.

Performance Graph FY23.jpg
26

Table of nor intended to forecast, future price performance of our common stock.Contents


ITEM 6. SELECTED FINANCIAL DATA[RESERVED]
This summary of selected consolidated financial information of Quantum for fiscal 2012 to 2016 should be read together with our Consolidated Financial Statements contained in this Annual Report on Form 10-K.
Other Items

Fiscal 2016 results included a $55.6 million goodwill impairment charge.


27
 For the year ended March 31,
(In thousands, except per share data)2016 2015 2014 2013 2012
Statement of Operations Data:         
Total revenue$475,958
 $553,095
 $553,165
 $587,439
 $651,987
Total cost of revenue271,206
 308,409
 313,545
 346,878
 378,542
Gross margin204,752
 244,686
 239,620
 240,561
 273,445
Income (loss) from operations(66,098) 14,397
 (11,799) (42,460) 4,745
Net income (loss)(74,683) 16,760
 (21,474) (52,179) (9,256)
Basic net income (loss) per share(0.28) 0.07
 (0.09) (0.22) (0.04)
Diluted net income (loss) per share(0.28) 0.06
 (0.09) (0.22) (0.04)

Table of Contents
 As of March 31, 
 2016 2015 2014 2013 2012 
Balance Sheet Data:          
Total assets$229,546
 $357,158
*$358,510
*$364,136
*$392,263
*
Short-term debt3,000
 83,345
 
 
 
 
Long-term debt131,962
 68,793
*200,447
*200,254
*183,535
*
* Debt issuance costs related to convertible subordinated debts were previously included in other current and long-term assets. Previously reported amounts have been reclassified from other current and long-term assets to convertible subordinated debt to conform to current period presentation.

ITEM 7.
ITEM 7.    MANAGEMENT’S DISCUSSION AND ANALYSIS OF FINANCIAL CONDITION AND RESULTS OF OPERATIONS
OVERVIEW
Quantum Corporation (“Quantum”
The following discussion and analysis compares the change in the consolidated financial statements for fiscal years 2023 and 2022 and should be read together with our consolidated financial statements, the accompanying notes, and other information included in this Annual Report. In particular, the risk factors contained in Item 1A may reflect trends, demands, commitments, events, or uncertainties that could materially impact our results of operations and liquidity and capital resources. For comparisons of fiscal years 2022 and 2021, see our Management's Discussion and Analysis of Financial Condition and Results of Operations in Part II, , Item 7 of our Annual Report on Form 10-K for the “Company”fiscal year ended March 31, 2022, filed with the SEC on June 8, 2022, and incorporated herein by reference.

The following discussion contains forward-looking statements, such as statements regarding anticipated impacts on our business, our future operating results and financial position, our business strategy and plans, our market growth and trends, and our objectives for future operations. Please see "Note Regarding Forward-Looking Statements" for more information about relying on these forward-looking statements.

Overview and Highlights

We are a technology company whose mission is to deliver innovative solutions to forward-thinking organizations across the world. We design, manufacture and sell technology and services that help customers capture, create and share digital content, and protect it for decades. We emphasize innovative technology in the design and manufacture of our products to help our customers unlock the value in their video and unstructured data in new ways to solve their most pressing business challenges.

We generate revenue by designing, manufacturing, and selling technology and services. Our most significant expenses are related to compensating employees; designing, manufacturing, marketing, and selling our products and services; data center costs in support of our cloud-based services; and income taxes.


RESULTS OF OPERATIONS
Year Ended March 31,
(in thousands)20232022
Total revenue$412,752 $372,827 
Total cost of revenue (1)
278,813 225,792 
Gross profit133,939 147,035 
Operating expenses
Research and development (1)
44,555 51,812 
Sales and marketing (1)
66,034 62,957 
General and administrative (1)
47,752 45,256 
Restructuring charges1,605 850 
Total operating expenses159,946 160,875 
Loss from operations(26,007)(13,840)
Other income (expense), net1,956 (251)
Interest expense(10,560)(11,888)
Loss on debt extinguishment, net(1,392)(4,960)
Net loss before income taxes(36,003)(30,939)
Income tax provision1,940 1,341 
Net loss$(37,943)$(32,280)
(1) Includes stock-based compensation as follows:
28

Table of Contents
Year Ended March 31,
(in thousands)20232022
Cost of revenue$929 $1,112 
Research and development2,997 5,843 
Sales and marketing2,397 2,516 
General and administrative4,427 4,358 
   Total$10,750 $13,829 

Comparison of the Years Ended March 31, 2023 and 2022

Revenue
Year Ended March 31,
(in thousands)2023% of
revenue
2022% of
revenue
$ Change% Change
Product revenue$266,537 65 %$223,761 60 %$42,776 19 %
Service and subscription revenue132,510 32 %133,689 36 %(1,179)(1)%
Royalty revenue13,705 %15,377 %(1,672)(11)%
Total revenue$412,752 100 %$372,827 100 %$39,925 11 %

Product Revenue
In fiscal 2023, product revenue increased $42.8 million, or 19%, “us” or “we”), founded in 1980 and reincorporated in Delaware in 1987, is a leading expert in scale-out storage, archive andas compared to fiscal 2022. The primary driver of the increase was demand from our large hyperscale customers, as well as continued strong demand globally for data protection providing solutionsand archive solutions. Outside of the Tape and Hyperscale business, our remaining Secondary and Primary storage systems are also offer as a subscription. We anticipate the product revenue portion of our Primary and Secondary storage systems to decrease as we continue to transition to subscription-based offerings. The Devices and media also decreased partially driven by lower volume of LTO® media sales.
Service and Subscription Revenue
Service and subscription revenue decreased $1.2 million, or 1%, in fiscal 2023 compared to fiscal 2022. This decrease was due in part to certain long-lived products reaching their end-of-service-life, partially offset by new support bookings and the transition towards subscription-based licensing.
Royalty Revenue
We receive royalties from third parties that license our LTO® media patents through our membership in the LTO® consortium. Royalty revenue decreased $1.7 million, or 11%, in fiscal 2023, as compared to fiscal 2022, related to lower overall unit shipments.

Gross Profit and Margin
Year Ended March 31,
(in thousands)2023Gross
margin %
2022Gross
margin %
$ ChangeBasis point change
Product gross profit$46,506 17.4 %$53,981 24.1 %$(7,475)(670)
Service and subscription gross profit73,728 55.6 %77,677 58.1 %(3,949)(250)
Royalty gross profit13,705 100.0 %15,377 100.0 %(1,672)— 
Gross profit$133,939 32.5 %$147,035 39.4 %$(13,096)(690)

29

Table of Contents
Product Gross Margin
Product gross margin decreased 670 basis points for capturing, sharing, managingfiscal 2023, as compared to fiscal 2022. This decrease was due primarily to a $9.8 million inventory provision recorded during fiscal 2023. Due to longer purchasing lead times and preserving digital assets overother factors caused by the entire data lifecycle. Our customers, ranging from small businessesglobal supply chain disruptions occurring since the beginning of the COVID-19 pandemic, certain inventory has become obsolete due to large/multi-national enterprises, trust usnext generation products being released and legacy products being discontinued. In addition, following our integration of several past acquisitions, certain legacy products were discontinued and replaced with updated product offerings rendering the related inventory obsolete. We do not believe that the magnitude of this inventory provision is indicative of our ongoing operations and is not expected to address their most demanding data workflow challenges. Our end-to-end tiered storage solutions enable usersbe repeated in the near term.
Excluding this non-recurring adjustment, product gross margin has declined approximately 370 basis points for fiscal 2023, as compared to maximizefiscal 2022 primarily due to the valuecontinuation of their data by making it accessible whenever and wherever needed, retaining it indefinitely and reducing totalpricing pressure on materials cost and complexity. We work closelyfreight, as global supply chain constraints disrupted normal procurement channels. Our product mix was also more heavily weighted to lower margin solutions.
Service and subscription Gross Margin
Service and subscription gross margin decreased 250 basis points for fiscal 2023, as compared to fiscal 2022. This decrease was due partially to increased costs for freight and repair on replacement parts in addition to additional inventory write downs required for service parts caused by the transition of certain service logistics activities to a third party provider.
Royalty Gross Margin
Royalties do not have significant related cost of sales.

Operating expenses
Year Ended March 31,
(in thousands)2023% of
revenue
2022% of
revenue
$ Change% Change
Research and development$44,555 11 %$51,812 14 %$(7,257)(14)%
Sales and marketing66,034 16 %62,957 17 %3,077 %
General and administrative47,752 12 %45,256 12 %2,496 %
Restructuring charges1,605 — %850 — %755 89 %
   Total operating expenses$159,946 39 %$160,875 43 %$(929)(1)%

In fiscal 2023, research and development expense decreased $7.3 million, or 14%, as compared with a broad networkfiscal 2022. This decrease was the result of distributors, value-added resellers (“VARs”)one-time acquisition-related costs that occurred in the prior year, as well as the overall consolidation of those acquisitions.
In fiscal 2023, sales and marketing expenses increased $3.1 million, or 5%, direct marketing resellers (“DMRs”), original equipment manufacturers (“OEMs”)as compared with fiscal 2022. This increase was partially driven by increased investment in sales resources in key strategic markets, as well as the resumption of large trade shows and other suppliersevents that are a key driver of our marketing activities.
In fiscal 2023, general and administrative expenses increased $2.5 million, or 6%, as compared with fiscal 2022. This increase was driven primarily by transition costs as we complete large projects in our IT and facilities infrastructure.
In fiscal 2023, restructuring expenses increased $0.8 million, or 89%, as compared with fiscal 2022. This increase is driven by corporate restructuring activities as we consolidated our physical footprint and operations in certain markets.

Other expense, net
Year Ended March 31,
(in thousands)2023% of
revenue
2022% of
revenue
$ Change% Change
Other income (expense), net$1,956 %$(251)%$(2,207)(879)%
30

Table of Contents

In fiscal 2023, other income (expense), net increased $2.2 million or 879%, compared to meet customers’ evolving needs. Our stock is traded on the New York Stock Exchange under the symbol QTM.
Business
We believe our combination of expertise, innovationfiscal 2022. The increase was primarily related to differences in foreign currency gains and platform independence enables us to solve scale-out storage and data protection challenges more easily, cost-effectively and securely than competitive offerings. We earn our revenue fromlosses during each period, as well as the sale of products, systems and services through an array of channel partners and our sales force. Our products are sold under both the Quantum brand name and the names of various OEM customers. Our scale-out storage solutions include StorNext software, StorNext appliances (which include StorNext disk storage, StorNext-related tape storage and Xcellisworkflow storage), StorNext Pro Solutions, Lattus extended online storage systems, Q-Cloud Archive and Q-Cloud Vault. These products are designed to help customers manage large unstructured data sets in an information workflow, encompassing high-performance ingest, real-time collaboration, scalable processing, intelligent protection and high-value monetization. Our data protection solutions include DXi deduplication backup systems and Scalar automated tape libraries that optimize backup and recovery, simplify management and lower cost. Our vmPRO virtual server backup and disaster recovery offerings protect virtual environments while minimizing the impact on servers and storage. In addition, we offer software for cloud backup and disaster recovery of physical and virtual servers. We have a full range of services and the global scale and scope to support our worldwide customer base.IP licenses.


Our goal for fiscal 2016 was to increase shareholder value by growing our scale-out storage revenue and investing to drive future scale-out growth while also delivering on our operating profit goals. In scale-out storage, we continued to focus on building our market presence beyond media and entertainment into video surveillance, technical workflow and unstructured data archive use cases. Outside of scale-out storage, our strategy is to continue leveraging our technology leadership, our extensive customer base and our channel and technology partnerships to generate profits and cash from our offerings.Interest expense
During fiscal 2016, we added Xcellis workflow storage and Artico NAS archive appliance to our scale-out storage portfolio. Xcellis is a high performance storage solution engineered to optimize demanding workflows and accelerate time to insight. Artico offers a flexible, low-cost entry point for archiving data across multiple storage tiers, both on-premise and in the cloud. We also expanded Q-Cloud offerings with the launch of Q-Cloud Vault, a new service that enables users to take advantage of secure, low-cost public cloud storage for long-term retention of digital assets. We began offering LTO-7 to our tiered storage portfolio, more than doubling the capacity over previous generations and enabling low-cost, energy-efficient and secure storage for protecting and retaining data.
Year Ended March 31,
(in thousands)2023% of
revenue
2022% of
revenue
$ Change% Change
Interest expense(10,560)(3)%(11,888)(3)%(1,328)(11)%
Building on our strength in tape automation, we announced enhancements to the Scalar i6000, including doubling drive density and adding web services management capabilities. We established a new partnership with Veeam to maximize data availability for virtual environments. Leveraging Veeam Backup & Replication software and our DXi, customers can restore files in seconds and virtual machines in minutes, while reducing both on-premise and disaster recovery site storage costs compared to traditional backup applications.
In fiscal 2016, we repaid the $83.72023, interest expense decreased $1.3 million, remainingor 11%, as compared to fiscal 2022. This decrease was primarily due to a lower principal balance on our Term Loan.

Loss on debt extinguishment, net
Year Ended March 31,
(in thousands)2023% of
revenue
2022% of
revenue
$ Change% Change
Loss on debt extinguishment, net(1,392)— %(4,960)(1)%(3,568)(72)%

In fiscal 2023, loss on debt extinguishment, net was related to prepayment of our 3.50% convertible subordinated notes due November 15, 2015 ("3.50% notes") usinglong-term debt.

Income tax provision
Year Ended March 31,
(in thousands)2023% of
revenue
2022% of
revenue
$ Change% Change
Income tax provision$1,940 %$1,341 — %$599 45 %

Our income tax provision is primarily influenced by foreign and state income taxes. In fiscal 2023, the income tax provision increased $0.6 million or 45%, compared to fiscal 2022, related primarily to higher current foreign taxes as a combinationresult of an increase in foreign taxable income.
Due to our history of net losses in the U.S., the protracted period for utilizing tax attributes in certain foreign jurisdictions, and the difficulty in predicting future results, we believe that we cannot rely on projections of future taxable income to realize most of our deferred tax assets. Accordingly, we have established a full valuation allowance against our U.S. and certain foreign net deferred tax assets. Significant management judgement is required in assessing our ability to realize any future benefit from our net deferred tax assets. We intend to maintain this valuation allowance until sufficient positive evidence exists to support its reversal. Our income tax expense recorded in the future will be reduced to the extent that sufficient positive evidence materializes to support a reversal of, or decrease in, our valuation allowance.



Liquidity and Capital Resources

We consider liquidity in terms of the sufficiency of internal and external cash resources to fund our operating, investing and financing activities. Our principal sources of liquidity include cash from operating activities, cash and $68.9 million of proceeds fromcash equivalents on our balance sheet and amounts available under our credit agreementfacility with Wells Fargo ("WF credit agreement"PNC Bank, National Association (as amended from time to time, the “PNC Credit Facility”) pursuant to fund the purchasesAmended Restated Revolving Credit and Security Agreement dated December 27, 2018. We require significant cash resources to meet obligations to pay the accrued interest.
Our data protection revenues have been impacted by overall weakness in general storage market during fiscal 2016. In November 2015, we approved a plan ("Fiscal 2016 Restructuring Plan") to eliminate approximately 65 positions in the U.S.principal and internationally, primarily ininterest on our outstanding debt, provide for our research and development activities, fund our working capital needs, and salesmake capital expenditures. Our future liquidity requirements will depend on multiple factors, including our research and marketing functions, in order to improve our cost structuredevelopment plans and align spending with continuing operations plans. capital asset needs.

31

Table of Contents
We incurred aggregate restructuring chargeshad cash and cash equivalents of approximately $2.0 million under this plan, of which $1.7 million was paid. The ending balance for accrued restructuring charges for the Fiscal 2016 Restructuring Plan is $0.3$26.0 million as of March 31, 2016,2023, which is expectedexcludes $0.2 million. of short-term restricted cash as of March 31, 2023. Our total outstanding Term Loan debt was $74.7 million, and we had $20.0 million available to be paid byborrow under the second quarterPNC Credit Facility as of fiscal 2017.March 31, 2023.


Results
We had total revenue of $476.0 million in fiscal 2016, a $77.1 million decrease from fiscal 2015, primarily due to decreased revenue from data protection tape automation systems, disk backup systems, media and service, partially offset by an increase in revenue from scale-out storage solutions. Those factors also resulted in a net 13% decrease in our branded product and service revenue. Revenue from branded scale-out storage solutions increased in fiscal 2016 compared to fiscal 2015 in North America. Our continued focus on our branded business is reflected in a greater proportion of non-royalty revenue from branded business, reaching 89% in fiscal 2016, compared to 88% in fiscal 2015.
Our fiscal 2016 gross margin percentage decreased 120 basis points from fiscal 2015 to 43.0% primarily due to a decrease in material margin related to changes in our overall revenue mix as well as lower revenue to cover fixed costs. Higher margin service revenue decreased and lower margin products comprised a higher portion of our product revenue. In addition, we are experiencing overall pricing pressure in the storage market, which has resulted in increased discounting of our products.
Our operating expenses increased $40.1 million, or 17.4%, from fiscal 2015 as a result of a $55.6 million goodwill impairment charge. The increase from the impairment was offset by a decrease in compensation and benefits largely attributable to recognition of a profit sharing bonus in fiscal 2015 which was not repeated in fiscal 2016, a decrease in commission expense on lower branded revenue and a decrease in intangible amortization expense due to certain intangibles becoming fully amortized during fiscal 2015. The goodwill impairment charge does not impact our cash balance, ability to generategenerated negative cash flows from operations liquidity or compliance with debt covenants.

of approximately $4.9 million and $33.7 million for the fiscal years ended March 31, 2023 and 2022, respectively, and generated net losses of approximately $37.9 million and $32.3 million for the fiscal years ended March 31, 2023 and 2022, respectively. We had $74.7 million of net loss in fiscal 2016 compared to $16.8 million of net income in fiscal 2015, which included a gain of $13.6 million resulting fromhave funded operations through the sale of our investment in a privately held company in fiscal 2015.

RESULTS OF OPERATIONS FOR FISCAL 2016, 2015common stock, term debt borrowings and 2014
Revenue
 For the year ended March 31, Change
(dollars in thousands)2016 2015 2014 2016 vs. 2015 2015 vs. 2014
   
% of
revenue
   
% of
revenue
   
% of
revenue
        
Product revenue$286,217
 60.1% $355,579
 64.3% $348,318
 63.0% $(69,362) (19.5)% $7,261
 2.1 %
Service revenue148,548
 31.2% 155,674
 28.1% 147,199
 26.6% (7,126) (4.6)% 8,475
 5.8 %
Royalty revenue41,193
 8.7% 41,842
 7.6% 57,648
 10.4% (649) (1.6)% (15,806) (27.4)%
Total revenue$475,958
 100.0% $553,095
 100.0% $553,165
 100.0% $(77,137) (13.9)% $(70) 0.0 %

Total revenue in fiscal 2016 decreased from fiscal 2015 primarily due to reduced revenue from branded and OEM tape automation systems, media, disk backup systems and service, partially offset by increased revenue from scale-out storage solutions.
We believe the changes in our product and service revenue are driven by the changing storage environment, including increased market demand for scale-out storage solutions and reduced demand for data protection tape products. Revenue from branded data protection products and services decreased $84.0 million, or 24%, from fiscal 2015 largely due to a decrease in tape automation systems, media, disk backup systems and service revenue. Data protection products include our tape automation systems, disk backup systems and devices and media offerings. Revenue from branded scale-out storage solutions and services increased $24.2 million, or 24%, from fiscal 2015 largely due to increased sales of our StorNext appliances. Scale-out storage solutions include StorNext software, StorNext appliances (which include StorNext disk storage, StorNext-related tape storage and Xcellis workflow storage), StorNext Pro Solutions, Lattus extended online storage systems, Q-Cloud Archive and Q-Cloud Vault. In addition, OEM product and service revenue, which is primarily comprised of data protection tape automation systems, decreased $16.7 million, or 26%, from fiscal 2015. Royalty revenue decreased slightly from fiscal 2015 primarily due to lower LTO media technology royalties.

Total revenue in fiscal 2015 remained relatively flat compared to fiscal 2014. Revenue from scale-out storage solutions, disk backup systems and service increased. These increases were offset by decreases in OEM and branded tape automation systems revenue, royalty revenue as well as branded devices and media revenue. The decrease in royalty revenue was primarily due to a $15.0 million royalty in connection with an intellectual property agreement received in the prior year. Revenue from branded data protection products and services decreased $13.7 million, or 4%, from fiscal 2014, largely due to decreases in tape automation systems and media revenue. Revenue from branded scale-out storage solutions and services increased $43.4 million, or 74%, from fiscal 2014 largely due to increased sales of our StorNext appliances. In addition, OEM product and service revenue, which primarily comprises tape automation systems, decreased $14.0 million from fiscal 2014.
Product Revenue
Total product revenue, which includes sales of our hardware and software products sold through both our Quantum branded and OEM channels, decreased $69.4 million in fiscal 2016 compared to fiscal 2015. The decrease in product revenue was largely due to lower sales of branded and OEM tape automation systems, disk backup systems and media, partially offset by increased sales of scale-out storage solutions. Revenue from sales of branded products decreased 18%, and sales of products to our OEM customers decreased 26% in fiscal 2016 compared to fiscal 2015.

Total product revenue increased $7.3 million in fiscal 2015 compared to fiscal 2014. The increase in product revenue was primarily due to increased sales of scale-out storage solutions; revenue from disk backup systems also increased. These increases were partially offset by decreased sales of OEM and branded tape automation systems and devices and media. Revenue from sales of branded products increased 8% in fiscal 2015, and sales of products to our OEM customers decreased 20% compared to fiscal 2014.
 For the year ended March 31, Change
(dollars in thousands)2016 2015 2014 2016 vs. 2015 2015 vs. 2014
   
% of
revenue
   
% of
revenue
   
% of
revenue
        
Tape automation systems$97,454
 20.6% $152,205
 27.6% $174,438
 31.5% $(54,751) (36.0)% $(22,233) (12.7)%
Disk backup systems39,722
 8.3% 54,845
 9.9% 50,217
 9.1% (15,123) (27.6)% 4,628
 9.2 %
Devices and media45,767
 9.6% 62,642
 11.3% 70,680
 12.8% (16,875) (26.9)% (8,038) (11.4)%
Scale-out storage solutions103,274
 21.6% 85,887
 15.5% 52,983
 9.6% 17,387
 20.2 % 32,904
 62.1 %
Total product revenue$286,217
 60.1% $355,579
 64.3% $348,318
 63.0% $(69,362) (19.5)% $7,261
 2.1 %

Fiscal 2016 Compared to Fiscal 2015
Branded data protection tape automation revenue declined 42%, or $41.8 million while OEM tape automation revenue decreases of 25%, or $13.0 million in fiscal 2016 compared to fiscal 2015. The decline in branded data protection tape automation revenue resulted from decreased sales in all product categories with enterprise, midrange and entry-level systems each declining at similar rates. The decline in OEM tape automation revenue was due to decreased sales of midrange and entry-level systems partially offset by an increase in enterprise systems revenue.
Revenue from disk backup systems decreased in fiscal 2016 compared to fiscal 2015 primarily due to decreased sales of midrange systems, which comprised of over half of the decrease, as well as lower enterprise systems and OEM deduplication software revenue.
Product revenue from devices, which includes tape drives and removable hard drives, and non-royalty media sales decreased in fiscal 2016 primarily due to lower media sales.

Our scale-out storage solutions revenue increased in fiscal 2016 compared to fiscal 2015 primarily due to increased sales of StorNext appliances in the unstructured data market segment. During fiscal 2016, we also experienced an increase in revenue from large scale-out storage solutions orders over $200,000.
Fiscal 2015 Compared to Fiscal 2014
Our branded tape automation business performed better in fiscal 2015 than our OEM tape automation systems business. Branded tape automation revenue declined 7%, or $7.4 million, compared to an OEM tape automation revenue decrease of 22%, or $14.8 million. The OEM decreases during fiscal 2015 were primarily due to a decline in revenue from midrange and enterprise systems, with midrange systems declining nearly twice as much as enterprise systems. The decline in fiscal 2015 of our branded tape automation revenue was primarily due to a decrease in sales of enterprise systems.

Revenue from disk backup systems, primarily attributed to our branded business, increased 9%, or $4.6 million, during fiscal 2015. A decrease in revenue from our enterprise systems was offset by increases in revenue from entry-level systems, driven by the introduction of DXi 4700, and midrange systems, including DXi 6900. The DXi 6900 scales to higher storage capacities than previous midrange systems, which contributed to the decrease in enterprise systems revenue. During fiscal 2015, we experienced an increase in large disk backup systems orders over $200,000.

Product revenue from devices, which includes tape drives and removable hard drives, and non-royalty media sales decreased during fiscal 2015 primarily due to lower media sales.

Our scale-out storage solutions revenue increased during fiscal 2015 primarily due to increased sales of StorNext appliances. Revenue from Lattus extended online storage and StorNext Pro Solutions products also increased, partially offset by a decrease in StorNext standalone software revenue. During fiscal 2015, we experienced an increase in revenue from large scale-out storage solutions orders over $200,000.
Service Revenue
Service revenue is primarily comprised of hardware service contracts, which are typically purchased by our customers to extend the warranty or to provide faster service response time, or both.
Fiscal 2016 Compared to Fiscal 2015
Service revenue decreased in fiscal 2016 compared to fiscal 2015 due to decreased service revenue for our data protection products which was partially offset by increased revenue from branded service contracts for our StorNext appliances.
Fiscal 2015 Compared to Fiscal 2014
Service revenue increased in fiscal 2015 compared to fiscal 2014 primarily due to increased revenue from branded service contracts for our StorNext appliances, partially offset by decreased service revenue for our data protection products.
Royalty Revenue
Fiscal 2016 Compared to Fiscal 2015
Royalty revenue decreased in fiscal 2016 compared fiscal 2015 primarily due to lower media royalties from LTO generation 1 through 5, offset by increased media royalties from LTO 6 and the recently-introduced LTO 7.
Fiscal 2015 Compared to Fiscal 2014
Royalty revenue decreased in fiscal 2015 compared to fiscal 2014 primarily due to a $15.0 million royalty received in connection with an intellectual property agreement in fiscal 2014. We also experienced expected decreases in DLT® media royalties in fiscal 2015 as customers chose to not use this older technology.

Gross Margin
 For the year ended March 31, Change
(dollars in thousands)2016 2015 2014 2016 vs. 2015 2015 vs. 2014
 Margin 
Margin
Rate
 Margin 
Margin
Rate
 Margin 
Margin
Rate
 Margin 
Basis
points
 Margin 
Basis
points
Product margin$79,358
 27.7% $117,900
 33.2% $111,242
 31.9% $(38,542) (550) $6,658
 130
Service margin84,201
 56.7% 84,944
 54.6% 71,269
 48.4% (743) 210
 13,675
 620
Royalty margin41,193
 100.0% 41,842
 100.0% 57,648
 100.0% (649) 
 (15,806) 
Gross margin$204,752
 43.0% $244,686
 44.2% $239,620
*43.3% $(39,934) (120) $5,066
 90
* Fiscal 2014 total gross margin includes $0.5 million of restructuring expense related to cost of revenue.
The 120 basis point decrease in gross margin percentage in fiscal 2016 compared to fiscal 2015 was primarily driven by decreased higher margin service revenue and a shift in revenue mix from higher margin products to lower margin products.


The 90 basis point increase in gross margin percentage in fiscal 2015 compared to fiscal 2014 was primarily driven by an increase in the service gross margin rates and to a lesser extent, product gross margin rates. The improvement in the overall gross margin rate reflects the impact of the changes we have implemented in our operations, repair and service business models, partially offset by the decline in royalty revenue.

Product Margin

Fiscal 2016 Compared to Fiscal 2015

Product gross margin dollars decreased $38.5 million, or 33% in fiscal 2016, and our product gross margin rate decreased 550 basis points in fiscal 2016. These decreases were the result of a combination of lower revenue to cover fixed costs, a shift in revenue mix from higher margin products to lower margin products, and increased discounting from overall pricing pressure in the storage market.

Fiscal 2015 Compared to Fiscal 2014

Product gross margin dollars increased $6.7 million, or 6% in fiscal 2015, and our product gross margin rate increased 130 basis points in fiscal 2015. The increase in the product gross margin rate was primarily due to shifting to an outsourced manufacturing model during the second half of fiscal 2014. Outsourcing our manufacturing has created a more variable cost model, reducing costs during fiscal 2015 that were relatively fixed during most of fiscal 2014 when the majority of our products were manufactured in our facilities. Notable cost decreases from fiscal 2014 driven by the implementation of outsourced manufacturing include compensation and benefits and facility expenses.
Service Margin
Fiscal 2016 Compared to Fiscal 2015
Service gross margin dollars decreased $0.7 million, or 1%, in fiscal 2016 compared to fiscal 2015, and service gross margin percentage increased 210 basis points compared to fiscal 2015 on a 5% decrease in service revenue. The increased service margin percentage was primarily due to decreases in external repair expense and compensation and benefits from recognition of a profit sharing bonus in fiscal 2015 which was not repeated in fiscal 2016.
Fiscal 2015 Compared to Fiscal 2014
Service gross margin dollars increased $13.7 million, or 19%, in fiscal 2015 compared to fiscal 2014, and service gross margin percentage increased 620 basis points compared to fiscal 2014 on a 6% increase in service revenue. The increase in service gross margin rate was primarily due to reduced costs as a result of continued improvements to our service delivery model, including outsourcing geographies with lower service and repair volumes and improving utilization of our service team and service parts inventories. In addition, our service activities continue to reflect a larger proportion of branded products under contract, which have margins that are relatively higher than for OEM repair services.
Royalty Margin
Royalties typically do not have related cost of sales and have a 100% gross margin percentage. Therefore, royalty gross margin dollars vary directly with royalty revenue. Royalty revenue and related gross margin dollars decreased in both fiscal 2016 and fiscal 2015 compared to the prior year periods.
Research and Development Expenses
 For the year ended March 31, Change
(dollars in thousands)2016 2015 2014 2016 vs. 2015 2015 vs. 2014
   
% of
revenue
   
% of
revenue
   
% of
revenue
        
Research and development$48,703
 10.2% $58,618
 10.6% $64,375
 11.6% $(9,915) (16.9)% $(5,757) (8.9)%


Fiscal 2016 Compared to Fiscal 2015
The decrease in research and development expense in fiscal 2016 compared to fiscal 2015 was primarily due to a $8.4 million decrease in compensation and benefits largely related to lower staffing levels and recognition of a profit sharing bonus in fiscal 2015 which was not repeated in fiscal 2016. Additionally, we had a $1.2 million decrease in depreciation expense due to lower capital expenditures.
Fiscal 2015 Compared to Fiscal 2014
The decrease in research and development expenses compared to fiscal 2014 was primarily due to additional cost controls and spending reductions that resulted in a $4.7 million decrease in compensation and benefits from reduced staffing levels. Additionally, there was a $1.2 million decrease in depreciation expense due to declining capital expenditures.
Sales and Marketing Expenses
 For the year ended March 31, Change
(dollars in thousands)2016 2015 2014 2016 vs. 2015 2015 vs. 2014
   
% of
revenue
   
% of
revenue
   
% of
revenue
        
Sales and marketing$108,735
 22.8% $113,954
 20.6% $118,771
 21.5% $(5,219) (4.6)% $(4,817) (4.1)%
Fiscal 2016 Compared to Fiscal 2015
The decrease in sales and marketing expense in fiscal 2016 compared to fiscal 2015 was primarily due to net decreases of $4.9 million in commission expense due to lower branded product revenue, $2.8 million in intangible amortization expense due to certain intangibles becoming fully amortized during fiscal 2015 and $1.0 million in compensation and benefits primarily due to recognition of a profit sharing bonus in fiscal 2015 which was not repeated in fiscal 2016. These decreases were offset by increases of $2.6 million in advertising and marketing, $0.6 million in sponsored employee activities from higher spending on sales-related meetings and $0.4 million in sales demonstration unit costs.
Fiscal 2015 Compared to Fiscal 2014
The most significant factor driving the decrease in sales and marketing expense compared to fiscal 2014 was a $4.6 million decrease in intangible amortization expense due to certain intangibles becoming fully amortized during fiscal 2015. We had a $2.5 million decrease in compensation and benefits from decreased staffing levels. Additionally, spending reductions in fiscal 2015 resulted in decreases of $0.8 million in advertising costs, $0.8 million in travel expense and $0.8 million in external service provider expense compared to fiscal 2014. These decreases were partially offset by a $4.8 million increase in commission expense related to increased branded product revenue.
General and Administrative Expenses
 For the year ended March 31, Change
(dollars in thousands)2016 2015 2014 2016 vs. 2015 2015 vs. 2014
   
% of
revenue
   
% of
revenue
   
% of
revenue
        
General and administrative$53,793
 11.3% $56,513
 10.2% $57,865
 10.5% $(2,720) (4.8)% $(1,352) (2.3)%
Fiscal 2016 Compared to Fiscal 2015
The decrease in general and administrative expense in fiscal 2016 compared to fiscal 2015 was largely the result of a $3.1 million decrease in compensation and benefits primarily from recognition of a profit sharing bonus in fiscal 2015 which was not repeated in fiscal 2016 and decreased share-based compensation expense. We also had a $0.6 million decrease in IT-related expense as a result of cost reductions in fiscal 2016. These decreases were partially offset by an increase of $0.7 million related to a refund received for IT purchases in fiscal 2015.

Fiscal 2015 Compared to Fiscal 2014
The decrease in general and administrative expense was primarily due to a $1.6 million decrease in facility-related expenses from vacating portions of various facilities in fiscal 2014 and continuing into fiscal 2015. Additionally, we had a $0.8 million decrease in depreciation expense due to declining capital expenditures. These decreases were partially offset by a $0.9 million increase in legal and advisory fees, primarily due to costs related to intellectual property matters and costs related to activities and inquiries of Starboard Value LP incurred during fiscal 2015.
Restructuring Charges
 For the year ended March 31, Change
(dollars in thousands)2016 2015 2014 2016 vs. 2015 2015 vs. 2014
   
% of
revenue
   
% of
revenue
   
% of
revenue
        
Restructuring charges related to
cost of revenue
$
 % $
 % $539
 0.1% $
 % $(539) (100.0)%
Restructuring charges in operating
     expenses
4,006
 0.8% 1,666
 0.3% 10,675
 1.9% 2,340
 140.5% (9,009) (84.4)%
Total restructuring charges$4,006
 0.8% $1,666
 0.3% $11,214
 2.0% $2,340
 140.5% $(9,548) (85.1)%
Our restructuring plans have been undertaken in an effort to return to consistent profitability and generate cash from operations.
For additional information on our restructuring plans and disclosure of restructuring charges refer to Note 8 “Restructuring Charges” to the Consolidated Financial Statements. Until we achieve consistent and sustainable levels of profitability, we may incur restructuring charges in the future from additional strategic cost reduction efforts.
Fiscal 2016 Compared to Fiscal 2015
Restructuring charges increased in fiscal 2016 compared to fiscal 2015 primarily due to a $1.9 million increase in severance and benefits restructuring charges from the Fiscal 2016 Restructuring Plan and a $0.5 million increase in facility restructuring charges resulting from a change in estimate of sublease timing for our facilities previously used in manufacturing.
Fiscal 2015 Compared to Fiscal 2014

Restructuring charges decreased in fiscal 2015 compared to fiscal 2014 primarily due to decreased severance and benefits restructuring and facility restructuring charges. Severance and benefits restructuring charges decreased $5.7 million in fiscal 2015 compared to fiscal 2014 primarily due to strategic management decisions to outsource our manufacturing operations and further consolidate production and service activities in fiscal 2014. Facility restructuring charges decreased $3.1 million in fiscal 2015 compared to fiscal 2014 primarily due to vacating a majority of our manufacturing and warehouse facilities in the U.S. in fiscal 2014.
Goodwill Impairment
 For the year ended March 31, Change
(dollars in thousands)2016 2015 2014 2016 vs. 2015 2015 vs. 2014
   
% of
revenue
   
% of
revenue
   
% of
revenue
        
Goodwill impairment$55,613
 11.7% $
 % $
 % $55,613
 n/a $
 %

During the fourth quarter of fiscal 2016, our stock price declined from $0.93 per share at December 31, 2015 to a low closing price of $0.44 per share. As a result of this decrease in stock price, we determined it was more likely than not that the fair value of our goodwill was less than its carrying amount and performed an analysis to quantify the potential amount of goodwill impairment during the fourth quarter of fiscal 2016. Based on our impairment analysis, we determined our goodwill was impaired and recorded an impairment charge of $55.6 million in fiscal 2016. For additional information, refer to Note 5 “Intangible Assets and Goodwill” to the Consolidated Financial Statements.



Gain on Sale of Assets
 For the year ended March 31, Change
(dollars in thousands)2016 2015 2014 2016 vs. 2015 2015 vs. 2014
                 
% of
revenue
                
% of
revenue
                 
% of
revenue
                                                
Gain on sale of assets$
 % $462
 0.1% $267
 0.0% $(462) (100.0)% $195
 73.0%
We had a $0.5 million gain on the sale of assets primarily due to the sale of IP addresses in fiscal 2015.
Other Income and Expense
 For the year ended March 31, Change
(dollars in thousands)2016 2015 2014 2016 vs. 2015 2015 vs. 2014
                 
% of
revenue
                
% of
revenue
                 
% of
revenue
                                                
Other income and (expense)$(191) % $13,836
 2.5% $1,296
 0.2% $(14,027) n/m $12,540
 967.6%

The change in other expense in fiscal 2016 compared to other income in fiscal 2015 and the increase in other income and expense in fiscal 2015 compared to fiscal 2014 was primarily due to a $13.6 million gain on the sale of our investment in a privately held company in fiscal 2015.
Interest Expense
 For the year ended March 31, Change
(dollars in thousands)2016 2015 2014 2016 vs. 2015 2015 vs. 2014
                 
% of
revenue
                
% of
revenue
                 
% of
revenue
                                                
Interest expense$6,817
 1.4% $9,460
 1.7% $9,754
 1.8% $(2,643) (27.9)% $(294) (3.0)%
Interest expense includes the amortization of debt issuance costs for debt facilities. For further information, refer to Note 7 “Debt” to the Consolidated Financial Statements.
Interest expense decreased in both fiscal 2016 and fiscal 2015 compared to the prior year periods primarily due to the payment of $50.0 million of aggregate principal amount of 3.50% notes during the fourth quarter of fiscal 2015.
Loss on Debt Extinguishment
 For the year ended March 31, Change
(dollars in thousands)2016 2015 2014 2016 vs. 2015 2015 vs. 2014
   
% of
revenue
   
% of
revenue
   
% of
revenue
        
Loss on debt extinguishment$394
 0.1% $1,295
 0.2% $
 % $(901) (69.6)% $1,295
 n/a

The loss on debt extinguishment in fiscal 2016 was due to the purchase of $81.0 million of aggregate principal amount of the 3.50% notes for $82.4 million, which included $1.1 million of accrued interest. In connection with this transaction, we recorded a loss on debt extinguishment of $0.4 million comprised of a loss of $0.3 million from the notes purchased and $0.1 million of unamortized debt issuance costs related to the purchased notes.
The loss on debt extinguishment in fiscal 2015 was due to the purchase of $50.0 million of aggregate principal amount of the 3.50% notes for $51.0 million. In connection with this transaction, we recorded a loss on debt extinguishment of $1.3 million comprised of the loss of $1.0 million from the notes purchased and a write-off of $0.3 million of unamortized debt costs related to the purchased notes. For further information, refer to Note 7 “Debt” to the Consolidated Financial Statements.

Income Taxes
 For the year ended March 31, Change
(dollars in thousands)2016 2015 2014 2016 vs. 2015 2015 vs. 2014
   % of
pre-tax loss
   
% of
pre-tax income
 
   % of
pre-tax loss
        
Income tax provision$1,183
 (1.6)% $718
 4.1% $1,217
 (6.0)% $465
 64.8% $(499) (41.0)%
Tax expense in fiscal 2016, 2015 and 2014 was primarily comprised of foreign income taxes and state taxes. The increase in income tax provision was primarily due to higher foreign taxes in fiscal 2016 compared to fiscal 2015. The decrease in income tax provision in fiscal 2015 compared to fiscal 2014 was primarily due to lower foreign taxes. For additional information, including a reconciliation of the effective tax rate, refer to Note 11 “Income Taxes” to the Consolidated Financial Statements.
Amortization of Intangible Assets
The following table details intangible asset amortization expense by classification within our Consolidated Statements of Operations (in thousands):
 For the year ended March 31, Change
 2016 2015 2014 2016 vs. 2015 2015 vs. 2014
Cost of revenue$280
 $913
 $1,476
 $(633) (69.3)% $(563) (38.1)%
Sales and marketing
 2,784
 7,426
 (2,784) (100.0)% (4,642) (62.5)%
 $280
 $3,697
 $8,902
 $(3,417) (92.4)% $(5,205) (58.5)%
The decreases in intangible asset amortization in fiscal 2016 and 2015 compared to the respective prior years was due to certain intangible assets becoming fully amortized. Refer to Note 5 “Intangible Assets and Goodwill” to the Consolidated Financial Statements for further information regarding our amortizable intangible assets.
Share-Based Compensation
The following table summarizes share-based compensation within our Consolidated Statements of Operations (in thousands):
 For the year ended March 31, Change
 2016 2015 2014 2016 vs. 2015 2015 vs. 2014
Cost of revenue$1,241
 $1,489
 $1,963
 $(248) (16.7)% $(474) (24.1)%
Research and development1,864
 2,559
 3,430
 (695) (27.2)% (871) (25.4)%
Sales and marketing2,907
 3,506
 4,097
 (599) (17.1)% (591) (14.4)%
General and administrative2,904
 4,029
 3,969
 (1,125) (27.9)% 60
 1.5 %
 $8,916
 $11,583
 $13,459
 $(2,667) (23.0)% $(1,876) (13.9)%
Fiscal 2016 Compared to Fiscal 2015
The decrease in share-based compensation expense in fiscal 2016 was primarily due to a $1.9 million decrease in restricted stock expense resulting from a decrease in the fair value of restricted stock units and departures of highly compensated employees. We also had a $0.6 million decrease in stock options expense as options became fully vested early in the first quarter of fiscal 2016.
Fiscal 2015 Compared to Fiscal 2014
The decrease in share-based compensation in fiscal 2015 was primarily due to a $1.3 million decrease in restricted stock expense resulting from a lower fair value of restricted stock units. We also had a $0.4 million decrease in stock purchase plan expense as a result of decreased headcount.

LIQUIDITY AND CAPITAL RESOURCES
Capital Resources and Financial Condition
As of March 31, 2016, we had $33.9 million of cash and cash equivalents which is comprised of money market funds and cash deposits.
We continue to focus on improving our operating performance, including efforts to increase revenue and to continue to control costs in order to improve margins, return to consistent profitability and generate positive cash flows from operating activities. We believe that our existing cash and capital resources will be sufficient to meet all currently planned expenditures, debt service, contractual obligations and sustain operations for at least the next 12 months. This belief is dependent upon our ability to achieve gross margin projections and to control operating expenses in order to provide positive cash flow from operating activities. Although we recorded facility restructuring charges in fiscal 2016 and anticipate other charges in fiscal 2017 to further consolidate our facilities, payments for the accrued facility restructuring will be made monthly in accordance with the lease agreements, which continue through December 2021. As a result, the facility restructuring is not expected to change our cash requirements. Our cash outlay for these lease payments could be reduced in the future if we are able to sublease facilities. Should any of the above assumptions prove incorrect, either in combination or individually, it would likely have a material negative effect on our cash balances and capital resources.
The following is a description of our existing capital resources including outstanding balances, funds available to borrow and primary repayment terms including interest rates. For additional information, see Note 7 “Debt” to the Consolidated Financial Statements.
On October 5, 2015, we entered into a private transaction with a note holder to purchase $81.0 million of aggregate principal amount of the 3.50% notes for $82.4 million, which included $1.1 million of accrued interest. In connection with this transaction, we recorded a loss on debt extinguishment of $0.4 million comprised of a loss of $0.3 million from the notes purchased and $0.1 million of unamortized debt issuance costs related to the purchased notes. We used a combination of $66.1 million of proceeds from the WF credit agreement and $16.3 million of cash to fund the purchase and pay the accrued interest. On November 15, 2015, we purchased the remaining $2.8 million outstanding principal amount of 3.50% notes and funded this payment using proceeds from the WF credit agreement.
As of March 31, 2016, we had $70.0 million of 4.50% convertible subordinated debt due November 15, 2017 ("4.50% notes") outstanding, excluding unamortized debt issuance costs. The 4.50% notes require semi-annual interest payments paid on May 15 and November 15 of each year and have no early call provisions. We paid $3.2 million of interest on the 4.50% notes in fiscal 2016. In addition, we had a $65.7 million outstanding balance on a line of credit under the WF credit agreement at a weighted average interest rate of 3.18% as of March 31, 2016.
Under the WF credit agreement, as amended, we have the ability to borrow the lesser of $75 million or the amount of the monthly borrowing base under a senior secured revolving credit facility which matures August 10, 2017. We have letters of credit totaling $1.0 million, reducing the maximum amount available to $8.3 million at March 31, 2016. Quarterly, we are required to pay a 0.375% commitment fee on undrawn amounts under the revolving credit facility. There is a blanket lien on all of our assets under the WF credit agreementborrowings described in addition to certain financial and reporting covenants. As of March 31, 2016, and during fiscal 2016, we were in compliance with all covenants.Note 5: Debt.
The interest rate on amounts borrowed is based on an election by us of an annual rate equal to (1) a base rate established by Wells Fargo plus an applicable margin of 1.0% to 1.5%, based on availability levels under the WF credit agreement or (2) the LIBOR rate plus an applicable margin ranging from 2.0% and 2.5%, based on availability levels under the WF credit agreement. The base rate is defined in the WF credit agreement. We paid $1.1 million of interest on the WF credit agreement in fiscal 2016.
The WF credit agreement contains financial covenants and customary events of default for such securities, including cross-payment default and cross-acceleration to other material indebtedness for borrowed money which require notice from the trustee or holders of at least 25% of the notes and are subject to a cure period upon receipt of such notice. Average liquidity must exceed $15 million each month, and at all times we must maintain minimum liquidity of $10 million, at least $5 million of which must be excess availability under the WF revolving credit facility. The excess availability requirement increases by $1.5 million onOn June 1, 2016, and on2023, the first day of each September, December, March and June occurring thereafter. The fixed charge coverage ratio is required to be greater than 1.2 for the 12 month period ending on the last day of any month in which the covenant is applicable. This covenant is applicable only in months in which borrowings exceed $5 million at any time during the month. To avoid triggering mandatory field audits and Wells Fargo controlling our cash receipts, we must maintain liquidity of at least $20 million at all times. The fixed charge coverage ratio, average liquidity, liquidity and excess availability are each defined in the WF credit agreement and/or amendments. Certain schedules in the compliance certificate must be filed monthly if borrowings exceed $5 million; otherwise they are to be filed quarterly.

Generation of positive cash flow from operating activities has historically been, and will continue to be, an important source of cash to fund operating needs and meet our current and long-term obligations. We may choose to raise additional capital if strategically advantageous to the company. We can provide no assurance that such debt or equity financing would be available to us on commercially acceptable terms or at all.
We have taken many actions in recent years and are continuing to take such actions to offset the negative impact of economic uncertainty and slow economic growth and their impact on the data protection and scale-out storage markets. We cannot provide assurance that the actions we have taken in the past or any actions we may take in the future will ensure a consistent, sustainable and sufficient level of net income and positive cash flow from operating activities to fund, sustain or grow our business. Certain events that are beyond our control, including prevailing economic, competitive and industry conditions, as well as various legal and other disputes, may prevent us from achieving these financial objectives. Any inability to achieve consistent and sustainable net income and cash flow could result in:
(i)Restrictions on our ability to manage or fund our existing operations, which could result in a material and adverse effect on our future results of operations and financial condition.
(ii)Unwillingness on the part of the lenders to do any of the following:
Provide a waiver or amendment for any covenant violations we may experience in future periods, thereby triggering a default under, or termination of, the revolving credit line, or
Approve anyCompany entered into amendments to the credit agreement we may seek to obtain in the future.
Any lack of renewal, waiver, or amendment, if needed, could result in the revolving credit line becoming unavailable to us and any amounts outstanding becoming immediately due and payable.
(iii)Further impairment of our financial flexibility, which could require us to raise additional funding in the capital markets sooner than we otherwise would, and on terms less favorable to us, if available at all.
Any of the above mentioned items, individually or in combination, could have a material and adverse effect on our results of operations, available cash and cash flows, financial condition, access to capital and liquidity.
Cash Flows
Following is a summary of cash flows from operating, investing and financing activities (in thousands):
  As of or for the year ended March 31,
(In thousands)        2016 2015 2014
Cash and cash equivalents $33,870
 $67,948
 $99,125
Net income (loss) (74,683) 16,760
 (21,474)
Net cash provided by (used in) operating activities (11,720) 6,034
 35,474
Net cash provided by (used in) investing activities (3,621) 11,641
 (6,649)
Net cash provided by (used in) financing activities (18,724) (48,641) 1,285
Fiscal 2016
The $63.0 million difference between net loss and net cash used in operating activities in fiscal 2016 was primarily due to $78.2 million in non-cash items, the largest of which were goodwill impairment, share-based compensation, depreciation and service parts lower of cost or market adjustment. In addition, we had a $18.2 million decrease in accounts receivable, which was offset by decreases of $12.7 million in accrued compensation, $11.1 million in deferred revenue and $8.2 million in accounts payable. The decrease in accounts receivable was primarily due to lower revenue in the fourth quarter of fiscal 2016 compared to the fourth quarter of fiscal 2015. The decrease in accrued compensation was primarily due to payments of a profit sharing bonus accrued in fiscal 2015 which was not repeated in fiscal 2016 and a lower commission accrual in fiscal 2016 related to lower branded revenue. The decrease in deferred revenue was largely due to decreased deferred service contracts revenue for tape automation systems. The decrease in accounts payable was primarily due to the timing of invoice payments and lower inventory purchases in fiscal 2016 compared to fiscal 2015.
Cash used in investing activities was primarily due to $3.5 million of property and equipment purchases. Equipment purchases were primarily for engineering equipment for product development, IT infrastructure upgrades and leasehold improvements in our Colorado Springs facility.
Cash used in financing activities was primarily due to the $83.7 million payment of the 3.50% notes, partially offset by $65.7 million of net borrowings under the WF credit agreement.

Fiscal 2015
The $10.7 million difference between reported net income and cash provided by operating activities during fiscal 2015 was primarily due to a $22.6 million increase in accounts receivable, a $19.7 million increase in manufacturing inventories and a $13.6 million gain on sale of other investments, offset by $29.0 million of non-cash items and a $12.8 million increase in accounts payable. The increase in accounts receivable was primarily due to increased product revenue and service billings in the fourth quarter of fiscal 2015 as compared to the fourth quarter of fiscal 2014. The increases in manufacturing inventories and accounts payable were due to increased inventory purchases to ensure adequate quantities on hand to fulfill orders. The largest non-cash items included share-based compensation, depreciation, amortization and service parts lower of cost or market adjustment.

Cash provided by investing activities was primarily due to $15.1 million of proceeds of sale of other investments in a privately held company, partially offset by $3.2 million of property and equipment purchases. Equipment purchases were primarily for engineering equipment for product development and permanent demo units.

Cash used in financing activities was primarily due to the purchase of $50.0 million of aggregate principal amount of convertible subordinated debt.
Fiscal 2014
The $56.9 million difference between reported net loss and cash provided by operating activities during fiscal 2014 was primarily due to $46.1 million in non-cash items, the largest of which were share-based compensation, service parts lower of cost or market adjustment, depreciation and amortization. In addition, we had a $13.4 million decrease in manufacturing inventories primarily due to outsourcing our manufacturing operations and an $8.7 million increase in deferred revenue primarily due to increased service contract revenue deferred at March 31, 2014 compared to March 31, 2013. These were partially offset by a $6.1 million decrease in accrued compensation due to decreased staffing and timing of payroll payments, and a $5.9 million decrease in accounts payable primarily due to decreased purchases.

Cash used in investing activities was primarily due to $6.0 million of property and equipment purchases. Equipment purchases were primarily for engineering equipment to support product development activities, IT equipment and software, largely related to an ERP system upgrade, leasehold improvements in locations we started leasing in the second quarter of fiscal 2014Term Loan and the purchase of permanent demo units.

Cash provided by financing activities duringPNC Credit Facility. The amendments, among other things, (a) amended the total net leverage ratio financial covenant commencing with the fiscal 2014 was primarily duequarter ended June 30, 2023; (b) amended the minimum liquidity financial covenant to receipt of $4.4 million fromdecrease the exercise of stock optionsminimum liquidity to $15 million; and issuance of shares under(c) amended the employee stock purchase plan, partially offset by $1.9 million paid for taxes due upon vesting of restricted stock and“EBITDA” definition to increase the purchase of $1.3 million of convertible subordinated debt.
Off Balance Sheet Arrangements
Lease Commitments
We lease certain facilities under non-cancelable lease agreements. Some of the leases have renewal options ranging from one to ten years and others contain escalation clauses and provisions for maintenance, taxes or insurance. We also have equipment leases for computers and other office equipment. Future minimum lease payments under these operating leases are shown below in the “Contractual Obligations” section.
Commitments to Purchase Inventory
We use contract manufacturers for our manufacturing operations. Under these arrangements, the contract manufacturer procures inventory to manufacture products based upon our forecast of customer demand. We have similar arrangements with certain other suppliers. We are responsible for the financial impactadd-back cap on the supplier or contract manufacturer of any reduction or product mix shift in the forecast relative to materials that the third party had already purchased under a prior forecast. Such a variance in forecasted demand could require a cash payment for inventory in excess of current customer demand or for costs of excess or obsolete inventory. As of March 31, 2016, we had issued non-cancelable commitments for $42.2 million to purchase inventory from our contract manufacturers and suppliers.
Stock Repurchases
During fiscal 2000, the Board of Directors authorized us to repurchase up to $700 million of our common stock in open market purchases or private transactions. As of March 31, 2016, $87.9 million remained under this authorization. No stock repurchases were madenon-recurring items including restructuring charges during the fiscal years ended March 31, 2016, 20152024 and 2025. The Term Loan amendment also provided an advance of $15 million in additional Term Loan borrowings. With the additional term debt borrowings, in addition to the amendments to the credit agreements, we forecasted that operating performance, cash, current working capital and borrowings available under the PNC Credit Facility will provide us with sufficient capital to fund operations for at least one year from the financial statement issuance date. If required, there is no assurance that we would be able to obtain sufficient additional funds when needed or 2014. that such funds, if available, would be obtainable on terms satisfactory to us.
Our outstanding long-term debt amounted to $83.1 million as of March 31, 2023, net of $3.3 million in unamortized debt issuance costs and $5.0 million in current portion of long-term debt.

We are subject to various debt covenants under our debt agreements. Our failure to comply with our debt covenants could materially and adversely affect our financial condition and ability to repurchaseservice our obligations. We believe we were in compliance with all covenants under our debt agreements as of the date of filing of this Annual Report on Form 10-K. See "Risks Related to our Indebtedness" section of Item 1A. Risk Factors.

Cash Flows

The following table summarizes our consolidated cash flows for the periods indicated.
 Year Ended March 31,
( in thousands)20232022
Cash provided by (used in):
   Operating activities(4,894)(33,728)
   Investing activities(15,601)(14,124)
   Financing activities41,165 20,157 
   Effect of exchange rate changes12 51 
Net change in cash, cash equivalents, and restricted cash$20,682 $(27,644)

Net Cash Used in Operating Activities

Net cash used in operating activities was $4.9 million for the year ended March 31, 2023, primarily attributable to cash provided by operating activities excluding changes in assets and liabilities of $1.5 million offset by cash used associated with working capital changes of $6.4 million including cash used related to manufacturing and service inventories of $5.3 million.

Net cash used in operating activities was $33.7 million for the year ended March 31, 2022, primarily attributable to $30.5 million of changes in assets and liabilities due primarily to working capital requirements due to higher manufacturing and service inventories.

32

Table of Contents
Net Cash Used in Investing Activities

Net cash used in investing activities was $15.6 million for the year ended March 31, 2023, primarily attributable to $12.6 million of capital expenditures and $3.0 million of cash paid related to the deferred purchase price for a prior business acquisition.

Net cash used in investing activities was $14.1 million for the year ended March 31, 2022, primarily attributable to $7.8 million of business acquisitions and $6.3 million of capital expenditures.

Net Cash Provided by Financing Activities

Net cash provided by financing activities was $41.2 million for the year ended March 31, 2023 due primarily to $66.2 million of net cash received from the Rights Offering of 30 million shares of our common stock is restricted unless we meet certain thresholdsoffset in part by a $20.0 million prepayment of our term debt and term debt principal amortization payments and amendment fees totaling $3.3 million.

Net cash provided by financing activities was $20.2 million for the year ended March 31, 2022, primarily related to borrowings under our credit facility, and proceeds from the termsnew Term Loan offset by the repayment in full of the WF creditSenior Secured Term Loan.

Commitments and Contingencies
Our contingent liabilities consist primarily of certain financial guarantees, both express and implied, related to product liability and potential infringement of intellectual property. We have little history of costs associated with such indemnification requirements and contingent liabilities associated with product liability may be mitigated by our insurance coverage. In the normal course of business to facilitate transactions of our services and products, we indemnify certain parties with respect to certain matters, such as intellectual property infringement or other claims. We also have indemnification agreements with our current and former officers and directors. It is not possible to determine the maximum potential amount under these indemnification agreements due to the limited history of our indemnification claims, and the unique facts and circumstances involved in each particular agreement. Historically, payments made by us under these agreements have not had a material impact on our operating results, financial position or cash flows.


We are also subject to ordinary course of business litigation, See Note 11: Commitments and Contingencies, to our consolidated financial statements included elsewhere in this Annual Report on Form 10-K.

Contractual Obligations
The
Contractual obligations are cash amounts that we are obligated to pay as part of certain contracts that we have entered into during the normal course of business. Below is a table below summarizesthat shows our contractual obligations as of March 31, 20162023 (in thousands):
Payments Due by Period
(in thousands)Total1 year or less1 – 3 Years3 –5 YearsMore than
5 years
Debt obligations (1)
$140,407 $15,109 $108,548 $16,750 $— 
Future lease commitments (2)
22,993 2,700 3,989 3,042 13,262 
Purchase obligations (3)
28,688 28,688 — — — 
     Total$192,088 $46,497 $112,537 $19,792 $13,262 
 Payments Due by Period
 
Less than
1 year
 1 – 3 years 3 –5 years 
More than
5 years
 Total
Long-term debt$5,076
 $63,424
 $
 $
 $68,500
Convertible subordinated debt3,150
 73,150
 
 
 76,300
Purchase obligations42,167
 
 
 
 42,167
Operating leases:        

Lease payments8,564
 15,124
 10,495
 2,156
 36,339
Sublease rental income(971) (1,875) (1,755) 
 (4,601)
Total operating leases7,593
 13,249
 8,740
 2,156
 31,738
          
Total contractual cash obligations$57,986
 $149,823
 $8,740
 $2,156
 $218,705

The contractual commitments shown above include $9.1 million in(1)Consists of (i) principal and interest payments on our various debt obligations. As ofterm loan based on the amount outstanding and interest rates in effect at March 31, 2016, we had $5.7 million of long-term tax liabilities for uncertain tax positions, for which we cannot make a reasonably reliable estimate of when payments are likely to occur.
RECENT ACCOUNTING PRONOUNCEMENTS
See Recent Accounting Pronouncements in Note 2 “Summary of Significant Accounting Policies” to the Consolidated Financial Statements for a full description of recent accounting pronouncements including the respective expected dates of adoption2023, and effects(ii) principal, interest, and unused commitment fees on our resultsPNC Credit Facility based on the amount outstanding and rates in effect at March 31, 2023. Term loan debt matures on August 5, 2026.

(2)Represents aggregate future minimum lease payments under non-cancelable operating leases.

(3)Includes primarily non-cancelable inventory purchase commitments.

33

Table of operationsContents

Off-Balance Sheet Arrangements

We do not currently have any other off-balance sheet arrangements and financial condition.do not have any holdings in variable interest entities.


CRITICAL ACCOUNTING ESTIMATES AND POLICIES
Our discussion and analysisThe preparation of theour consolidated financial condition and results of operations is based on the accompanying Consolidated Financial Statements, which have been preparedstatements in accordance with generally accepted accounting principles generally accepted in the U.S. The preparationUnited States of these statementsAmerica (“GAAP”) requires usmanagement to make significantjudgments, estimates and judgments about future uncertaintiesassumptions that affect the amounts reported assets, liabilities, revenuesin the consolidated financial statements and expenses and related disclosures. We base ouraccompanying notes included elsewhere in this Annual Report on Form 10-K. On an ongoing basis, we evaluate estimates, which are based on historical experience and on various other assumptions believedthat we believe to be reasonable under the circumstances. Our significantWe consider the following accounting policies are presented within Note 2 to be critical to understanding our financial statements because the Consolidated Financial Statements. Our criticalapplication of these policies requires significant judgment on the part of management, which could have a material impact on our financial statements if actual performance should differ from historical experience or if our assumptions were to change. The following accounting policies include estimates that require the most difficult,management’s subjective or complex judgments and are described below. An accounting estimate is considered critical if it requires estimates about the effecteffects of matters that are inherently uncertain when the estimate is made, if different estimates reasonably could have been used or if changes in the estimate that are reasonably possible could materially impact the financial statements. We have discussed the development, selection and disclosure ofuncertain. For information on our criticalsignificant accounting policies, withincluding the Audit Committeepolicies discussed below, see Note 1: Description of Business and Significant Accounting Policies, to our Board of Directors. We believe the assumptions and estimates used and the resulting balances are reasonable; however, actual results may differ from these estimates under different assumptions or conditions.consolidated financial statements.

Revenue Recognition
Application
Our revenue is derived from three main sources: (a) products, (b) service and subscription, and (c) royalties. Our performance obligations are satisfied at a point in time or over time as stand ready obligations. Product revenue is recognized at the point in time when the customer takes control of the various accounting principles related to measurementproduct, which typically occurs at the point of shipment. Service and recognitionsubscription revenue consists of revenue requires us to make judgments and estimates in the following related areas: determining estimated selling prices and allocating revenue based on the relative selling prices in arrangements with multiple deliverables, including assessing whether we have vendor-specific objective evidence (“VSOE”) of selling price, third-party evidence of selling price (“TPE”) or best estimate of selling price ("BESP") for each deliverable; the interpretation of non-standard terms and conditions in sales agreements; assessments of future price adjustments, such as rebates, price protection and future product returns and estimates for contractual licensee fees.
When we enter into sales arrangements with customers that contain multiple deliverables such as hardware, software and services, these arrangements require us to identify each deliverable and determine its estimated selling price. Additionally, we sometimes use judgment in order to determine the appropriate timing of revenue recognition and to assess whether any software and non-software components function together to deliver a tangible product’s essential functionality in order to ensure the arrangement is properly accounted for as software or hardware revenue.

When we enter into multiple deliverable revenue arrangements with customers which are not subject to software revenue guidance, we use judgment to (1) separate the deliverables based on specific criteria, (2) assign an estimated selling price to each deliverable based on the fair value hierarchy using VSOE, TPE, or BESP and (3) allocate the total arrangement consideration using the relative selling price method. When VSOE cannot be established we attempt to establish the selling price of each element based on TPE. TPE is determined based on competitor prices for largely interchangeable products when sold separately. When we are unable to establish selling price using VSOE or TPE, we use BESP. We use judgment to determine BESP, which is the price at which we would transact a sale if the product or service were regularly sold on a standalone basis. In this determination we consider our discounting and internal pricing practices, external market conditions and competitive positioning for similar offerings.
While the majority of our sales arrangements contain standard terms and conditions, we sometimes apply judgment when interpreting complex arrangements with non-standard terms and conditions to determine the appropriate accounting and timing of revenue recognition. An example of such a judgment is deferring revenue related to significant post-delivery obligations and customer acceptance criteria until such obligations are fulfilled.
For software products, we generally recognize revenue upon delivery of the software. Revenue from post-contract customer support agreements, software subscriptions, installation, and consulting & training. Our software subscriptions include term licenses which entitle software customers to both telephone support and any unspecified upgrades and enhancements duringare recognized as revenue when the term of the agreement, is classified as product revenue, as the value of these support arrangements are the upgrades and enhancementslicense has been delivered to the software licenses themselvescustomer and there is no on-siterelated customer support andwhich is recognized ratably over the service period. Revenue from customer support agreements is recognized ratably over the contractual term of the support agreement.
Installation services are typically completed within a short period of time and revenue from these services are recognized at the point when installation is complete. A majority of our consulting and training revenue does not take significant time to complete therefore these obligations are satisfied upon completion of such services at a point in time. We license certain softwareproducts under royalty arrangements, pursuant to customers under licensing agreements that allow those customers to embed the software into specific products they offer. As consideration,which our licensees pay us a fee based on the amount of sales of their products that incorporate our software. On a periodic and timely basis, the licenseesperiodically provide us with reports listing their sales to end users for which they owe us license fees. Similarly, royalty revenue is estimated from licensee reports ofcontaining units sold to end users subject to royalties under master contracts. In both cases, thesethe royalties. The reports are used to substantiate deliverythat our performance obligation has been satisfied and we recognize royalty revenue based on the information in these reports or when amounts can be reasonably estimated.

Inventory Allowances
Our manufacturingThere are significant judgements used when applying Accounting Standards Codification (“ASC”) Topic 606 to contracts with customers. Most of our contracts contain multiple goods and services designed to meet each customers’ unique storage needs. For contracts with multiple performance obligations, we allocate the transaction price to each performance obligation based on the relative standalone selling price of the good or service parts inventories are stated atunderlying each performance obligation. Where standalone selling price may not be directly observable (e.g., the lowerperformance obligation is not sold separately), we maximize the use of cost or market,observable inputs by using information including reviewing discounting practices, performance obligations with cost computedsimilar customers and product groupings. We determined that invoice price is the best representation of what we expect to receive from the delivery of each performance obligation. This judgment is based on a first-in, first-out (“FIFO”) basis. Adjustmentsthe fact that each storage solution is customizable to reducemeet an individual customer’s needs and every product’s transaction price can vary depending on the carrying valuemix of both manufacturingother products included in the same purchase order and service parts inventories to their net realizable value are made for estimated excess, obsolete or impaired balances. Factors influencing these adjustments include significant estimates and judgments about the future of product life cycles, product demand, rapid technological changes, development plans, product pricing, physical deterioration, quality issues, end of service life plans and volume of enhanced or extended warranty service contracts.
Impairment of Long-lived Assets and Goodwill

We use an undiscounted cash flow approach to evaluate our long-lived assets for recoverability when there are impairment indicators. Estimatesno identifiable trends that provide a good representation of future cash flows require significant judgments about the future and include company forecasts and our expectations of future use of our long-lived assets, both of whichexpected margin for each product.

Product revenue may be impacted by market conditions. Other critical estimates include determininga variety of price adjustments or other factors, including rebates, returns and stock rotation. We use the expected value method to estimate the net consideration expected to be returned by the customer. We use historical data and current trends to drive our estimates. We record a reduction to revenue to account for these items that may result in variable consideration. We initially measure a returned asset group or groups within our long-lived assets,at the primary asset of an asset group and the primary asset’s useful life.

We apply judgment when reviewing goodwill for impairment, including when evaluating potential impairment indicators. Indicators we consider include adverse changes in the economy or business climate that could affect the value of our goodwill, overall financial performance such as negative or declining cash flows or operating income, changes in our business strategy, product mix or to the long-term economic outlook, a sustained decrease in our stock price and testing long-lived assets for recoverability. In addition, we evaluate on the basiscarrying amount of the weight of evidenceinventory, less any expected costs to recover the significance of identified events and circumstances along with how they could affect the relationship between the reporting unit's fair value and carrying amount,goods including positive mitigating events and circumstances.

In addition to comparing the carryingpotential decreases in value of the returned goods.
34

Table of Contents

Income Taxes

Deferred tax assets and liabilities are recognized based on temporary differences between the financial reporting unitand tax bases of assets and liabilities, measured at the enacted tax rates expected to its fair value, becauseapply to taxable income in the years in which those tax assets or liabilities are expected to be realized or settled. Based on the evaluation of available evidence, both positive and negative, we have negative book value,recognize future tax benefits, such as net operating loss carryforwards and tax credit carryforwards, to the extent that realizing these benefits is considered to be more likely than not.

A valuation allowance is provided if we perform a qualitative analysis to determine whetherbelieve it is more likely than not that all or some portion of the fair valuedeferred tax asset will not be realized. An increase or decrease in the valuation allowance, if any, that results from a change in circumstances, and which causes a change in our judgment about the realizability of goodwillthe related deferred tax asset, is less than its carrying amount. If we determineincluded in the tax provision.

We recognize the financial statement effects of an uncertain income tax position when it is more likely than not, that the fair value of goodwill is less than its carrying amount, then a second step must be performed to quantify the amount of goodwill impairment, if any, requiring additional assumptions and judgments.


If the second step of a goodwill impairment test is required, the following assumptions and estimates may be used by management in an income approach analysis. We derive discounted cash flows using estimates and assumptions about the future. Other significant assumptions may include: expected future revenue growth rates, operating profit margins, working capital levels, asset lives used to generate future cash flows, a discount rate, a terminal value multiple, income tax rates and utilization of net operating loss tax carryforwards. These assumptions are developed using current market conditions as well as internal projections. Inherent in our development of cash flow projections for the income approach used in an impairment test are assumptions and estimates derived from a review of our operating results, approved business plans, expected growth, cost of capital and income tax rates. We also make certain assumptions about future economic conditions, applicable interest rates and other market data.
Accrued Warranty
We estimate future product failure rates based upon historical product failure trends as well as anticipated future failure rates if believed to be significantly different from historical trends. Similarly, we estimate future costs of repair based upon historical trends and anticipated future costs if they are expected to significantly differ, for example due to negotiated agreements with third parties. We use a consistent model and exercise considerable judgment in determining the underlying estimates. Our model requires an element of subjectivity for all of our products. For example, historical return rates are not completely indicative of future return rates and we must therefore exercise judgment with respect to future deviations from our historical return rates. When actual failure rates differ significantly from our estimates, we record the impact in subsequent periods and update our assumptions and forecasting models accordingly. As our newer products mature, we are able to improve our estimates with respect to these products.
Income Taxes
A number of estimates and judgments are necessary to determine deferred tax assets, deferred tax liabilities and valuation allowances. We recognize the benefit from a tax position only if it is more-likely-than-noton technical merits, that the position wouldwill be sustained upon audit based solely on the technical merits of the tax position. The calculation of our tax liabilities requires judgment related to uncertainties in the application of complex tax regulations. It is inherently difficult and subjective to estimate such amounts, as we have to determine the probability of various possible outcomes.examination. We reevaluate these uncertain tax positions on a quarterly basis. This evaluation is based on factors including, but not limited to, changes in facts or circumstances and changes in tax law, effectively settled issues under auditlaw. We recognize penalties and new audit activity.
We have providedtax-related interest expense as a full valuation allowance against our U.S. net deferred tax assets due to our historycomponent of net losses, difficulty in predicting future results and our conclusion that we cannot rely on projections of future taxable income to realize the deferred tax assets. In addition, we have provided a full valuation allowance against certain of our international net deferred tax assets. Due to reorganizations in these jurisdictions, it is unclear whether we will be able to realize a benefit from these deferred tax assets. Also, certain changes in stock ownership could result in a limitation on the amount of net operating loss and tax credit carryovers that can be utilized each year. Should we undergo such a change in stock ownership, it would severely limit the usage of these carryover tax attributes against future income, resulting in additional tax charges.
Significant management judgment is required in determining our deferred tax assets and liabilities and valuation allowances for purposes of assessing our ability to realize any future benefit from our net deferred tax assets. We intend to maintain this valuation allowance until sufficient evidence exists to support the reversal of the valuation allowance. Future income tax expense willin our consolidated statements of operations. See Note 9: Income Taxes, to our consolidated financial statements included elsewhere in this Annual Report on Form 10-K.

Inventories

Manufacturing Inventories

Our manufacturing inventory is recorded at the lower of cost or net realizable value, with cost being determined on a first-in, first-out (“FIFO”) basis. Costs include material, direct labor, and an allocation of overhead. Adjustments to reduce the cost of manufacturing inventory to its net realizable value, if required, are made for estimated excess, obsolete or impaired balances. Factors influencing these adjustments include declines in demand, rapid technological changes, product life cycle and development plans, component cost trends, product pricing, physical deterioration and quality issues. Revisions to these adjustments would be reducedrequired if these factors differ from our estimates.

Service Parts Inventories

Our service parts inventories are recorded at the lower of cost or net realizable value, with cost being determined on a FIFO basis. Service parts inventories consist of both component parts, which are primarily used to repair defective units, and finished units, which are provided for customer use permanently or on a temporary basis while the defective unit is being repaired. We record adjustments to reduce the carrying value of service parts inventory to its net realizable value and dispose of parts with no use and a net realizable value of zero. Factors influencing these adjustments include product life cycles, end of service life plans and the volume of enhanced or extended warranty service contracts. Estimates of net realizable value involve significant estimates and judgments about the future, and revisions would be required if these factors differ from our estimates.

Business Acquisitions, Goodwill and Acquisition-Related Intangible Assets

We allocate the purchase price to the extent thatintangible and tangible assets acquired and liabilities assumed in a business combination at their estimated fair values on the date of acquisition, with the excess recorded to goodwill. We use our best estimates and assumptions to assign fair value to the assets acquired and liabilities assumed as well as the useful lives of the acquired intangible assets. Examples of critical estimates in valuing certain intangible assets we have sufficient evidenceacquired include, but are not limited to, support a reversal or decrease in this allowance.future expected cash flows, expected technology life cycle, attrition rates of customers, and discount rates. We also have deferred taxestimate the useful lives of each intangible asset based on the expected period over which we anticipate generating economic benefit from the asset. The amounts and useful lives assigned to acquired intangible assets impact the amount and timing of future amortization expense.

While we use our best estimates and assumptions as part of the purchase price allocation process to value assets acquired and liabilities dueassumed, these estimates are inherently uncertain and subject to prior business acquisitionsrefinement. As a result, during the measurement period, which may be up to one year from the acquisition date, we may record adjustments
35

Table of Contents
to the estimated fair value of the assets acquired and liabilities assumed, with the corresponding valuation allowances after assessingoffset to goodwill. Upon the conclusion of the measurement period, any subsequent adjustments are recorded to the consolidated statements of operations.

Recently Issued and Adopted Accounting Pronouncements

For recently issued and adopted accounting pronouncements, see Note 1: Description of Business and Significant Accounting Policies, to our ability to realize any future benefit from these acquired net deferred tax assets.consolidated financial statements.

ITEM 7A. QUANTITATIVE AND QUALITATIVE DISCLOSURES ABOUT MARKET RISK
Market risk represents the risk of loss that may impact our financial position due to adverse changes in financial market prices and rates. Our market risk exposure is primarily a result of exposure due to potential changes in inflation or interest rates. We do not hold financial instruments for trading purposes.

Interest Rate Risk

We are subject to interest rate risk on borrowings under our variable interest rate term debt and PNC Credit Facility. See Note 5: Debt to our consolidated financial statements for a description of our long-term debt. Changes in interest rates affect interest income earned on our cash equivalents, which consisted solely of moneythe market funds in fiscal 2016 and 2015. During both fiscal 2016 and 2015, interest rates on these funds were under 1.0% and we earned a negligible amount of interest income, thus a hypothetical 100 basis point decrease in interest rates would have an insignificant impact on interest income.

In addition, changes in interest rates affect interest expense on our borrowings under the WF credit agreement. The interest rate on amounts borrowed is based on an election by us of an annual rate equal to (1) a base rate established by Wells Fargo plus an applicable margin of 1.0% to 1.5%, based on availability levels under the WF credit agreementwill increase or (2) the LIBOR rate plus an applicable margin ranging from 2.0% and 2.5%, based on availability levels under the WF credit agreement. The base rate is defineddecrease our interest expense. Assuming no change in the WF credit agreement. We had $65.7 million outstanding borrowings under the WF credit agreement as of March 31, 2016 atterm debt and the PNC Credit Facility during fiscal 2023, a weighted average interest rate of 3.18%. A hypothetical 100 basis100-basis point increase or decrease in market interest rates sustained throughout the year would not result in an approximate $0.7 milliona material change into our annual interest expense on our outstanding borrowings as of March 31, 2016.
expense. Our convertible subordinated notesother long-term debt related to lease obligations have fixed interest rates thus a hypothetical 100 basis point increaseand terms, and as such, we consider the associated risk to our results of operations from changes in market rates of interest rates would not impact interest expense.applied to our lease obligations to be minimal.

Foreign Exchange Risk

We conduct business in certain international markets, primarily in the European Union.markets. Because we operate in international markets, we have exposure to different economic climates, political arenas, tax systems and regulations that could affect foreign exchange rates. Our primary exposure to foreign currency risk relates to transacting in foreign currency and recording the activity in U.S. dollars. Changes in exchange rates between the U.S. dollar and these other currencies will result in transaction gains or losses, which we recognize in our Consolidated Statementsconsolidated statements of Operations.operations.

To the extent practicable, we minimize our foreign currency exposures by maintaining natural hedges between our assets and liabilities and revenues and expenses denominated in foreign currencies. Additionally, in fiscal 2015 we entered into a foreign currency option contract to economically hedge euro product revenue exposures. We may enter into foreign exchange derivative contracts or other economic hedges in the future. Our goal in managing our foreign exchange risk is to reduce to the extent practicable our potential exposure to the changes that exchange rates might have on our earnings. We make a number




36

Table of estimates in conducting hedging.  In the event those estimates differ significantly from actual results, we could experience greater volatility as a result of our hedges.Contents


ITEM 8. FINANCIAL STATEMENTS AND SUPPLEMENTARY DATA
INDEX TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS



37

Report of Independent Registered Public Accounting Firm


To the Board of Directors and Stockholders of
Quantum Corporation:Corporation
San Jose, California
In our opinion,

Opinions on the Consolidated Financial Statements and Internal Control over Financial Reporting

We have audited the accompanying consolidated balance sheets of Quantum Corporation and its subsidiaries (the Company) as of March 31, 2023 and 2022 and the related consolidated statements of operations, comprehensive income (loss), stockholders’loss, stockholders' deficit, and cash flows for each of the years in the three-year period ended March 31, 2023, and the related notes (collectively referred to as the consolidated financial statements). We also have audited the Company's internal control over financial reporting as of March 31, 2023, based on criteria established in Internal Control-Integrated Framework (2013) issued by the Committee of Sponsoring Organizations of the Treadway Commission (COSO).

In our opinion, the consolidated financial statements referred to above present fairly, in all material respects, the financial position of Quantum Corporation and its subsidiaries at March 31,2016 andthe Company as of March 31, 2015,2023 and 2022, and the results of theirits operations and theirits cash flows for each of the three years in the three-year period ended March 31, 20162022 in conformity with accounting principles generally accepted in the United States of America. In addition, in our opinion, the financial statement schedule listed in the accompanying indexpresents fairly, in all material respects, the information set forth therein when read in conjunction with the related consolidated financial statements. Also in our opinion, the Company maintained, in all material respects, effective internal controlcontrols over financial reporting as of March 31, 2016,2023, based on the criteria established in Internal ControlControls - Integrated Framework (2013) issued by the Committee of Sponsoring Organizations of the Treadway Commission (COSO). COSO.

Basis for Opinions

The Company’sCompany's management is responsible for these consolidated financial statements, and financial statement schedule, for maintaining effective internal control over financial reporting, and for its assessment of the effectiveness of internal control over financial reporting, included in Management’sthe accompanying Management Report on Internal Control overOver Financial Reporting appearing under Item 9A.Reporting. Our responsibility is to express opinionsan opinion on thesethe Company's consolidated financial statements and an opinion on the financial statement schedule and on the Company’sCompany's internal control over financial reporting based on our integrated audits. We are a public accounting firm registered with the Public Company Accounting Oversight Board (United States) ("PCAOB") and are required to be independent with respect to the Company in accordance with the U.S. federal securities laws and the applicable rules and regulations of the Securities and Exchange Commission and the PCAOB.

We conducted our audits in accordance with the standards of the Public Company Accounting Oversight Board (United States).PCAOB. Those standards require that we plan and perform the auditsaudit to obtain reasonable assurance about whether the consolidated financial statements are free of material misstatement, whether due to error or fraud, and whether effective internal control over financial reporting was maintained in all material respects.

Our audits of the consolidated financial statements included performing procedures to assess the risks of material misstatement of the consolidated financial statements, whether due to error or fraud, and performing procedures that respond to those risks. Such procedures included examining, on a test basis, evidence supportingregarding the amounts and disclosures in the consolidated financial statements, assessingstatements. Our audit also included evaluating the accounting principles used and significant estimates made by management, andas well as evaluating the overall presentation of the consolidated financial statement presentation.statements. Our audit of internal control over financial reporting included obtaining an understanding of internal control over financial reporting, assessing the risk that a material weakness exists, and testing and evaluating the design and operating effectiveness of internal control based on the assessed risk. Our auditsaudit also included performing such other procedures as we considered necessary in the circumstances. We believe that our audits provide a reasonable basis for our opinions.
As discussed in Note 2 "Summary
Definition and Limitations of Significant Accounting Policies" to the consolidated financial statements, the Company adopted ASU No. 2015-03, Interest - Imputation of Interest (Topic 835-30): Simplifying the Presentation of Debt Issuance Costs, which changed the manner in which it classifies debt issue costs on the consolidated balance sheets.Internal Control over Financial Reporting

A company’scompany's internal control over financial reporting is a process designed to provide reasonable assurance regarding the reliability of financial reporting and the preparation of financial statements for external purposes in accordance with generally accepted accounting principles. A company’scompany's internal control over financial reporting includes those policies and procedures that (i)(1) pertain to the maintenance of records that, in reasonable detail, accurately and fairly reflect the transactions and dispositions of the assets of the company; (ii)(2) provide reasonable
38

assurance that transactions are recorded as necessary to permit preparation of financial statements in accordance with generally accepted accounting principles, and that receipts and expenditures of the company are being made only in accordance with authorizations of management and directors of the company; and (iii)(3) provide reasonable assurance regarding prevention or timely detection of unauthorized acquisition, use, or disposition of the company’scompany's assets that could have a material effect on the consolidated financial statements.

Because of its inherent limitations, internal control over financial reporting may not prevent or detect misstatements. Also, projections of any evaluation of effectiveness to future periods are subject to the risk that controls may become inadequate because of changes in conditions, or that the degree of compliance with the policies or procedures may deteriorate.

Critical Audit Matters

The critical audit matters communicated below are matters arising from the current period audit of the financial statements that were communicated or required to be communicated to the audit committee and that: (1) relate to accounts or disclosures that are material to the financial statements and (2) involved our especially challenging, subjective, or complex judgments. The communication of critical audit matters does not alter in any way our opinion on the financial statements, taken as a whole, and we are not, by communicating the critical audit matters below, providing separate opinions on the critical audit matters or on the accounts or disclosures to which they relate.


Revenue Recognition — Refer to Note 1 to the Consolidated Financial Statements

Critical Audit Matter Description

The Company recognizes revenue from sales of products as control is transferred to customers, which generally occurs at the point of shipment or upon delivery, unless customer acceptance is uncertain. Revenue from distributors is recognized when the customer obtains control of the product, which generally occurs at the point of shipment or upon delivery, unless customer acceptance is uncertain.

We identified the timing of revenue recognition for product sales (i.e., whether the Company recorded product sales in the appropriate fiscal year) as a critical audit matter because of the significant judgments used when applying Accounting Standards Codification Topic 606 – Revenue from Contracts with Customers – to contracts with customers. The Company ships products to a broad network of distributors, value-added resellers (“VARs”), direct marketing resellers (“DMRs”), original equipment manufacturers (“OEMs”) and other suppliers to fulfill performance obligations. This made auditing the timing of revenue recognition for product sales challenging and required significant audit effort to validate the timing of revenue recognition.




39

How the Critical Audit Matter Was Addressed in the Audit

Our principal audit procedures related to the timing of revenue recognition for product sales included the following, among others:

We tested the effectiveness of internal controls over the timing of revenue recognition.

We selected a sample of product sales, obtained the invoice, purchase order, customer contract or agreement, packing list, bill of lading, proof of delivery, and evidence of cash collection, to validate no customer acceptance clauses existed that would preclude revenue recognition, and revenue was recognized in the appropriate fiscal year.

We selected a sample of credit memos from the period immediately subsequent to the Company’s fiscal year end and the related invoice, return merchandise authorization form, and shipping documents, and validated revenue was recognized in the fiscal year ended March 31, 2023 only when control was transferred to the customer and if applicable, customer acceptance had occurred.

We obtained and evaluated internal certifications provided by the Company’s sales employees to validate no side agreements existed that could impact the timing of revenue recognition.
40


Inventories – Excess and Obsolescence write down — Refer to Note 1 to the Consolidated Financial Statements

Critical Audit Matter Description

The Company’s manufacturing and service parts inventories are recorded on a first-in, first-out basis, subject to the lower of cost or net realizable value, and as necessary, the Company writes down the valuation of inventories for excess and obsolescence (“E&O”).

We identified the E&O write-down as a critical audit matter because of the judgments management makes to estimate future parts demand. This required a high degree of auditor judgment and significant effort to validate.




How the Critical Audit Matter Was Addressed in the Audit

Our principal audit procedures related to the Company’s excess and obsolescence write-down included the following procedures, among others:

We tested the effectiveness of internal controls over inventory valuation.

We gained an understanding and evaluated the Company’s methodology for determining inventory that is excess or obsolete and the key assumptions and judgments made as part of the process.

We evaluated the reasonableness of sales demand, tested the completeness and accuracy of prior usage data, and specific product considerations used to estimate parts demand.

We verified that estimated parts demand was properly compared to inventories on hand to determine excess inventory, and that such excess was properly written down to net realizable value.



/s/ PricewaterhouseCoopers ArmaninoLLP
Seattle, Washington
San Ramon, California

June 3, 20166, 2023




We have served as the Company's auditor since 2019.



41


QUANTUM CORPORATION
CONSOLIDATED BALANCE SHEETS
(Inin thousands, except par value)
per share amounts)
 March 31, 2016 March 31, 2015
Assets   
Current assets:   
Cash and cash equivalents$33,870
 $67,948
Restricted cash2,788
 2,621
Accounts receivable, net of allowance for doubtful accounts of $22 and $27, respectively105,959
 124,159
Manufacturing inventories40,614
 50,274
Service parts inventories21,407
 24,640
Other current assets6,953
 11,942
Total current assets211,591
 281,584
Long-term assets:   
Property and equipment, less accumulated depreciation12,939
 14,653
Intangible assets, less accumulated amortization451
 731
Goodwill
 55,613
Other long-term assets4,565
 4,577
Total long-term assets17,955
 75,574
 $229,546
 $357,158
Liabilities and Stockholders’ Deficit   
Current liabilities:   
Accounts payable$46,136
 $54,367
Accrued warranty3,430
 4,219
Deferred revenue, current88,919
 95,899
Accrued restructuring charges, current1,621
 3,855
Long-term debt, current3,000
 
Convertible subordinated debt, current, net of unamortized debt issuance costs of   
$390 at March 31, 2015
 83,345
Accrued compensation22,744
 35,414
Other accrued liabilities13,806
 20,740
Total current liabilities179,656
 297,839
Long-term liabilities:   
Deferred revenue, long-term35,427
 39,532
Accrued restructuring charges, long-term1,116
 991
Long-term debt62,709
 
Convertible subordinated debt, long-term net of unamortized debt issuance costs of   
$747 and $1,207, respectively69,253
 68,793
Other long-term liabilities8,324
 10,441
Total long-term liabilities176,829
 119,757
Commitments and contingencies (Note 13)
 
Stockholders’ deficit:
 
Preferred stock:   
Preferred stock, 20,000 shares authorized; no shares issued as of March 31, 2016 and 2015
 
Common stock:   
Common stock, $0.01 par value; 1,000,000 shares authorized; 266,209 and 258,208    
 shares issued and outstanding at March 31, 2016 and March 31, 2015, respectively2,662
 2,582
Capital in excess of par464,549
 456,411
Accumulated deficit(597,994) (523,311)
Accumulated other comprehensive income3,844
 3,880
Stockholders’ deficit(126,939) (60,438)
 $229,546
 $357,158
March 31,
20232022
Assets
Current assets:
Cash and cash equivalents$25,963 $5,210 
Restricted cash212 283 
Accounts receivable, net of allowance for doubtful accounts of $201 and $422, respectively72,464 69,354 
Manufacturing inventories19,441 33,546 
Service parts inventories25,304 24,254 
Prepaid expenses4,158 7,853 
Other current assets5,513 4,697 
Total current assets153,055 145,197 
Property and equipment, net16,555 12,853 
Intangible assets, net4,941 9,584 
Goodwill12,969 12,969 
Right-of-use assets, net10,291 11,107 
Other long-term assets15,846 9,925 
Total assets$213,657 $201,635 
Liabilities and Stockholders’ Deficit
Current liabilities:
Accounts payable$35,716 $34,220 
Deferred revenue, current portion82,504 86,517 
Long-term debt, current portion5,000 4,375 
Accrued compensation15,710 16,141 
Other accrued liabilities13,666 16,562 
Total current liabilities152,596 157,815 
Deferred revenue, net of current portion43,306 41,580 
Revolving credit facility16,750 17,735 
Long-term debt, net of current portion66,354 89,448 
Operating lease liabilities10,169 9,891 
Other long-term liabilities11,370 11,849 
Total liabilities300,545 328,318 
Commitments and Contingencies (Note 11)
Stockholders’ deficit
Preferred stock:
Preferred stock, 20,000 shares authorized; no shares issued as of March 31, 2023 and 2022— — 
Common stock:
Common stock, $0.01 par value; 225,000 shares authorized; 93,574 and 60,433 shares issued and outstanding at March 31, 2023 and 2022, respectively936 605 
Additional paid-in capital722,603 645,038 
Accumulated deficit(808,846)(770,903)
Accumulated other comprehensive loss(1,581)(1,423)
Total stockholders' deficit(86,888)(126,683)
Total liabilities and stockholders' deficit$213,657 $201,635 
The accompanying notes are an integral part of these Consolidated Financial Statements.consolidated financial statements.

42


QUANTUM CORPORATION
CONSOLIDATED STATEMENTS OF OPERATIONS AND COMPREHENSIVE LOSS
(Inin thousands, except per share data)amounts)
Year Ended March 31,
202320222021
Revenue
Product$266,537 $223,761 $209,808 
Service and subscription132,510 133,689 124,904 
Royalty13,705 15,377 14,864 
Total revenue412,752 372,827 349,576 
Cost of revenue
Product220,031 169,780 150,257 
Service and subscription58,782 56,012 48,566 
Total cost of revenue278,813 225,792 198,823 
Gross profit133,939 147,035 150,753 
Operating expenses
Research and development44,555 51,812 41,703 
Sales and marketing66,034 62,957 54,945 
General and administrative47,752 45,256 42,001 
Restructuring charges1,605 850 3,701 
Total operating expenses159,946 160,875 142,350 
Income (loss) from operations(26,007)(13,840)8,403 
Other income (expense), net1,956 (251)(1,312)
Interest expense(10,560)(11,888)(27,522)
Loss on debt extinguishment, net(1,392)(4,960)(14,789)
Net loss before income taxes(36,003)(30,939)(35,220)
Income tax provision1,940 1,341 239 
Net loss$(37,943)$(32,280)$(35,459)
Deemed dividend on warrants(389)— — 
Net loss attributable to common stockholders$(38,332)$(32,280)$(35,459)
 
Net loss per share attributable to common stockholders - basic and diluted$(0.42)$(0.55)$(0.83)
Weighted average shares - basic and diluted90,348 58,871 42,852 
Net loss$(37,943)$(32,280)$(35,459)
Foreign currency translation adjustments, net(158)(567)666 
Total comprehensive loss$(38,101)$(32,847)$(34,793)
 For the year ended March 31,
 2016 2015 2014
Product revenue$286,217
 $355,579
 $348,318
Service revenue148,548
 155,674
 147,199
Royalty revenue41,193
 41,842
 57,648
Total revenue475,958
 553,095
 553,165
Product cost of revenue206,859
 237,679
 237,076
Service cost of revenue64,347
 70,730
 75,930
Restructuring charges related to cost of revenue
 
 539
Total cost of revenue271,206
 308,409
 313,545
Gross margin204,752
 244,686
 239,620
Operating expenses:     
Research and development48,703
 58,618
 64,375
Sales and marketing108,735
 113,954
 118,771
General and administrative53,793
 56,513
 57,865
Restructuring charges4,006
 1,666
 10,675
Goodwill impairment55,613
 
 
Total operating expenses270,850
 230,751
 251,686
Gain on sale of assets
 462
 267
Income (loss) from operations(66,098) 14,397
 (11,799)
Other income and expense(191) 13,836
 1,296
Interest expense(6,817) (9,460) (9,754)
Loss on debt extinguishment(394) (1,295) 
Income (loss) before income taxes(73,500)
17,478

(20,257)
Income tax provision1,183
 718
 1,217
Net income (loss)$(74,683) $16,760
 $(21,474)
      
Basic net income (loss) per share$(0.28) $0.07
 $(0.09)
Diluted net income (loss) per share$(0.28) $0.06
 $(0.09)
      
Weighted average shares:     
Basic262,730
 254,665
 247,024
Diluted262,730
 260,027
 247,024


The accompanying notes are an integral part of these Consolidated Financial Statements.consolidated financial statements.



QUANTUM CORPORATION
CONSOLIDATED STATEMENTS OF COMPREHENSIVE INCOME (LOSS)
(In thousands)
43
 For the year ended March 31,
 2016 2015 2014
Net income (loss)$(74,683) $16,760
 $(21,474)
Other comprehensive income (loss), net of taxes:     
Foreign currency translation adjustments21
 (3,490) 679
Net unrealized gain (loss) on revaluation of long-term intercompany balances, net of taxes of $(15), $200 and $(67), respectively(57) 750
 (251)
Total other comprehensive income (loss)(36) (2,740) 428
Total comprehensive income (loss)$(74,719) $14,020
 $(21,046)


The accompanying notes are an integral partTable of these Consolidated Financial Statements.Contents


QUANTUM CORPORATION
CONSOLIDATED STATEMENTS OF CASH FLOWS
(In thousands)
 For the year ended March 31,
 2016 2015 2014
Cash flows from operating activities:     
Net income (loss)$(74,683) $16,760
 $(21,474)
Adjustments to reconcile net income (loss) to net cash provided by (used in) operating activities:     
Depreciation6,410
 8,281
 10,713
Amortization of intangible assets280
 3,697
 8,902
Amortization and write off of debt issuance costs1,062
 1,896
 1,634
Service parts lower of cost or market adjustment5,972
 3,698
 11,307
Deferred income taxes(85) (160) 36
Share-based compensation8,916
 11,583
 13,459
Goodwill impairment55,613
 
 
Gain on sale of assets
 (462) 
Gain on sale of other investments
 (13,574) 
Changes in assets and liabilities, net of effect of acquisition:     
Accounts receivable18,200
 (22,554) (4,770)
Manufacturing inventories6,325
 (19,688) 13,352
Service parts inventories(780) (1,010) 2,675
Accounts payable(8,180) 12,849
 (5,881)
Accrued warranty(789) (1,897) (1,404)
Deferred revenue(11,085) (2,721) 8,651
Accrued restructuring charges(2,109) (3,548) 3,619
Accrued compensation(12,712) 11,318
 (6,140)
Other assets and liabilities(4,075) 1,566
 795
Net cash provided by (used in) operating activities(11,720) 6,034
 35,474
Cash flows from investing activities:     
Purchases of property and equipment(3,482) (3,241) (5,957)
Proceeds from sale of assets
 462
 
Change in restricted cash(139) (250) 426
Purchases of other investments
 (22) (1,118)
Return of principal from other investments
 112
 
Proceeds from sale of other investments
 15,097
 
Payment for business acquisition, net of cash acquired
 (517) 
Net cash provided by (used in) investing activities(3,621) 11,641
 (6,649)
Cash flows from financing activities:     
Borrowings of long-term debt, net68,920
 
 
Repayments of long-term debt(3,211) 
 
Repayments of convertible subordinated debt(83,735) (50,000) (1,265)
Payment of taxes due upon vesting of restricted stock(3,176) (2,378) (1,880)
Proceeds from issuance of common stock2,478
 3,737
 4,430
Net cash provided by (used in) financing activities(18,724) (48,641) 1,285
Effect of exchange rate changes on cash and cash equivalents(13) (211) 39
Net increase (decrease) in cash and cash equivalents(34,078) (31,177) 30,149
Cash and cash equivalents at beginning of period67,948
 99,125
 68,976
Cash and cash equivalents at end of period$33,870
 $67,948
 $99,125
Supplemental disclosure of cash flow information:     
Proceeds from sale of other investments included in other assets$
 $1,564
 $
Purchases of property and equipment included in accounts payable367
 429
 649
Cash paid during the year for:     
Interest6,873
 8,498
 8,247
Income taxes, net of refunds579
 750
 574
Year Ended March 31,
202320222021
Operating activities
Net loss$(37,943)$(32,280)$(35,459)
Adjustments to reconcile net loss to net cash used in operating activities:
Depreciation and amortization10,118 9,418 5,697 
Amortization of debt issuance costs1,624 2,414 6,301 
Long-term debt related costs992 8,471 167 
Provision for manufacturing and service inventories18,052 5,740 6,334 
Gain on PPP loan extinguishment— (10,000)— 
Stock-based compensation10,750 13,829 9,624 
Non-cash income tax benefit— — (577)
Non-cash loss on debt extinguishment— — 10,087 
Other non-cash(2,067)(832)704 
Changes in assets and liabilities, net of effect of acquisitions:
Accounts receivable(2,966)3,651 (1,625)
Manufacturing inventories(1,839)(12,069)924 
Service parts inventories(3,503)(4,400)(5,879)
Accounts payable1,158 (1,939)(1,994)
Prepaid expenses3,695 (3,959)(594)
Deferred revenue(2,286)(2,514)418 
Accrued restructuring charges— (580)580 
Accrued compensation(431)(3,073)4,257 
Other assets(1,270)(2,602)2,809 
Other liabilities1,022 (3,003)(2,541)
Net cash used in operating activities(4,894)(33,728)(767)
Investing activities
Purchases of property and equipment(12,581)(6,316)(6,931)
Business acquisitions(3,020)(7,808)(2,655)
Net cash used in investing activities(15,601)(14,124)(9,586)
Financing activities 
Borrowings of long-term debt, net of debt issuance costs— 94,961 19,400 
Repayments of long-term debt(24,596)(94,301)(92,782)
Borrowings of credit facility497,280 309,000 309,920 
Repayments of credit facility(498,665)(291,265)(313,065)
Borrowings of paycheck protection program— — 10,000 
Proceeds from secondary offering, net— — 96,756 
Payment of taxes due upon vesting of restricted stock— — (236)
Proceeds from issuance of common stock67,146 1,762 1,335 
Net cash provided by financing activities41,165 20,157 31,328 
Effect of exchange rate changes on cash and cash equivalents12 51 (108)
Net change in cash, cash equivalents, and restricted cash20,682 (27,644)20,867 
Cash, cash equivalents, and restricted cash at beginning of period5,493 33,137 12,270 
Cash, cash equivalents, and restricted cash at end of period$26,175 $5,493 $33,137 
Supplemental disclosure of cash flow information
Cash paid for interest$8,701 $9,140 $24,324 
Cash paid for income taxes, net of refunds$1,418 $944 $(2,283)
Non-cash transactions
Purchases of property and equipment included in accounts payable$1,049 $147 $258 
Transfer of manufacturing inventory to services inventory$4,045 $211 $918 
Transfer of manufacturing inventory to property and equipment$343 $818 $429 
Paid-in-kind interest$319 $— $— 
Deemed dividend$389 $— $— 
The following table provides a reconciliation of cash, cash equivalents and restricted cash reported within the consolidated balance sheets that sum to the total of the same such amounts shown in the statement of cash flows:
Cash and cash equivalents$25,963 $5,210 $27,430 
Restricted cash, current212 283 707 
Restricted cash, long-term— — 5,000 
Total cash, cash equivalents and restricted cash at the end of period$26,175 $5,493 $33,137 
The accompanying notes are an integral part of these Consolidated Financial Statements.consolidated financial statements.

44

QUANTUM CORPORATION
CONSOLIDATED STATEMENTS OF STOCKHOLDERS’ DEFICIT
(Inin thousands)
Common StockAdditional
Paid-in Capital
Accumulated DeficitAccumulated Other Comprehensive LossTotal Stockholders' Deficit
SharesAmount
Balance, March 31, 202039,905 $399 $505,762 $(703,164)$(1,522)$(198,525)
Net loss— — — (35,459)— (35,459)
Foreign currency translation adjustments, net of income taxes— — — — 666 666 
Shares issued under employee stock purchase plan320 1,331 — — 1,335 
Shares issued under employee incentive plans, net1,264 13 (13)— — — 
Shares surrendered for employees' tax liability upon settlement of restricted stock units(44)— (236)— — (236)
Shares issued in connection with business acquisition361 2,077 — — 2,080 
Shares issued in connection with secondary equity offering, net15,109 151 96,604 — — 96,755 
Warrants issued related to long-term debt— — 11,515 — — 11,515 
Stock-based compensation— — 9,624 — — 9,624 
Balance, March 31, 202156,915 $570 $626,664 $(738,623)$(856)$(112,245)
Net loss— — — (32,280)— (32,280)
Foreign currency translation adjustments, net of income taxes— — — — (567)(567)
Shares issued under employee stock purchase plan389 1,758 — — 1,762 
Shares issued under employee incentive plans, net2,308 23 (23)— — — 
Shares issued in connection with business acquisition821 2,810 — — 2,818 
Stock-based compensation— — 13,829 — — 13,829 
Balance, March 31, 202260,433 $605 $645,038 $(770,903)$(1,423)$(126,683)
Net loss— — — (37,943)— (37,943)
Foreign currency translation adjustments, net of income taxes— — — — (158)(158)
Shares issued under employee stock purchase plan600 891 — — 897 
Shares issued under employee incentive plans, net2,180 21 (21)— — — 
Shares issued in connection with rights offering, net30,000 300 65,949 — — 66,249 
Shares issued in connection with business acquisition361 (4)— — — 
Settlement of warrant down round provision— — 389 — — 389 
Deemed dividend on warrants— — (389)— — (389)
Stock-based compensation— — 10,750 — — 10,750 
Balance, March 31, 202393,574 $936 $722,603 $(808,846)$(1,581)$(86,888)

45

 Common Stock 
Capital
in Excess of
Par Value
 
Accumulated
Deficit
 
Accumulated
Other
Comprehensive
Income
 Total
 Shares Amount 
Balances as of March 31, 2013243,080
 $2,431
 $427,611
 $(518,597) $6,192
 $(82,363)
Net loss
 
 
 (21,474) 
 (21,474)
Foreign currency translation adjustments
 
 
 
 679
 679
Net unrealized loss on revaluation of long-term
intercompany balance, net of tax of
$(67)

 
 
 
 (251) (251)
Shares issued under employee stock
purchase plan
3,220
 32
 3,424
 
 
 3,456
Shares issued under employee stock incentive
plans, net
4,110
 41
 (947) 
 
 (906)
Share-based compensation expense
 
 13,459
 
 
 13,459
Balances as of March 31, 2014250,410
 2,504
 443,547
 (540,071) 6,620
 (87,400)
Net income
 
 
 16,760
 
 16,760
Foreign currency translation adjustments
 
 
 
 (3,490) (3,490)
Net unrealized gain on revaluation of long-term
intercompany balance, net of tax of
$200

 
 
 
 750
 750
Shares issued under employee stock
purchase plan
2,790
 28
 2,865
 
 
 2,893
Shares issued under employee stock incentive
plans, net
5,008
 50
 (1,584) 
 
 (1,534)
Share-based compensation expense
 
 11,583
 
 
 11,583
Balances as of March 31, 2015258,208
 2,582
 456,411
 (523,311) 3,880
 (60,438)
Net loss
 
 
 (74,683) 
 (74,683)
Foreign currency translation adjustments
 
 
 
 21
 21
Net unrealized loss on revaluation of long-term
intercompany balance, net of tax of $
(15)

 
 
 
 (57) (57)
Shares issued under employee stock
purchase plan
3,273
 33
 2,147
 
 
 2,180
Shares issued under employee stock incentive
plans, net
4,728
 47
 (2,925) 
 
 (2,878)
Share-based compensation expense
 
 8,916
 
 
 8,916
Balances as of March 31, 2016266,209
 $2,662
 $464,549
 $(597,994) $3,844
 $(126,939)
Table of Contents

The accompanying notes are an integral part of these Consolidated Financial Statements.


consolidated financial statements.
53
46

QUANTUM CORPORATIONINDEX TO NOTES TO CONDENSED CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS
Page
Note 1:Description of Business and Summary of Significant Accounting Policies
Note 2:
Note 3:
Note 4:
Note 5:
Note 6:
Note 7:
Note 8:
Note 9:
Note 10:
Note 11:
Note 12:
Note 13:




NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS





NOTE 1: BASISDESCRIPTION OF PRESENTATIONBUSINESS AND SIGNIFICANT ACCOUNTING POLICIES
Description of Business
Quantum Corporation, together with its consolidated subsidiaries (“Quantum”, or the “Company”, “us” or “we”), founded in 1980 and reincorporated in Delaware in 1987, is a leading expertleader in scale-outstoring and managing digital video and other forms of unstructured data, delivering top streaming performance for video and rich media applications, along with low-cost, long-term storage archive andsystems for data protection providingand archiving. The Company helps customers around the world capture, create and share digital data and preserve and protect it for decades. The Company’s software-defined, hyperconverged storage solutions for capturing, sharing, managingspan from non-violate memory express (“NVMe”), to solid state drives, (“SSD”), hard disk drives, (“HDD”), tape and preserving digital assets overthe cloud and are tied together leveraging a single namespace view of the entire data lifecycle. Our customers, ranging from small businesses to large/multi-national enterprises, trust us to address their most demanding data workflow challenges. Our end-to-end tiered storage solutions enable users to maximize the value of their data by making it accessible whenever and wherever needed, retaining it indefinitely and reducing total cost and complexity. We workenvironment. The Company works closely with a broad network of distributors, value-added resellers (“VARs”), direct marketing resellers (“DMRs”), original equipment manufacturers (“OEMs”) and other suppliers to meet customers’ evolving needs. Our stock
Basis of Presentation
The consolidated financial statements and accompanying notes have been prepared in accordance with generally accepted accounting principles in the United States of America (“GAAP”). All intercompany balances and transactions have been eliminated. The Company reviews subsidiaries and affiliates, as well as other entities, to determine if they should be considered variable interest entities (“VIE”), and whether it should change the consolidation determinations based on changes in their characteristics. The Company considers an entity a VIE if its equity investors own an interest therein that lacks the characteristics of a controlling financial interest or if such investors do not have sufficient equity at risk for the entity to finance its activities without additional subordinated financial support or if the entity is traded onstructured with non-substantive voting interests. To determine whether or not the New York Stock Exchange underentity is consolidated with the symbol QTM.Company’s results, the Company also evaluates which interests are variable interests in the VIE and which party is the primary beneficiary of the VIE.

Liquidity

The accompanying Consolidated Financial Statementsconsolidated financial statements of the Company have been prepared in conformity with GAAP, which contemplate continuation of the Company as a going concern. The Company generated negative cash flows from operations of approximately $4.9 million, $33.7 million and $0.8 million for the fiscal years ended March 31, 2023, 2022 and 2021, respectively, and generated net losses of approximately $37.9 million, $32.3 million, and $35.5 million for the fiscal years ended March 31, 2023, 2022 and 2021, respectively. The Company has funded
47

operations through the sale of common stock, term debt borrowings and revolving credit facility borrowings described in Note 5: Debt. Management believes that it has the ability to obtain additional debt or equity financing, if required, and has historically been able to do so. Management also believes that current working capital, borrowings available under the revolving credit facility and future equity financing or debt financing (including additional Term Debt borrowings described in Note 13: Subsequent Events) will provide the Company with sufficient capital to fund operations for at least one year from the consolidated financial statement issuance date. There is no assurance that the Company would be able to obtain sufficient additional funds when needed or that such funds, if available, would be obtainable on terms satisfactory to the Company.
Principles of Consolidation
The consolidated financial statements include the accounts of Quantum and our wholly-ownedits wholly owned subsidiaries. All intercompany accounts and transactions have been eliminated. In the Consolidated Balance Sheets, prior period convertible subordinated debt, current and long-term, have been presented net
Use of debt issuance costs to conform to current period presentation. Estimates
The preparation of our Consolidated Financial Statementsfinancial statements in conformity with generally accepted accounting principles (“GAAP”) in the U.S.GAAP requires management to make estimates and assumptions that affect the amounts reported amount of assets and liabilities at the date ofdisclosed in the financial statements and accompanying notes. Actual results could differ from these estimates and assumptions due to risks and uncertainties. Such estimates include, but are not limited to, the reported amountdetermination of revenuesstandalone selling price for revenue arrangements with multiple performance obligations, useful lives of intangible assets and expenses during the period. We baseproperty and equipment, stock-based compensation and provision for income taxes including related reserves. Management bases its estimates on historical experience and on various other assumptions about the future that are believedwhich management believes to be reasonable, based on available information. Our reported financial position orthe results of operations may be materially different under different conditions or when using different estimates and assumptions, particularly with respect to significant accounting policies, which are discussed below. Inform the event that estimates or assumptions prove to differ from actual results, adjustments are made in the current period to reflect this current information.
NOTE 2: SUMMARY OF SIGNIFICANT ACCOUNTING POLICIES
Revenue Recognition
Revenue consists of sales of hardware, software and services, as well as royalties we earnbasis for the license of certain intellectual property. Revenue is recognized from the sale of products and services when it is realized or realizable and earned. Revenue is considered realized and earned when: persuasive evidence of an arrangement exists; delivery has occurred or services have been rendered; the price to the buyer is fixed or determinable; and when collectability is reasonably assured. Royalty revenue is recognized when earned or when earned amounts can be reasonably estimated.
Multiple Element Arrangements
We enter into sales arrangements with customers that contain multiple deliverables such as hardware, software and services, and these arrangements require assessment of each deliverable to determine its estimated selling price. Additionally, we use judgment in order to determine the appropriate timing of revenue recognition and to assess whether any software and non-software components function together to deliver a tangible product’s essential functionality in order to ensure the arrangement is properly accounted for as software or hardware revenue. The majority of our products are hardware products which contain software essential to the overall functionality of the product. Hardware products are generally sold with customer field support agreements.
For multiple element arrangements, consideration is first allocated between software (consisting of nonessential and stand-alone software) and non-software deliverables on a relative fair value basis.
Consideration in such multiple element transactions is allocated to each non-software element based on the fair value hierarchy, where the selling price for an element is based on vendor-specific objective evidence (“VSOE”), if available; third-party evidence (“TPE”), if VSOE is not available; or the best estimate of selling price (“BESP”), if neither VSOE nor TPE is available. For BESP, we consider our discounting and internal pricing practices, external market conditions and competitive positioning for similar offerings.
For software deliverables, we allocate consideration between multiple elements based on software revenue recognition guidance, which requires revenue earned on software arrangements involving multiple elements to be allocated to each element based on the relative fair values of those elements. The fair value of an element must be based on VSOE. Where fair value of delivered elements is not available, revenue is recognized on the “residual method” based on the fair value of undelivered elements. If evidence of fair value of one or more undelivered elements does not exist, all revenue is deferred and recognized at the earlier of the delivery of those elements or the establishment of fair value of the remaining undelivered elements.

Product Revenue — Hardware
Revenue for hardware products sold to distributors, VARs, DMRs, OEMs and end users is generally recognized upon shipment. When significant post-delivery obligations exist, the related revenue is deferred until such obligations are fulfilled. If there are customer acceptance criteria in the contract, we recognize revenue upon end user acceptance.
In the period revenue is recognized, allowances are provided for estimated future price adjustments, such as rebates, price protection and future product returns. These allowances are based on programs in existence at the time revenue is recognized, plans regarding future price adjustments, the customers’ master agreements and historical product return rates. Since we have historically been able to reliably estimate the amount of allowances required, we recognize revenue, net of projected allowances, upon shipment to our customers. If we were unable to reliably estimate the amount of revenue adjustments in any specific reporting period, then we would be required to defer recognition of the revenue until the rights had lapsed and we were no longer under any obligation to reduce the price or accept the return of the product.
Product Revenue — Software
For software products, we generally recognize revenue upon delivery of the software. Revenue from post-contract customer support agreements, which entitle software customers to both telephone support and any unspecified upgrades and enhancements during the term of the agreement, is classified as product revenue, as the value of these support arrangements are the upgrades and enhancements to the software licenses themselves and there is no on-site support, and recognized ratably over the term of the support agreement.
We license certain software to customers under licensing agreements that allow those customers to embed our software into specific products they offer. As consideration, licensees pay us a fee based on the amount of sales of their products that incorporate our software. On a periodic and timely basis, the licensees provide us with reports listing their sales to end users for which they owe us license fees. As the reports substantiate delivery has occurred, we recognize revenue based on the information in these reports or when amounts can be reasonably estimated.
Service Revenue
Revenue for service is generally recognized upon services being rendered. Service revenue primarily consists of customer field support agreements for our hardware products. For customer field support agreements, revenue equal to the separately stated price of these service contracts is initially deferred and recognized as revenue ratably over the contract period.
Royalty Revenue
We license certain intellectual property to third party manufacturers under arrangements that are represented by master contracts. The master contracts give the third party manufacturers rights to the intellectual property which include allowing them to either manufacture or include the intellectual property in products for resale. As consideration, the licensees pay us a per-unit royalty for sales of their products that incorporate our intellectual property. On a periodic and timely basis, the licensees provide us with reports listing units sold to end users subject to the royalties. As the reports substantiate delivery has occurred, we recognize revenue based on the information in these reports or when amounts can be reasonably estimated.
Service Cost of Revenue
We classify expenses as service cost of revenue by estimating the portion of our total cost of revenue that relates to providing field support to our customers under contract. These estimates are based upon a variety of factors, including the nature of the support activity and the level of infrastructure required to support the activities from which we earn service revenue. In the event our service business changes, our estimates of cost of service revenue may be impacted.
Shipping and Handling Fees
Shipping and handling fees are included in cost of revenue and were $10.6 million, $12.3 million and $13.6 million in fiscal 2016, 2015 and 2014, respectively.
Research and Development Costs
Expenditures relating to the development of new products and processes are expensed as incurred. These costs include expenditures for employee compensation, materials used in the development effort, other internal costs, as well as expenditures for third party professional services. We have determined that technological feasibility for our software products is reached shortly before the products are released to manufacturing. Costs incurred after technological feasibility is established have not been material. We expense software-related research and development costs as incurred.

Advertising Expense
We expense advertising costs as incurred. Advertising expense for the years ended March 31, 2016, 2015 and 2014 was $9.2 million, $7.6 million and $8.4 million, respectively.
Restructuring Charges
In recent periods and over the past several years, we have recorded significant restructuring charges related to the realignment and restructuring of our business operations. These charges represent expenses incurred in connection with strategic planning, certain cost reduction programs that we have implemented and consist of the cost of involuntary termination benefits, facilities charges, asset write-offs and other costs of exiting activities or geographies.
The charges for involuntary termination costs and associated expenses often require the use of estimates, primarily related to the number of employees to be paid severance and the amounts to be paid, largely based on years of service and statutory requirements. Assumptions to estimate facility exit costs include the ability to secure sublease income largely based on market conditions, the likelihood and amounts of a negotiated settlement for contractual lease obligations and other exit costs. Other estimates for restructuring charges consist of the realizable value of assets including associated disposal costs and termination fees with third parties for other contractual commitments.
Share-Based Compensation
The majority of our share-based awards are measured based on the fair market value of the underlying stock on the date of grant. We use the Black-Scholes stock option pricing model to estimate the fair value of stock option awards at the date of grant. For awards that contain market conditions, we use a Monte-Carlo simulation model to estimate the fair value of share-based awards. Both the Black-Scholes and Monte-Carlo models require the use of highly subjective assumptions, including expected life, expected volatility and expected risk-free rate of return. Other reasonable assumptions in either model could provide differing results. We calculate a forfeiture rate to estimate the share-based awards that will ultimately vest based on types of awards and historical experience. Additionally, for awards which are performance based, we make estimates as to the probability of the underlying performance being achieved.
Foreign Currency Translation and Transactions
Assets, liabilities and operations of foreign offices and subsidiaries are recorded based on the functional currency of the entity. For a majority of our foreign operations, the functional currency is the U.S. dollar. The assets and liabilities of foreign offices with a local functional currency are translated, for consolidation purposes, at current exchange rates from the local currency to the reporting currency, the U.S. dollar. The resulting gains or losses are reported as a component of other comprehensive income. Foreign exchange gains and losses from changes in the exchange rates underlying intercompany balances that are of a long-term investment nature are also reported as a component of other comprehensive income. Assets and liabilities denominated in other than the functional currency are remeasured each month with the remeasurement gain or loss recorded in other income and expense in the Consolidated Statements of Operations. Foreign currency gains and losses recorded in other income and expense were a $0.3 million loss in fiscal 2016, a $0.2 million gain in fiscal 2015 and a $0.3 million gain in fiscal 2014.
Derivative Instruments
Derivative instruments are carried at fair value on our Consolidated Balance Sheets. The fair values of the derivative financial instruments generally represent the estimated amounts we would expect to receive or pay upon termination of the contracts as of the reporting date. We did not hold any material derivative instruments during fiscal 2016, 2015 or 2014. 

Income Taxes
We recognize deferred tax assets and liabilities due to the effect of temporary differences betweenmaking judgments about the carrying amountsvalues of assets and liabilities for financial reporting purposes and the amounts used for income tax purposes. We also reduce deferred tax assets by a valuation allowance if it is more likely than not that some or all of the deferred tax asset will not be realized.
We recognize the benefit from a tax position only if it is more-likely-than-not that the position would be sustained upon audit based solely on the technical merits of the tax position. The calculation of our tax liabilities requires judgment related to uncertainties in the application of complex tax regulations. It is inherently difficult and subjective to estimate such amounts, as we have to determine the probability of various possible outcomes. We reevaluate these uncertain tax positions on a quarterly basis. This evaluation is based on factors including, but not limited to, changes in facts or circumstances, changes in tax law, effectively settled issues under audit and new audit activity. A change in recognition or measurement would result in the recognition of a tax benefit or an additional tax charge to the provision.
We recognize interest and penalties related to uncertain tax positions in the income tax provision in the Consolidated Statements of Operations. To the extent accrued interest and penalties do not become payable, amounts accrued will be reduced and reflected as a reduction of the overall income tax provision in the period that such determination is made.liabilities.
Cash Equivalents, Restrictedand Cash Equivalents
The Company has cash deposits and Other Investments
We considercash equivalents deposited in or managed by major financial institutions. Cash equivalents include all highly liquid debtinvestment instruments with aan original maturity of 90 daysthree months or less atand consist primarily of money market accounts. At times the timerelated amounts are in excess of purchaseamounts insured by the Federal Deposit Insurance Corporation. The Company has not experienced any losses with these financial institutions and does not believe such balances are exposed to be cash equivalents. Cash equivalents are carried at fair value, which approximates their cost.significant credit risk.
Restricted cash is comprised of bank guarantees and similar required minimum balances that serve as cash collateral in connection with various items including insurance requirements, value added taxes, ongoing tax audits and leases in certain countries.
Investments in private technology venture limited partnerships are currently accounted for using the equity method because we are deemed to have influence. Ownership interests in these limited partnerships are accounted for under the equity method unless our interest is so minor that we have virtually no influence over the partnership operating and financial policies, in which case the cost method is used.
Investments in other privately held companies are accounted for under the cost method unless we hold a significant stake. We review non-marketable equity investments on a regular basis to determine if there has been any impairment of value which is other than temporary by reviewing their financial information, gaining knowledge of any new financing or other business agreements and assessing their operating viability. In fiscal 2015, we sold our investment in a privately held company that was accounted for under the cost method and recorded a $13.6 million gain in other income and expense in the Consolidated Statements of Operations. Investments in non-marketable equity investments are recorded in other long-term assets in the Consolidated Balance Sheets.
Allowance for Doubtful Accounts
We performThe Company maintains an allowance for doubtful accounts for estimated losses based on historical experience and expected collectability of outstanding accounts receivable. The Company performs ongoing credit evaluations of ourits customers’ financial condition, and for the majority of ourits customers require no collateral. For customers that do not meet ourthe Company’s credit standards, we oftenthe Company may require a form of collateral, such as cash deposits or letters of credit, prior to the completion of a transaction. These credit evaluations require significant judgment and are based on multiple sources of information. We analyzeThe Company analyzes such factors as ourits historical bad debt experience, industry and geographic concentrations of credit risk, current economic trends and changes in customer payment terms. We maintain anThe Company will write-off customer balances in full to the reserve when it has determined that the balance is not recoverable. Changes in the allowance for doubtful accounts based on historical experience and expected collectability of outstanding accounts receivable. We record bad debt expenseare recorded in general and administrative expenses.
Fair Value of Financial Instruments
Fair value is defined as the price that would be received to sell an asset or paid to transfer a liability in an orderly transaction between market participants at the measurement date. To increase the comparability of fair value measures, the following hierarchy prioritizes the inputs to valuation methodologies used to measure fair value:

Level 1:    Unadjusted quoted prices in active markets for identical assets or liabilities.
Level 2:    Other than quoted prices that are observable in the market for the asset or liability, either directly or indirectly, such as quoted prices for similar assets or liabilities; quoted prices in markets that are not active; or model-derived valuations or other inputs that are observable or can be corroborated by observable market data for substantially the full term of the assets or liabilities.
Level 3:    Inputs are unobservable and reflect management’s estimates of assumptions that market participants would use in pricing the asset or liability.

48

The categorization of a financial instrument within the valuation hierarchy is based upon the lowest level of input that is significant to the fair value measurement. The Company's financial instruments consist of Level 3 liabilities.
Manufacturing Inventories
Our manufacturingManufacturing inventory is statedrecorded at the lower of cost or market,net realizable value, with cost computedbeing determined on a first-in, first-out (“FIFO”) basis. Costs include material, direct labor, and an allocation of overhead in the case of work in process. Adjustments to reduce the cost of manufacturing inventory to its net realizable value, if required, are made for estimated excess, obsolete or impaired balances. Factors influencing these adjustments include declines in demand, rapid technological changes, product life cycle and development plans, component cost trends, product pricing, physical deterioration and quality issues. Revisions to these adjustments would be required if these factors differ from ourthe Company’s estimates.

Service Parts Inventories
Our serviceService parts inventories are statedrecorded at the lower of cost or market. We carrynet realizable value, with cost being determined on a FIFO basis. The Company carries service parts because weit generally provideprovides product warranty for one to three years and earnearns revenue by providing enhanced and extended warranty and repair serviceservices during and beyond this warranty period. Service parts inventories consist of both component parts, which are primarily used to repair defective units, and finished units, which are provided for customer use permanently or on a temporary basis while the defective unit is being repaired. Defective parts returned from customers that can be repaired are repaired and put back into service parts inventories at their current carrying value. We recordThe Company records adjustments to reduce the carrying value of service parts inventory to its net realizable value and we disposedisposes of parts with no use and a net realizable value of zero. Factors influencing these adjustments include product life cycles, end of service life plans and volume of enhanced or extended warranty service contracts. Estimates of net realizable value involve significant estimates and judgments about the future, and revisions would be required if these factors differ from ourthe Company’s estimates.
Property and Equipment
Property and equipment are carried at cost, less accumulated depreciation and amortization, computed on a straight-line basis over the estimated useful lives of the assets as follows:
Machinery and equipment3 to 5 years
Computer equipment3 to 5 years
ERP software10 years
Other software3 years
Furniture and fixtures5 years
Other office equipment5 years
Leasehold improvementsLifeShorter of useful life or life of lease
Amortizable
When assets are retired or otherwise disposed of, the related costs and accumulated depreciation are removed from the balance sheet and any resulting gain or loss is reflected in the consolidated statements of operations and comprehensive income (loss) in the period realized.

The Company evaluates the recoverability of the carrying amount of its property and equipment whenever events or changes in circumstances indicate that the carrying amount of an asset group may not be fully recoverable. A potential impairment charge is evaluated when the undiscounted expected cash flows derived from an asset group are less than its carrying amount. Impairment losses, if applicable, are measured as the amount by which the carrying value of an asset group exceeds its fair value and are recognized in operating results. Judgment is used when applying these impairment rules to determine the timing of impairment testing, the undiscounted cash flows used to assess impairments and the fair value of the asset group.

Business Combinations

The Company allocates the purchase price to the assets acquired and liabilities assumed based on their estimated fair values. The excess of the purchase price over the fair values of the assets acquired and liabilities assumed is recorded as goodwill. During the measurement period, which may be up to one year from the acquisition date, the Company may record adjustments to the estimated fair value of the assets acquired and liabilities assumed, with the corresponding offset to goodwill. The results of operations of an acquired business is included in its consolidated financial statements from the date of acquisition. Acquisition-related expenses are expensed as incurred.

49

Goodwill

Goodwill represents the excess of the purchase price consideration over the estimated fair value of the tangible and intangible assets acquired and liabilities assumed in a business combination. Goodwill is evaluated for impairment annually in the third quarter of the Company's fiscal year as a single reporting unit, and whenever events or changes in circumstances indicate the carrying value of goodwill may not be recoverable. The Company may elect to qualitatively assess whether it is more likely than not that the fair value of its reporting unit is less than its carrying value. If the Company opts not to qualitatively assess, a quantitative goodwill impairment test is performed. The quantitative test compares its reporting unit's carrying amount, including goodwill, to its fair value calculated based on its enterprise value. If the carrying amount exceeds its fair value, an impairment loss is recognized for the excess. The Company did not recognize any impairment of goodwill in any of the periods presented in the consolidated financial statements.

Purchased Intangible and Other Long-lived Assets
We review the
Purchased intangible assets with finite lives are stated at cost, net of accumulated amortization. The Company amortizes its intangible assets on a straight-line basis over an estimated useful liveslife of amortizable intangible and othertwo to four years.

Impairment of Long-Lived Assets

The Company reviews its long-lived assets, (“long-lived assets”) quarterlyincluding property and review long-livedequipment and finite-lived intangible assets, for impairment whenever events or changes in circumstances indicate the carrying amount of such assetsan asset may not be recoverable. The company operatesCompany measures the recoverability of these assets by comparing the carrying amounts to the future undiscounted cash flows the assets are expected to generate. If the total of the future undiscounted cash flows is less than the carrying amount of an asset, the Company records an impairment charge for the amount by which the carrying amount of the asset exceeds its fair market value.

Operating Leases

The Company determines if an arrangement contains a lease at inception. Lease liabilities are recognized at the present value of the future lease payments at commencement date. The interest rate implicit in the Company's operating leases is not readily determinable, and therefore an incremental borrowing rate is estimated to determine the present value of future payments. The estimated incremental borrowing rate factors in a hypothetical interest rate on a collateralized basis with similar terms, payments, and economic environments. The operating lease right-of-use ("ROU") asset is determined based on the lease liability initially established and reduced for any prepaid lease payments and any lease incentives. The Company accounts for the lease and non-lease components of operating lease contract consideration as a single reporting unitlease component.

Certain of the operating lease agreements contain rent concession, rent escalation, and option to renew provisions. Rent concession and rent escalation provisions are considered in determining the lease cost. Lease cost is recognized on a straight-line basis over the lease term commencing on the date the Company has the right to use the leased property. The Company generally uses the base, non-cancelable, lease term when recognizing the lease assets and liabilities, unless it is reasonably certain that an extension or termination option will be exercised.

In addition, certain operating lease agreements contain tenant improvement allowances from the Company's landlords. These allowances are accounted for businessas lease incentives and operating purposes,reduce its ROU asset and our impairment evaluationlease cost over the lease term.

For short-term leases which have a lease term less than twelve months and do not include an option to purchase the underlying asset that is reasonably certain to be exercised, the Company recognizes rent expense in the consolidated statements of operations and comprehensive loss on a straight-line basis over the lease term and record variable lease payments as incurred.

Revenue Recognition

The Company generates revenue from three main sources: (1) product, (2) professional services, and (3) royalties. Sales tax collected on sales is netted against government remittances and thus, recorded on a net basis. The Company's performance obligations are satisfied at a point in time or over time as stand ready obligations. The majority of revenue is recognized at a point in time when products are accepted, installed or delivered.
50


Product Revenue

The Company's product revenue is comprised of multiple storage solution hardware and software offerings targeted towards consumer and enterprise customers. Revenue from product sales is recognized at the point in time when the customer takes control of the product. If there are significant post-delivery obligations, the related revenue is deferred until such obligations are fulfilled. Revenue from contracts with customer acceptance criteria are recognized upon end user acceptance.

Service and Subscription Revenue

Service and subscription revenue consists of four components: (a) post-contract customer support agreements,
(b) software subscriptions, (c) installation, and (d) consulting & training.

Customers have the option to choose between different levels of hardware and software support. The Company's support plans include various stand-ready obligations such as technical assistance hot-lines, replacement parts maintenance, and remote monitoring that are delivered whenever called upon by its customers. Support plans provide additional services and assurance outside the scope of the Company's primary product warranties. Revenue from support plans is recognized ratably over the contractual term of the service contract.

The Company also treatssells software subscriptions that include term licenses which are recognized as revenue when the companylicense is delivered to the customer and related customer support which is recognized ratably over the service period.

The Company offers installation services on all its products. Customers can opt to either have Quantum or a Quantum-approved third-party service provider install its products. Installation services are typically completed within a short period of time and revenue from these services are recognized at the point when installation is complete.

A majority of the Company's consulting and training revenue does not take significant time to complete therefore these obligations are satisfied upon completion of such services at a point in time.

Royalty Revenue

The Company licenses certain intellectual property to third party manufacturers which gives the manufacturers rights to intellectual property including the right to either manufacture or include the intellectual property in their products for resale. Licensees pay the Company a per-unit royalty for sales of their products that incorporate its intellectual property. On a periodic and timely basis, the licensees provide the Company with reports containing units sold to end users subject to the royalties. The reports substantiate that the performance obligation has been satisfied therefore revenue is recognized based on the reports or when amounts can be reasonably estimated.

Deferred Revenue

Deferred revenue primarily consists of amounts that have been invoiced but have not yet been recognized as revenue and performance obligations pertaining to subscription services. The current portion of deferred revenue represents the amounts that are expected to be recognized as revenue within one year of the consolidated balance sheet dates.

Significant Judgements

The Company generally enters into contracts with customers to provide storage solutions to meet their individual needs. Most of the Company’s contracts contain multiple goods and services designed to meet each customers’ unique storage needs. Contracts with multiple goods and services have multiple distinct performance obligations as the promise to transfer hardware, installation services, and support services are capable of being distinct and provide economic benefit to customers on their own.

Stand-alone selling price

51

For contracts with multiple performance obligations, the Company allocates the transaction price to each performance obligation based on the relative standalone selling price (“SSP”) of the good or service underlying each performance obligation. The SSP represents the amount for which the Company would sell the good or service to a customer on a standalone basis (i.e., not sold as a single asset group. Impairment indicators we considerbundle with any other products or services). Where SSP may not be directly observable (e.g., the performance obligation is not sold separately), the Company maximized the use of observable inputs by using information including reviewing discounting practices, performance obligations with similar customers and product groupings. The Company evaluated all methods included in ASC 606 to determine SSP and concluded that invoice price is the best representation of what the Company expects to receive from the delivery of each performance obligation.

Variable consideration

Product revenue includes multiple types of variable consideration, such as rebates, returns, or stock rotations. All contracts with variable consideration require payment upon satisfaction of the performance obligation typically with net 45-day payment terms. The Company does not include significant financing components in its contracts. The Company constrains estimates of variable consideration to amounts that are not expected to result in a significant decreaserevenue reversal in the market pricefuture, primarily based on the most likely level of our long-livedconsideration to be returned to the customer under the specific terms of the underlying programs.

The expected value method is used to estimate the consideration expected to be returned to the customer. The Company uses historical data and current trends to drive the estimates. The Company records a reduction to revenue to account for these programs. The Company initially measures this asset group, adverse changesat the carrying amount of the inventory, less any expected costs to recover the goods including potential decreases in the extent or manner in which our long-lived assets are being used, adverse changes in the business climate that could affect the value of our long-lived assets,the returned goods.

Cost of Service and Subscription Revenue
The Company classifies expenses as service cost of revenue by estimating the portion of its total cost of revenue that relates to providing field support to its customers under contract. These estimates are based upon a current period operating or cash flow loss combined withvariety of factors, including the nature of the support activity and the level of infrastructure required to support the activities from which it earns service and subscription revenue. In the event its service business changes, its estimates of cost of service and subscription revenue may be impacted.
Research and Development Costs
Expenditures relating to the development of new products and processes are expensed as incurred. These costs include expenditures for employee compensation, materials used in the development effort, other internal costs, as well as expenditures for third party professional services. The Company has determined that technological feasibility for its software products is reached shortly before the products are released to manufacturing. Costs incurred after technological feasibility is established have not been material. The Company expenses software-related research and development costs as incurred.

Internal-use Software Costs

The Company capitalizes costs incurred to implement software solely for its internal use, including (i) hosted applications used to deliver the Company's support services, and (ii) certain implementation costs incurred in a history of operating or cash flow losses orhosting arrangement that is a projection or forecast that demonstrates continuing losses associatedservice contract when the preliminary project stage is complete, management with the relevant authority authorizes and commits to the funding of the software project, and it is probable the project will be completed and used to perform the intended function.

Software implementation costs are capitalized to either other current assets or other long-term assets on the Company's consolidated balance sheet and amortized over 10 years. Software implementation costs capitalized were $5.6 million, $3.1 million and $3.1 million for fiscal 2023, 2022 and 2021, respectively. Related amortization expense for software implementation costs was $0.1 million, $0.1 million and $0 during fiscal 2023, 2022 and 2021, respectively.
52

Advertising Expense
Advertising expense is recorded as incurred and was $3.2 million, $3.5 million, and $1.5 million in fiscal 2023, 2022 and 2021, respectively.
Shipping and Handling Fees
Shipping and handling fees are included in cost of revenue and were $12.1 million, $11.5 million, and $9.4 million in fiscal 2023, 2022 and 2021, respectively.
Restructuring Reserves
Restructuring reserves include charges related to the realignment and restructuring of the Company’s business operations. These charges represent judgments and estimates of the Company’s costs of severance, closure and consolidation of facilities and settlement of contractual obligations under its operating leases, including sublease rental rates, asset write-offs and other related costs. The Company reassesses the reserve requirements to complete each individual plan under the restructuring programs at the end of each reporting period. If these estimates change in the future or actual results differ from the Company’s estimates, additional charges may be required.
Foreign Currency Translation

The Company's international operations generally use their local currency as their functional currency. Assets and liabilities are translated at exchange rates in effect at the balance sheet date. Income and expense accounts are translated at the average monthly exchange rates during the year. Resulting translation adjustments are reported as a component of our long-livedother comprehensive loss and recorded in accumulated other comprehensive loss in the accompanying consolidated balance sheets.

Income Taxes

The Company accounts for income taxes in accordance with ASC Topic 740, Income Taxes, in which deferred tax asset and liabilities are recognized based on differences between the financial reporting carrying values of assets and an expectation thatliabilities and the tax basis of those assets and liabilities, measured at the enacted tax rates expected to apply to taxable income in the years in which those tax assets or liabilities are expected to be realized or settled.

A valuation allowance is provided if the Company believes it is more likely than not our long-lived assetsthat all or some portion of the deferred tax asset will not be soldrealized. An increase or otherwise disposeddecrease in the valuation allowance, if any, that results from a change in circumstances, and which causes a change in the Company’s judgment about the realizability of significantly before the end of their previously estimated useful life. If we identify impairment indicators, we evaluate recoverability usingrelated deferred tax asset, is included in the tax provision.

The Company assesses whether tax benefits claimed or expected to be claimed on a tax return should be recorded in the consolidated financial statements. The Company may recognize the tax benefit from an undiscounted cash flow approach. Estimates of future cash flows incorporate company forecasts and our expectations of future use of our long-lived assets, and these factors are impacted by market conditions. If impairment is indicated, an impairment charge is recorded to write the long-lived assets down to their estimated fair value.

Goodwill
We evaluate goodwill for impairment annually during the fourth quarter of our fiscal year, or more frequently when indicators of impairment are present. We operate as a single reporting unit and consider the company as a whole when reviewing impairment factors. Because we have negative book value, we perform a qualitative analysis to determine whetheruncertain tax position only if it is more likely than not that the tax position will be sustained on examination by the taxing authorities, including resolution of any related appeals or litigation processes, based on the technical merits of the position. The tax benefit to be recognized in the consolidated financial statements from such a position is measured as the largest amount of benefit that has a greater than fifty percent likelihood of being realized upon ultimate settlement. The Company reevaluates these uncertain tax positions on a quarterly basis. This evaluation is based on factors including, but not limited to, changes in facts or circumstances and changes in tax law. The Company recognizes penalties and tax-related interest expense as a component of income tax expense in the consolidated statements of operations.

Asset Retirement Obligations

The Company records an asset retirement obligation for the fair value of goodwill is less than itslegal obligations associated with the retirement of tangible long-lived assets and a corresponding increase in the carrying amount. Someamount of the impairment indicators we consider include our stock price, significant differences betweenrelated asset in the period in which the obligation is incurred. In periods subsequent to initial measurement, the Company recognizes changes in the liability resulting from the passage of time and revisions to either the timing or the amount of the original estimate. Over time, the liability is accreted to its present value and the capitalized cost is depreciated over the estimated useful life of the asset. The Company’s obligations relate primarily to certain legal obligations to remediate leased property on which certain assets are located.

53

Warranty Expense

The Company warranties its products against certain defects and the terms range from one to three years. The Company provides for the estimated costs of fulfilling its obligations under hardware warranties at the time the related revenue is recognized. The Company estimates the provision based on historical and projected product failure rates, historical and projected repair costs, and knowledge of specific product failures (if any). The Company regularly reassess its estimates to determine the adequacy of the recorded warranty liability and adjusts the provision, as necessary.

Debt Issuance Costs

Debt issuance costs for revolving credit agreements are capitalized and amortized over the term of the underlying agreements on a straight-line basis. Amortization of these debt issuance costs is included in interest expense while the unamortized debt issuance cost balance is included in other current assets or other assets. Debt issuance costs for the Company’s term loans are recorded as a reduction to the carrying amount and are amortized over their terms using the estimated fair valueeffective interest method. Amortization of our assets and liabilities; macroeconomic conditions suchthese debt issuance costs is included in interest expense.

Stock-Based Compensation

The Company classifies stock-based awards granted in exchange for services as a deterioration in general economic conditioneither equity awards or limitations on accessing capital; industry and market considerations suchliability awards. The classification of an award as a deterioration in the environment in which we operate andeither an increased competitive environment; cost factors such as increases in raw materials, labor, or other costs that have a negative effect on earnings and cash flows; overall financial performance such as negative or declining cash flowsequity award or a decline in actual or planned revenue or earnings compared with actual and projected results of relevant prior periods; other relevant events such as litigation, changes in management, key personnel, strategy or customers; the testing for recoverability of our long-lived assets and a sustained decrease in share price. We evaluate the significance of identified events and circumstancesliability award is generally based upon cash settlement options. Equity awards are measured based on the basis of the weight of evidence along with how they could affect the relationship between the reporting unit's fair value and carrying amount. If we determine it is more likely than not that the fair value of goodwillthe award at the grant date. Liability awards are re-measured to fair value each reporting period. Each reporting period, the Company recognizes the change in fair value of awards issued to non-employees as expense. The Company recognizes stock-based compensation on a straight-line basis over the award’s requisite service period, which is generally the vesting period of the award, less than its carryingactual forfeitures. No compensation expense is recognized for awards for which participants do not render the requisite services. For equity and liability awards earned based on performance or upon occurrence of a contingent event, when and if the awards will be earned is estimated. If an award is not considered probable of being earned, no amount then a second stepof stock-based compensation is performed to quantifyrecognized. If the award is deemed probable of being earned, related compensation expense is recorded over the estimated service period. To the extent the estimate of awards considered probable of being earned changes, the amount of goodwill impairment. If impairment is indicated, a goodwill impairment charge is recorded in the current period to write the goodwill down to its implied fair value.stock-based compensation recognized will also change.
Accrued Warranty
We generally warrant our hardware products against certain defects for periods ranging from one to three years from the date of sale. Our tape automation systems, disk backup systems and scale-out storage solutions may carry service agreements with customers that choose to extend or upgrade the warranty service. We use a combination of internal resources and third party service providers to supply field service and support. If the actual costs were to differ significantly from our estimates, we would record the impact of these unforeseen costs or cost reductions in subsequent periods.
We estimate future failure rates based upon historical product failure trends as well as anticipated future failure rates if believed to be significantly different from historical trends. Similarly, we estimate future costs of repair based upon historical trends and anticipated future costs if they are expected to significantly differ, for example due to negotiated agreements with third parties. We use a consistent model and exercise considerable judgment in determining the underlying estimates. Our model requires an element of subjectivity for all of our products. For example, historical rates of return are not completely indicative of future return rates and we must therefore exercise judgment with respect to future deviations from our historical return rate. If we determine in a future period that either actual failure rates or actual costs of repair were to differ from our estimates, we record the impact of those differences in that future period. As our newer products mature, we are able to improve our estimates with respect to these products. It is reasonably likely that assumptions will be updated for failure rates and, therefore, our accrued warranty estimate could change in the future.
Business Combinations
We allocate the purchase price paid to the assets acquired and liabilities assumed in a business combination at their estimated fair values as of the acquisition date. Any excess purchase price above the identified net tangible and intangible assets and assumed liabilities is allocated to goodwill. We consider fair value to be the price that would be received to sell an asset or paid to transfer a liability in an orderly transaction between market participants at the measurement date. We estimate fair value using the fair value hierarchy for the tangible and intangible assets acquired as well as liabilities and contingencies assumed from the acquired company.
Common Stock Repurchases
During fiscal 2000, the Board of Directors authorized us to repurchase up to $700 million of our common stock in open market or private transactions. As of March 31, 2016 and 2015, there was $87.9 million remaining on our authorization to repurchase Quantum common stock. Our ability to repurchase our common stock is restricted unless we meet certain thresholds under the terms of our Wells Fargo credit agreement.

Fair Value of Financial Instruments
We use exit prices, that is the price to sell an asset or transfer a liability, to measure assets and liabilities that are within the scope of the fair value measurements guidance. We classify these assets and liabilities based on the following fair value hierarchy:
Level 1:Quoted (observable) market prices in active markets for identical assets or liabilities.
Level 2:Observable inputs other than Level 1, such as quoted prices for similar assets or liabilities; quoted prices in markets that are not active; or other inputs that are observable or can be corroborated by observable market data for substantially the full term of the asset or liability.
Level 3:Prices or valuations that require inputs that are both significant to the fair value measurement and unobservable.
The assets measured and recorded at fair value on a recurring basis consist of money market funds which are valued using quoted market prices at the respective balance sheet dates and are level 1 fair value measurements (in thousands):
 As of March 31,
 2016 2015
Money market funds$1,640
 $34,278

We have certain non-financial assets that are measured at fair value on a non-recurring basis when there is an indicator of impairment, and they are recorded at fair value only when an impairment is recognized. These assets include property and equipment, amortizable intangible assets and goodwill. We did not record impairments to any non-financial assets in fiscal 2016 or fiscal 2015 except for a goodwill impairment in fiscal 2016, which is further described in Note 5 "Intangible Assets and Goodwill" to the Consolidated Financial Statements. We do not have any non-financial liabilities measured and recorded at fair value on a non-recurring basis.
Our financial liabilities were comprised primarily of convertible subordinated debt and long-term debt at March 31, 2016 and convertible subordinated debt at March 31, 2015. The carrying value and fair value were as follows (in thousands):
 As of March 31,
 2016 2015
 Carrying Value Fair Value Carrying Value Fair Value
Convertible subordinated debt(1)
$69,253
 $51,686
 $152,138
 $166,551
Long-term debt(2)
$65,709
 $65,741
 $
 $
(1) Fair value based on quoted market prices in less active markets (level 2).
(2) Fair value based on outstanding borrowings and market interest rates (level 2)
Risks and Uncertainties
As is typical in the information storage industry, a significant portion of our customer base is concentrated among a small number of OEMs, distributors and large VARs. The loss of any one of our more significant customers, or a significant decrease in the sales volume with one of these significant customers, could have a material adverse effect on our results of operations and financial condition. Furthermore, if there is a downturn in general economic conditions, the resulting effect on IT spending could also have a material adverse effect on our results of operations and financial condition. We also face risks and uncertainties since our competitors in one area may be customers or suppliers in another.
A limited number of products comprise a significant majority of our sales, and due to increasingly rapid technological change in the industry, our future operating results depend on our ability to develop and successfully introduce new products.
Concentration of Credit Risk
We currently invest our excess cash in deposits with major banks and in money market funds. In the past, we have also held investments in short-term debt securities of companies with strong credit ratings from a variety of industries, and we may make investments in these securities in the future. We have not experienced any material losses on these investments and limit the amount of credit exposure to any one issuer and to any one type of investment.

We sellThe Company sells products to customers in a wide variety of industries on a worldwide basis. In countries or industries where we arethe Company is exposed to material credit risk, wethe Company may require collateral, including cash deposits and letters of credit, prior to the completion of a transaction. We doThe Company does not believe we haveit has significant credit risk beyond that provided for in the consolidated financial statements in the ordinary course of business.
Sales to our top five During the fiscal year ended March 31, 2023, one customer represented more than 10% of the Company's total revenue. In fiscal 2022 and 2021, no customers represented 28% of revenue in fiscal 2016 and 31% of revenue in fiscal 2015 and 2014. We had no customers that comprised 10% or greatermore of revenuethe Company’s total revenue. One customer comprised approximately 22% of accounts receivable as of March 31, 2023. One customer comprised approximately 21% of accounts receivable as of March 31, 2022.

If the Company is unable to obtain adequate quantities of the inventory needed to sell its products, the Company could face costs increases or delays or discontinuations in fiscal 2016, fiscal 2015product shipments, which could have a material adverse effect on the Company’s results of operations. In many cases, the Company’s chosen vendor may be the sole source of supply for the products or fiscal 2014.parts they manufacture, or services they provide, for the Company. Some of the products the Company purchases from these sources are proprietary or complex in nature, and therefore cannot be readily or easily replaced by alternative sources.

Segment Reporting

The Company’s chief operating decision-maker is its Chief Executive Officer who makes resource allocation decisions and assesses performance based on financial information presented on a consolidated basis. There are no segment managers who are held accountable by the chief operating decision-maker, or anyone else, for operations, operating results, and planning for levels or components below the consolidated unit level. Accordingly, the Company has a one reportable segment and operates in three geographic regions: (a) Americas; (b) Europe, Middle East, and Africa (“EMEA”); and (c) Asia Pacific (“APAC”).
54


The following table summarizes property and equipment, net by geographic region (in thousands):
 For the year ended March 31,
20232022
United States$16,289 $12,506 
International266 347 
Total$16,555 $12,853 

Defined Contribution Plan

The Company sponsors a qualified 401(k) retirement plan for its U.S. employees. The plan covers substantially all employees who have attained the age of 18. Participants may voluntarily contribute to the plan up to the maximum limits established by Internal Revenue Service regulations. For the years ended March 31, 2023, 2022 and 2021, the Company incurred $1.7 million, $1.7 million, and $1.2 million in matching contributions, respectively.

Recently Adopted Accounting Pronouncements

There are no recently issued accounting pronouncements that are expected to have a material impact on our consolidated financial statements and accompanying disclosures.


55


NOTE 2: REVENUE
In April 2015, the FASB issued ASU No. 2015-03, Interest - Imputationfollowing table, revenue is disaggregated by major product offering and geographies (in thousands):
Year Ended March 31,
2023%2022%2021%
Americas1
   Product revenue172,332 124,952 118,653 
   Service and subscription77,863 81,608 76,039 
Total revenue250,195 61 %206,560 55 %194,692 56 %
EMEA
   Product revenue67,485 70,730 67,509 
   Service and subscription44,675 44,187 41,261 
Total revenue112,160 27 %114,917 31 %108,770 31 %
APAC
   Product revenue26,720 28,079 23,646 
   Service and subscription9,972 7,894 7,604 
Total revenue36,692 %35,973 10 %31,250 %
Consolidated
   Product revenue266,537 223,761 209,808 
   Service and subscription132,510 133,689 124,904 
   Royalty2
13,705 %15,377 %14,864 %
Total revenue412,752 100 %372,827 100 %349,576 100 %

1 Revenue for Americas geographic region outside of Interest(Topic 835-30):Simplifying the PresentationUnited States is not significant.

2 Royalty revenue is not allocable to geographic regions.



Revenue by Solution
Year Ended March 31,
2023%2022%2021%
Primary storage systems57,578 14 %60,697 16 %70,286 20 %
Secondary storage systems175,508 43 %118,310 32 %89,000 25 %
Device and media42,371 10 %50,030 13 %51,164 15 %
Service123,590 30 %128,413 35 %124,262 36 %
Royalty13,705 %15,377 %14,864 %
Total revenue1
412,752 100 %372,827 100 %349,576 100 %

1 Subscription revenue of Debt Issuance Costs ("ASU 2015-03"). ASU 2015-03 requires that debt issuance costs$8.9 million, $5.3 million and $0.6 million allocated to Primary and Secondary storage systems for the fiscal years ended 2023, 2022 and 2021, respectively.


Contract Balances

The following table presents the Company’s contract liabilities and certain information related to athis balance as of March 31, 2023 (in thousands): 
56

March 31, 2023
Deferred revenue$125,810 
Revenue recognized in the period from amounts included in contract liabilities at the beginning of the period$82,609 

Remaining Performance Obligations

Remaining performance obligations consisted of the following (in thousands):
CurrentNon-CurrentTotal
As of March 31, 2023$95,584 $44,579 $140,163 

The table below reflects our deferred revenue as of March 31, 2023 (in thousands):
Deferred revenue by period
(in thousands)Total1 year or less1 – 3 Years3 year or greater
Service revenue$111,041 $75,211 $33,750 $2,080 
Subscription revenue14,769 7,293 6,648 828 
     Total$125,810 $82,504 $40,398 $2,908 

The Company expects to recognize approximately 68.2% of the remaining performance obligations within the next 12 months. The majority of the Company’s noncurrent remaining performance obligations is expected to be recognized debt liability be presented on the balance sheet as a direct deduction from the carrying amount of that debt liability, consistent with debt discounts. The recognition and measurement guidance for debt issuance costs is not affected by ASU 2015-03. We early adopted ASU 2015-03 in the first quarter of fiscal 2016 and reclassified debt issuance costs from other current and long-termnext 13 to 60 months.


NOTE 3: BUSINESS ACQUISITIONS
Pivot3

In July 2021, the Company purchased specified assets to convertible subordinated debt on the Consolidated Balance Sheets. Adoption did not otherwise impact our statements of financial position or results of operations.
In August 2015, the FASB issued ASU No. 2015-15, Interest - Imputation of Interest(Topic 835-30):Presentation and Subsequent Measurement of Debt Issuance Costs Associated with Line-of-Credit Arrangements ("ASU 2015-15"). ASU 2015-15 states that given the absence of authoritative guidance within ASU 2015-03, which does not address for debt issuance costs related to line-of-credit arrangements, the SEC staff wouldvideo surveillance business of PV3 (an ABC) LLC, a Delaware limited liability company as assignee for the benefit of Pivot3, Inc., a Delaware corporation (“Pivot 3”). The transaction costs associated with the acquisition were not objectmaterial and were expensed as incurred. Goodwill generated from this acquisition is primarily attributable to an entity deferringthe expected post-acquisition synergies from integrating Pivot3's video surveillance portfolio and presenting debt issuance costs asassets. Goodwill obtained in an asset and subsequently amortizingacquisition is deductible for tax purposes.

The total purchase consideration for the deferred costs ratably over the termacquisition of Pivot3 was $7.8 million, which consisted of the line-of-credit arrangement regardlessfollowing (in thousands):

Cash$5,000 
Fair value of stock consideration2,818 
   Total$7,818 

The following table summarizes the preliminary fair values of whether there are any outstanding borrowings on the line-of-credit arrangement. We adopted ASU 2015-15 in the second quarter of fiscal 2016assets acquired and present debt issuance costs related to our line-of-credit arrangements as an asset. Adoption did not impact our statements of financial position or results of operations.
In November 2015, the FASB issued ASU No. 2015-17, Income Taxes (Topic 740) Balance Sheet Classification of Deferred Taxes ("ASU 2015-17"). ASU 2015-17 requires that deferred tax liabilities and assets be classified as non-current in a classified statement of financial positions. We early adopted ASU 2015-17 in the fourth quarter of fiscal 2016 on a prospective basis and classified our net deferred tax asset as non-current on the Consolidated Balance Sheets. No prior periods were retrospectively adjusted. Adoption did not otherwise impact our statements of financial position or results of operations.
Recent Accounting Pronouncements
In August 2014, the FASB issued ASU No. 2014-15, Presentation of Financial Statements – Going Concern (Topic 205-40): Disclosure of Uncertainties about an Entity's Ability to Continue as a Going Concern (“ASU 2014-15”). ASU 2014-15 requires that management assess an entity’s ability to continue as a going concern by incorporating and expanding upon certain principles that are currently in U.S. auditing standards. ASU 2014-15 is effective for annual periods ending after December 15, 2016, and for annual periods and interim periods thereafter. We plan to adopt ASU 2014-15assumed as of the end of our fiscal year ending March 31, 2017 and do not anticipate adoption will impact our statements of financial position or results of operations.

In April 2015, the FASB issued ASU No. 2015-05, Customer's Accounting for Fees Paid in a Cloud Computing Arrangement ("ASU 2015-05"). ASU 2015-05 requires that customers apply the same criteria as vendors to determine whether a cloud computing arrangement ("CCA") contains a software license or is solely a service contract. Under ASU 2015-05, fees paid by a customer in a CCA will be within the scope of internal-use software guidance if bothdate of the following criteria are met: 1)acquisition (in thousands):
57

AmountEstimated Useful Life
Goodwill$9,503 
Identified intangible assets:
   Developed technology1,700 2 years
   Customer lists3,700 4 years
Property, plant and equipment4,300 3 years
Net liabilities assumed(11,385)
   Total$7,818 

Pivot3 has also agreed to license to the customer hasCompany certain intellectual property rights related to the contractual right to take possession of the software at any time without significant penalty, and 2) it is feasible for the customer to run the software on its own hardware (or to contract with another party to host the software). ASU 2015-05 will be effective for us beginning April 1, 2016, or fiscal 2017. We do not anticipate adoption will impact our statements of financial position or results of operations.

In July 2015, the FASB issued ASU No. 2015-11, Inventory (Topic 330) ("ASU 2015-11"). ASU 2015-11 requires that an entity measure all inventory at the lower of cost and net realizable value, except for inventory that is measured using last-in, first-out (LIFO) or the retail inventory method. ASU 2015-11 will become effective for us beginning April 1, 2017, or fiscal 2018. We are currently evaluating the guidance to determine the potential impact on our financial condition,business. The historical results of operations cash flows and financial statement disclosures.


In January 2016,for Pivot3 were not significant to the FASB issued ASU No. 2016-01, Financial Instruments - Overall(Topic 825-10):Recognition and Measurement of Financial Assets and Financial Liabilities ("ASU 2016-01"). ASU 2016-01 addresses certain aspects of recognition, measurement, presentation and disclosures of financial instruments. ASU 2016-01 will become effective for us beginning April 1, 2018, or fiscal 2019. We are currently evaluating the guidance to determine the potential impact on our financial condition,Company's consolidated results of operations cash flowsfor the periods presented.

EnCloudEn
In October 2021, the Company acquired all intellectual property rights and financial statement disclosures.

In February 2016,certain other assets of EnCloudEn, an early stage hyperconverged infrastructure software company. The transaction costs associated with the FASB issued ASU No. 2016-02, Leases(Topic 842)("ASU 2016-02"). ASU 2016-02 provides a new comprehensive modelacquisition were not material and were expensed as incurred. The total purchase consideration for lease accounting. Under ASU 2016-02, lesseesthe acquisition was $2.8 million with $2.6 million paid at closing and lessors should apply a "right-of-use" modelan additional $0.2 million paid in accounting for all leases and eliminate the concept of operating leases and off-balance sheet leases. ASU 2016-02 will become effective for us beginning April 1, 2019, or fiscal 2020. We are currently evaluating the guidance to determine the potential impact on our financial condition, results of operations, cash flows and financial statement disclosures.

In March 2016, the FASB issued ASU No. 2016-09, Compensation - Stock compensation(Topic 718): Improvements to Employee Share-Based Payment Accounting ("ASU 2016-09"). ASU 2016-09 simplifies several aspects of the accounting for share-based payment transactions, including the income tax consequences, classification of awards as either equity or liabilities and classification on the statement of cash flows. ASU 2016-09 will become effective for us beginning April 1, 2017, or fiscal 2018. We are currently evaluating the guidance to determine the potential impact on our financial condition, results of operations, cash flows and financial statement disclosures.

three equal quarterly installments after closing. The FASB issued the following accounting standard updates related to Topic 606:

ASU No. 2014-09, Revenue from Contracts with Customers (Topic 606) (“ASU 2014-09”) in May 2014. ASU 2014-09 requires entities to recognize revenue through the application of a five-step model, which includes identification of the contract, identification of the performance obligations, determination of the transaction price, allocation of the transaction price to the performance obligations and recognition of revenue as the entity satisfies the performance obligations.
ASU No. 2016-08, Revenue from Contracts with Customers (Topic 606): Principal versus Agent Considerations (Reporting Revenue Gross versus Net) ("ASU 2016-08") in March 2016. ASU 2016-08 does not change the core principle of revenue recognition in Topic 606 but clarifies the implementation guidance on principal versus agent considerations.
ASU No. 2016-10, Revenue from Contracts with Customers (Topic 606): Identifying Performance Obligations and Licensing ("ASU 2016-10") in April 2016. ASU 2016-10 does not change the core principle of revenue recognition in Topic 606 but clarifies the implementation guidance on identifying performance obligations and the licensing implementation guidance, while retaining the related principles for those areas.
ASU No. 2016-11, Revenue Recognition (Topic 605) and Derivatives and Hedging (Topic 815): Rescission of SEC Guidance Because of Accounting Standards Updates 2014-09 and 2014-16 Pursuant to Staff Announcements at the March 3, 2016 EITF Meeting (SEC Update) ("ASU 2016-11") in May 2016. ASU 2016-11 rescinds SEC paragraphs pursuant to two SEC Staff Announcements at the March 3, 2016 EITF meeting. The SEC Staff is rescinding SEC Staff Observer comments that are codified in Topic 605 and Topic 932, effective upon adoption of Topic 606.
ASU No. 2016-12, Revenue from Contracts with Customers (Topic 606): Narrow-Scope Improvements and Practical Expedients in May 2016. ASU 2016-12 does not change the core principle of revenue recognition in Topic 606 but clarifies the implementation guidance on a few narrow areas and adds some practical expedients to the guidance.

These ASUs will become effective for us beginning April 1, 2018, or fiscal 2019. We are currently evaluating the guidance to determine the potential impact on our financial condition, results of operations, cash flows and financial statement disclosures.
NOTE 3: ACQUISITION
On July 29, 2014, we acquired a majorityfair value of the assets acquired was allocated to developed technology with an estimated useful life of Symform, Inc., a Washington corporation, for cashthree years.






58

Table of approximately $0.5 million. The assets, consisting primarily of Symform technology, were recorded as purchased technology and are expected to enhance our cloud software capabilities and service offerings for data protection and scale-out storage. This acquisition was recorded as a business combination and the effect was not material to our financial position, results of operations or cash flows.Contents

NOTE 4: BALANCE SHEET DETAILSINFORMATION
Cash, cash equivalents and restricted cash consistedCertain significant amounts included in the Company's consolidated balance sheets consist of the following (in thousands):
Manufacturing inventoriesMarch 31,
20232022
   Manufactured finished goods$6,958 $14,607 
   Work in progress1,304 2,546 
   Raw materials11,179 16,393 
      Total manufacturing inventories$19,441 $33,546 
 As of March 31,
 2016 2015
Cash$35,018
 $36,291
Money market funds1,640
 34,278
 $36,658
 $70,569


Service inventoriesMarch 31,
20232022
Finished goods$19,834 $19,234 
Component parts5,470 5,020 
   Total service inventories$25,304 $24,254 
Manufacturing inventories consisted of (in thousands):
Property and equipment, netMarch 31,
20232022
Machinery and equipment, and software$46,170 $46,831 
Leasehold improvements14,405 6,029 
Furniture and fixtures848 838 
 61,423 53,698 
Less: accumulated depreciation(44,868)(40,845)
   Total property, plant and equipment, net$16,555 $12,853 
 As of March 31,
 2016 2015
Finished goods$22,127
 $28,022
Work in process665
 58
Materials and purchased parts17,822
 22,194
 $40,614
 $50,274

Service parts inventories consisted of (in thousands):
 As of March 31,
 2016 2015
Finished goods$16,381
 $18,143
Component parts5,026
 6,497
 $21,407
 $24,640
PropertyDepreciation and amortization expense for property and equipment consisted of (in thousands):
 As of March 31,
 2016 2015
Machinery and equipment$105,511
 $122,339
Furniture and fixtures4,316
 5,816
Leasehold improvements19,799
 20,309
 129,626
 148,464
Less: accumulated depreciation(116,687) (133,811)
 $12,939
 $14,653
NOTE 5: INTANGIBLE ASSETS AND GOODWILL
Intangible Assets
Acquired intangible assets are amortized over their estimated useful lives, which generally range from oneamounted to eight years. In estimating the useful lives of intangible assets, we considered the following factors:
The cash flow projections used to estimate the useful lives of the intangible assets showed a trend of growth that was expected to continue for an extended period of time;
Our tape automation products, disk backup systems$10.1 million, $9.4 million, and scale-out storage solutions, in particular, have long development cycles; these products have experienced long product life cycles; and
Our ability to leverage core technology into data protection and scale-out storage solutions and, therefore, to extend the lives of these technologies.
Acquired IPR&D is amortized over its estimated useful life once technological feasibility is reached. If IPR&D is determined to not have technological feasibility or is abandoned, we write off the IPR&D in that period.

Following is the weighted average amortization period for our amortizable intangible assets:
Amortization
(Years)
Purchased technology6.3
Trademarks6.0
Customer lists8.2
All intangible assets6.8

Intangible amortization within our Consolidated Statements of Operations$5.7 million for the years ended March 31, 2016, 20152023, 2022, and 2014 is provided2021, respectively.

Intangibles, netMarch 31, 2023March 31, 2022
GrossAccumulated AmortizationNetGrossAccumulated AmortizationNet
   Developed technology$9,013 $(6,269)$2,744 $9,208 $(3,121)$6,087 
   Customer lists4,398 (2,201)2,197 4,600 (1,103)3,497 
Intangible assets, net$13,411 $(8,470)$4,941 $13,808 $(4,224)$9,584 

Intangible assets amortization expense was $4.6 million, $3.7 million, and $0.1 million for the years ended March 31, 2023, 2022, and 2021, respectively. As of March 31, 2023, the remaining weighted-average amortization period for definite-lived intangible assets was approximately 1.6 years. The Company recorded amortization of developed technology in cost of product revenue, and customer lists in sales and marketing expenses in the table below (in thousands):
consolidated statements of operations.
 For the year ended March 31,
 2016 2015 2014
Purchased technology$280
 $913
 $1,476
Customer lists
 2,784
 7,426
 $280
 $3,697
 $8,902

The following table provides a summaryAs of March 31, 2023, the carrying value offuture expected amortization expense for intangible assets is as follows (in thousands):

59

 As of March 31,
 2016 2015
 
Gross
Amount
 
Accumulated
Amortization
 
Net
Amount
 
Gross
Amount
 
Accumulated
Amortization
 
Net
Amount
Purchased technology$178,292
 $(177,841) $451
 $179,992
 $(179,261) $731
Trademarks3,900
 (3,900) 
 3,900
 (3,900) 
Customer lists64,701
 (64,701) 
 66,219
 (66,219) 
 $246,893
 $(246,442) $451
 $250,111
 $(249,380) $731
Fiscal year endingEstimated future amortization expense
2024$3,488 
20251,453 
Thereafter— 
Total$4,941 
The total expected future amortization related to amortizable intangible assets is provided in the table below (in thousands):

 Amortization
Fiscal 2017$175
Fiscal 2018138
Fiscal 2019103
Fiscal 202035
Total as of March 31, 2016$451
GoodwillAmount
Balance at March 31, 2022$12,969 
Goodwill acquired— 
Balance at March 31, 2023$12,969 
We evaluate our amortizable intangible and other long-lived assets for impairment whenever indicators of impairment exist and concluded the carrying amount of our long-lived assets was recoverable and there was no impairment in fiscal 2016, 2015 and 2014. In fiscal 2016 and fiscal 2015, we retired $3.2 million and $9.8 million, respectively, of fully amortized intangible assets related to prior acquisitions.

Other accrued liabilitiesMarch 31,
20232022
Accrued expenses$1,988 $4,984 
Asset retirement obligation2,513 4,590 
Accrued income taxes1,509 943 
Accrued warranty2,094 1,899 
Accrued interest494 278 
Lease liability1,364 1,727 
Other3,704 2,141 
   Total other accrued liabilities$13,666 $16,562 
Goodwill
The following provides a summary of activity relating to the carrying value of goodwill (in thousands):
 Goodwill Accumulated
Impairment Losses
 Net Amount
Balance as of March 31, 2015 and March 31, 2014$394,613
 $(339,000) $55,613
Impairment charges
 (55,613) (55,613)
Balance as of March 31, 2016$394,613

$(394,613)
$
We evaluate goodwill for impairment annually during the fourth quarter of our fiscal year, or more frequently when indicators of impairment exist. Because we have negative book value, we perform a qualitative analysis to determine whether it is more likely than not that the fair value of goodwill is less than its carrying amount. During the fourth quarter of fiscal 2016, our stock price dropped to a low closing price of $0.44 per share, down from $0.93 per share at December 31, 2015. As a result, during the fourth quarter of fiscal 2016 we determined it was more likely than not that the fair value of our goodwill is less than its carrying amount and performed a second step to quantify the amount of goodwill impairment.

We determined the fair value of our single reporting unit using the income approach derived from a discounted cash flow methodology and other valuation techniques, as well as necessary estimates and assumptions about the future to determine fair value. We allocated the fair value of our single reporting unit to all tangible and intangible assets and liabilities in a hypothetical sale transaction to determine the implied fair value of our goodwill. After performing our analysis, we determined our goodwill was impaired and recorded an impairment charge of $55.6 million in fiscal 2016.

Inherent in the development of our cash flow projections using the income approach are assumptions and estimates derived from a review of our operating results, approved business plans, expected growth, cost of capital and income tax rates. We also made certain assumptions about future economic conditions, applicable interest rates and other market data. Many of the factors used in assessing fair value are outside of our control. Future period results could differ from these estimates and assumptions, which could materially affect the determination of fair value of the company and future amounts of potential impairment. The following significant assumptions were used to determine fair value under the income approach: expected future revenue growth; operating profit margins; working capital levels; asset lives used to generate future cash flows; a discount rate; a terminal value multiple; an income tax rate; and utilization of net operating loss carryforwards.
Our annual impairment evaluation for goodwill in the fourth quarters of fiscal 2015 and 2014 did not indicate any impairment of our goodwill in fiscal 2015 and 2014.
NOTE 6: ACCRUED WARRANTY
The following table details the change in the accrued warranty balance (in thousands):
 Year Ended March 31,
202320222021
Balance as of April 1$1,899 $2,383 2,668 
   Current period accruals3,477 3,717 4,699 
   Adjustments to prior estimates(18)(156)(472)
   Charges incurred(3,264)(4,045)(4,512)
Balance as of March 31$2,094 $1,899 $2,383 



60
 For the year ended March 31,
 2016 2015
Beginning balance$4,219
 $6,116
Additional warranties issued6,139
 6,146
Adjustments for warranties issued in prior fiscal years666
 (185)
Settlements(7,594) (7,858)
Ending balance$3,430
 $4,219


We warrant our products against certain defects for one to three years. A provision for estimated future costs and estimated returns for repair or replacement relating to warranty is recorded when products are shipped and revenue recognized. Our estimateTable of future costs to satisfy warranty obligations is primarily based on historical trends and, if believed to be significantly different from historical trends, estimates of future failure rates and future costs of repair. Future costs of repair include materials consumed in the repair, labor and overhead amounts necessary to perform the repair. If we determine in a future period that either actual failure rates or actual costs of repair were to differ from our estimates, we record the impact of those differences in that future period.Contents

NOTE 7:5: DEBT
Convertible Subordinated Debt
4.50% Notes
On October 31, 2012, we issued $60 million aggregate principal amount of 4.50% convertible subordinated notes due November 15, 2017, and on November 6, 2012 we issued an additional $10 million aggregate principal amount of 4.50% convertible subordinated notes due November 15, 2017 pursuant to an over-allotment provision (“4.50% notes”). These notes are convertible into shares of our common stock at a conversion rate of 607.1645 shares per $1,000 principal amount, a conversion price of approximately $1.65 per share. We may not redeemThe following table summarizes the notes prior to their maturity date although investors may convert the 4.50% notes into Quantum common stock until November 14, 2017 at their option. In addition, since purchasers are qualified institutional investors,Company's borrowing as defined in Rule 144A under the Securities Act of 1933 (“Securities Act”), the 4.50% notes have not been registered under the Securities Act. We pay 4.50% interest per annum on the principal amount of the 4.50% notes semi-annually on May 15 and November 15 of each year beginning in May 2013. dates presented (in thousands):
Year Ended March 31,
 20232022
Term Loan74,667 98,723 
PNC Credit Facility16,750 17,735 
Less: current portion(5,000)(4,375)
Less unamortized debt issuance costs(1)
(3,313)(4,899)
Long-term debt, net$83,104 $107,184 
(1)The terms ofunamortized debt issuance costs related to the 4.50% notesTerm Loan are governed by an agreement dated October 31, 2012 between Quantum and U.S. Bank National Association. The 4.50% notes are subordinated to any existing indebtedness and other liabilities. We incurred and capitalized $2.3 million of fees for the 4.50% notes which are included in convertible subordinated debt, long-term in our Consolidated Balance Sheetspresented as a direct deductionreduction of the carrying amount of the 4.50% notescorresponding debt balance on the accompanying consolidated balance sheets. Unamortized debt issuance costs related to the PNC Credit Facility are presented within other assets on the accompanying consolidated balance sheets.

Term Loan
On December 27, 2018, the Company entered into a senior secured term loan (the "Senior Secured Term Loan”) and amended its Revolving Credit and Security Agreement with PNC Bank, National Association (the "PNC Credit Facility"). On February 11, 2021, the Company prepaid $92.3 million of its outstanding Senior Secured Term Loan.
On August 5, 2021, the Company entered into a new senior secured term loan to borrow an aggregate of $100.0 million (the “Term Loan”). A portion of the proceeds were used to repay in full all outstanding borrowings under the Senior Secured Term Loan. Borrowings under the Term Loan mature on August 5, 2026. Principal is payable at a rate per annum equal to (a) 2.5% of the original principal balance thereof during the first year following the closing date of the Term Loan and (b) 5% of the original principal balance thereof thereafter. Principal and interest payments are payable on a quarterly basis.
On April 25, 2022, the Company entered into amendments to the Term Loan and the PNC Credit Facility. The Term Loan amendment, among other things, (a) amended the total net leverage ratio financial covenant and the minimum liquidity financial covenant commencing with the fiscal quarter ended June 30, 2022; and; (b) replaced the benchmark rate for LIBOR Rate Loans with a rate based on the Secured Overnight Financing Rate ("SOFR"). The amendment to the Term Loan was accounted for as a modification. The Company incurred $0.4 million in costs related to the modification which are reflected as a reduction to the carrying amount of March 31, 2016the Term Loan and 2015. These fees are amortized to interest expense over the termremaining loan term.
Loans under the Term Loan designated as ABR Loans bear interest at a rate per annum equal to the greatest of (i) 1.75%; (ii) the notes.Federal funds rate plus 0.50%; (iii) the SOFR Rate based upon an interest period of one month plus 1.0%; and (iv) the “Prime Rate” last quoted by the Wall Street Journal, plus an applicable margin of 5.00%. Loans designated as SOFR Rate Loans bear interest at a rate per annum equal to the SOFR Rate plus an applicable margin of 6.00%. The SOFR Rate is subject to a floor of 0.75%. The Company can designate a loan as an ABR Rate Loan or SOFR Rate Loan in its discretion.
3.50% Notes
On November 15, 2010, we issued $135 million aggregateThe PNC Credit Facility amendment, among other things, (a) increased the principal amount of 3.50% convertible subordinated notes due November 15, 2015revolving commitments from $30.0 million to $40.0 million; (b) waived compliance with the fixed charge coverage ratio financial covenant until the fiscal quarter ended March 31, 2025; (c) amended the total net leverage ratio financial covenant and the minimum liquidity financial covenant commencing with the fiscal quarter ended June 30, 2022; and (d) replaced the benchmark rate for PNC LIBOR Rate Loans with a conversion price of $4.33 per share of our common stock (“3.50% notes”). Werate based on SOFR. The amendment to the PNC Credit Facility was accounted for as a modification. The Company incurred and capitalized $5$0.4 million of loan fees in fiscal 2011 for the 3.50% notescosts which were included in convertible subordinated debt, short-term in our Consolidated Balance Sheets as a direct deduction of the carrying amount of the 3.50% notes as of March 31, 2015. These fees wererecorded to other assets and amortized to interest expense over the remaining term of the notes.agreement.
On March 11, 2014, we entered into
61

Loans designated as PNC SOFR Loans bear interest at a private transaction withrate per annum equal to the SOFR Rate plus 2.75% until December 31, 2023 and thereafter between 2.25% and 2.75% determined based on the Company’s Total Net Leverage Ratio, (as defined in the PNC Bank Credit Facility Agreement) for the most recently completed fiscal quarter (the "PNC SOFR Loan Interest Rate"). Loans under the PNC Credit Facility designated as PNC Domestic Rate Loans and Swing Loans bear interest at a note holderrate per annum equal to purchase $1.3 millionthe greatest of aggregate principal amount(i) the base commercial lending rate of notes for $1.3 million. On January 28, 2015, we entered intoPNC Bank; (ii) the Overnight Bank Funding Rate plus 0.5%; and (iii) the daily SOFR Rate plus 1.0%, plus 1.75% until December 31, 2023 and thereafter between 1.25% and 1.75% determined based on the Company’s Total Net Leverage Ratio (the “PNC Domestic Loan Interest Rate”).
With respect to any PNC SOFR Rate Loan, the Company has agreed to pay affiliates of certain Term Loan lenders a private transaction withfee equal to a note holderpercentage per annum equal to purchase $50 millionthe sum of aggregate principal amount for $51 million. In connection with this transaction, we(x) 6.50%, minus (y) the PNC SOFR Loan Interest Rate, plus (z) if the SOFR Rate applicable to such interest payment is less than 0.75%, (i) 0.75% minus (ii) such SOFR Rate. With respect to any Domestic Rate Loan or Swing Loan, the Company has agreed to pay an affiliate of certain Term Loan lenders a fee equal to a percentage per annum equal to the sum of (x) 5.50%, minus (y) the PNC Domestic Loan Interest Rate, plus (z) if the Alternative Base Rate applicable to such interest payment is less than 1.00%, (i) 1.00% minus (ii) such Alternative Base Rate.
During the quarter ended December 31, 2022, the Company recorded a loss on debt extinguishment of $1.3$1.4 million related to a $20.0 million prepayment of the Term Loan which was comprised of a $0.4 million prepayment penalty and the loss of $1 million from the notes purchased and a write-off of $0.3 million of unamortized debt issuance costs related to the purchased notes. We also paid accrued interest on the purchased notes of $0.4$1.0 million. We funded these transactions using cash on hand.
On October 5, 2015, we entered into a private transaction with a note holder to purchase $81.0 million of aggregate principal amount for $82.4 million, which included $1.1 million of accrued interest. In connection with this transaction, we recorded a loss on debt extinguishment of $0.4 million comprised of a loss of $0.3 million from the notes purchased and $0.1 million of unamortized debt issuance costs related to the purchased notes. We used a combination of $66.1 million of proceeds from our credit agreement with Wells Fargo and $16.3 million of cash to fund the purchase and pay the accrued interest. On November 15, 2015, we purchased the remaining $2.8 million of the 3.50% notes and funded this payment using proceeds from the credit agreement with Wells Fargo.
Wells Fargo Credit Agreement
On March 29, 2012, we refinanced a secured credit agreement with Credit Suisse by entering into a senior secured credit agreement (“WF credit agreement”) with Wells Fargo Capital Finance, LLC. We incurred and capitalized $1.0 million of fees related to the WF credit agreement which are included in other long-term assets in our Consolidated Balance Sheets. These fees are being amortized to interest expense over the term of the WF credit agreement in the Consolidated Statements of Operations.
On April 24, 2014, the WF credit agreement was amended to allow us to use proceeds from the credit agreement to repay the convertible subordinated notes so long as we have a fixed charge coverage ratio of 1.5 and liquidity of $25 million. The amendment also impacted the available line, maturity date and certain covenants and compliance obligations which are reflected below. In addition, there were amendments in fiscal 2013 and fiscal 2014, including an amendment to allow the assignment of one third of the total revolver commitment to Silicon Valley Bank and other conforming and related modifications.
On August 7, 2015, the WF credit agreement was amended to modify the maturity date, increase the amount of foreign accounts receivable and intellectual property assets included in our borrowing base and add an additional liquidity covenant.

On April 15, 2016, the WF credit agreement was amended to modify the maturity date, increase the excess availability requirement over time and reduce the maximum amount of intellectual property assets that may be included in the borrowing base over time.
Under the WF credit agreement, as amended, we have the ability to borrow the lesser of $75 million or the amount of the monthly borrowing base under a senior secured revolving credit facility, which matures August 10, 2017. As of March 31, 2016, we had a $65.7 million outstanding balance on2023, the line of credit at a weighted average interest rate of 3.18%. In addition, we have letters of credit totaling $1.0 million, reducing the amount available to borrow to $8.3 million at March 31, 2016. Quarterly, we are required to pay a .375% commitment fee on undrawn amounts under the revolving credit facility.
There is a blanket lien on all of our assets under the WF credit agreement in addition to certain financial and reporting covenants.
The interest rate on amounts borrowed is based on an election by us of an annualthe Term Loan was 10.8% and the interest rate equal to (1) a base rate established by Wells Fargo plus an applicable margin of 1.0% to 1.5%, based on availability levels under the WF credit agreement or (2) the LIBOR rate plus an applicable margin ranging from 2.0% and 2.5%, based on availability levels under the WF credit agreement. The base rate is defined in the WF credit agreement.
The WF credit agreement contains financial covenants and customary events of default for such securities, including cross-payment default and cross-acceleration to other material indebtedness for borrowed money which require notice from the trustee or holders of at least 25% of the notes and are subject to a cure period upon receipt of such notice. Average liquidity must exceed $15 million each month, and at all times we must maintain minimum liquidity of $10 million, at least $5 million of which must be excess availability under the WF revolving credit facility. The excess availability requirement increases by $1.5 million on June 1, 2016, and on the first day of each September, December, MarchPNC Credit Facility for Domestic Rate Loans and June occurring thereafter. The fixed charge coverage ratio is required to be greater than 1.2 forSwing Loans was 9.75% and the 12 month period ending on the last day of any month in which the covenant is applicable. This covenant is applicable only in months in which borrowings exceed $5 million at any time during the month. To avoid triggering mandatory field audits and Wells Fargo controlling our cash receipts, we must maintain liquidity of at least $20 million at all times. The fixed charge coverage ratio, average liquidity, liquidity and excess availability are each defined in the WF credit agreement and/or amendments thereto. Certain schedules in the compliance certificate must be filed monthly if borrowings exceed $5 million; otherwise they are to be filed quarterly.PNC SOFR Rate Loan was 7.5%. As of March 31, 2016, and during fiscal 2016, we2023, the PNC Credit Facility had an available borrowing base of $36.8 million, of which $20.0 million was available to borrow at that date. Subsequent to year end these terms were in compliance with all covenants.renegotiated, please See Note 13: Subsequent Event for more information.
Debt Maturities
A summary of the scheduled maturities for our outstanding debt



NOTE 6: LEASES
Supplemental balance sheet information related to leases is as of March 31, 2016 follows (in thousands):
Operating leasesMarch 31, 2023March 31, 2022
Operating lease right-of-use assets$10,291 $11,107 
Other current liabilities$1,364 $1,727 
Operating lease liability10,169 9,891 
   Total operating lease liabilities$11,533 $11,618 


The components of lease expense were as follows (in thousands):
Year Ended March 31,
Lease expense20232022
Operating lease expense$4,276 $3,727 
Variable lease expense753 643 
Short-term lease expense— 15 
   Total lease expense$5,029 $4,385 

62

 Debt Maturity
Fiscal 2017$3,000
Fiscal 2018132,709
Total as of March 31, 2016$135,709
Maturity of Lease LiabilitiesOperating Leases
2023$2,700 
20242,208 
20251,781 
20261,606 
20271,436 
   Thereafter13,262 
Total lease payments$22,993 
Less: Imputed interest(11,460)
Present value of lease liabilities$11,533 

Lease Term and Discount RateMarch 31,
20232022
Weighted average remaining operating lease term (years)10.8510.88
Weighted average discount rate for operating leases12.66 %12.9 %

Operating cash outflows related to operating leases totaled $3.5 million and $3.7 million for the fiscal years ended March 31, 2023 and March 31, 2022, respectively.


NOTE 8:7: RESTRUCTURING CHARGES
Fiscal 2016 Restructuring Plan
In November 2015, weDuring fiscal years 2023, 2022 and 2021, the Company approved a plan ("Fiscal 2016 Restructuring Plan") to eliminate approximately 65 positions in the U.S. and internationally, primarily in research and development and sales and marketing functions, in ordercertain restructuring plans to improve ouroperational efficiencies and rationalize its cost structure and align spending with continuing operations plans. The costs associated with these actions consist of restructuring charges related to severance and benefits. We incurred aggregate restructuring charges of approximately $2.0 million under this plan, of which $1.7 million was paid. The ending balance for accrued restructuring charges for the Fiscal 2016 Restructuring Plan is $0.3 million as of March 31, 2016, which is expected to be paid by the second quarter of fiscal 2017.
The following summarizes the type of restructuring expense for fiscal 2016, 2015 and 2014 (in thousands):
 For the year ended March 31,
 2016 2015 2014
Restructuring expense related to cost of revenue$
 $
 $539
Restructuring expense in operating expense4,006
 1,666
 10,675
 $4,006
 $1,666
 $11,214

 For the year ended March 31,
 2016 2015 2014
Severance and benefits$2,293
 $406
 $6,139
Facilities1,713
 1,250
 4,303
Other
 10
 772
 $4,006
 $1,666
 $11,214
Fiscal 2016
Restructuring charges in fiscal 2016 were largely due to $2.3 million of severance and benefits costs primarily from the Fiscal 2016 Restructuring Plan. Additionally, we incurred $1.7 million of restructuring charges related to facilities costs primarily due to a change in estimate of sublease timing for our facilities previously used in manufacturing.
Fiscal 2015
Restructuring charges in fiscal 2015 were primarily due to facilities costs of $1.3 million as a result of further consolidating our facilities in the U.S.
Fiscal 2014
Restructuring charges in fiscal 2014 were primarily due to strategic management decisions to outsource our manufacturing operations and further consolidate repair and service activities, inclusive of exiting manufacturing facilities. In addition, we had additional consolidation in research and development, sales and marketing and administrative activities and teams to align our workforce with our continuing operations plans. Severance and benefits charges of $6.1 million in fiscal 2014 were attributable to positions eliminated worldwide, with the majority of positions eliminated in the U.S. Facility restructuring charges of $4.3 million in fiscal 2014 were primarily due to accruing the remaining lease obligation for the vacated portion of our manufacturing facility in the U.S, reduced by estimated future sublease amounts. Other restructuring charges of $0.8 million were primarily due to charges related to cost of sales as a result of our manufacturing outsource decision.structure.
The following tables show the activity and the estimated timing of future payouts for accrued restructuring (in thousands):
Severance and
benefits
FacilitiesTotal
Balance as of March 31, 2020$— $— $— 
Restructuring costs3,701 — 3,701 
Cash payments(3,121)— (3,121)
Balance as of March 31, 2021580 — 580 
Adjustments of prior estimates— — — 
Cash payments850 — 850 
Other non-cash(1,430)— (1,430)
Balance as of March 31, 2022— — — 
Restructuring costs1,605 — 1,605 
Cash payments(1,605)— (1,605)
Balance as of March 31, 2023$— $— $— 



NOTE 8: COMMON STOCK
63

 
Severance and
benefits
 Facilities Other Total
Balance as of March 31, 2013$2,711
 $2,045
 $
 $4,756
Restructuring costs7,522
 4,392
 772
 12,686
Adjustments of prior estimates(1,383) (89) 
 (1,472)
Cash payments(7,276) (607) (702) (8,585)
Other non-cash
 983
 
 983
Balance as of March 31, 20141,574
 6,724
 70
 8,368
Restructuring costs749
 1,680
 13
 2,442
Adjustments of prior estimates(343) (430) (3) (776)
Cash payments(1,791) (3,617) (80) (5,488)
Other non-cash
 300
 
 300
Balance as of March 31, 2015189
 4,657
 
 4,846
Restructuring costs2,266
 656
 
 2,922
Adjustments of prior estimates27
 1,057
 
 1,084
Cash payments(2,128) (4,087) 
 (6,215)
Other non-cash
 100
 
 100
Balance as of March 31, 2016$354
 $2,383
 $
 $2,737
In the quarter ended September 30, 2022, the Company’s shareholders approved an increase in its authorized shares of common stock from 125 million to 225 million.

Common Stock Rights Offering
Estimated timing of future payouts:
Severance and
benefits
 Facilities Total
Fiscal 2017$220
 $1,401
 $1,621
Fiscal 2018 to 2022134
 982
 1,116
 $354
 $2,383
 $2,737

Facility restructuring accruals will be paid in accordance withOn April 22, 2022, the respective facility lease terms and amounts above areCompany completed a rights offering of 30 million shares of its common stock for $2.25 per share (the “Rights Offering”). The proceeds net of estimated sublease amounts.offering expenses was $66.2 million. A portion of the proceeds from the Rights Offering was used to prepay $20.0 million of the Company’s Term Loan.
Secondary Public Offering
NOTE 9: STOCK INCENTIVE PLANS AND SHARE-BASED COMPENSATIONOn February 8, 2021, the Company closed a secondary public offering of 15,109,489 shares of its common stock for gross proceeds of $103.5 million. The Company received net proceeds of $96.8 million after deducting underwriters' discounts and other offering related expenses.
Description of Stock Incentive Plans
Amended and Restated 2012 Long-Term Incentive Plan
We haveThe Company has a stockholder approvedstockholder-approved 2012 Long-Term Incentive Plan (the “Plan”) which had 39.3that has 7.0 million shares authorized at March 31, 2016. There were 21.9for issuance of new shares, with 5.6 million performance shares and restricted shares outstanding, and 1.4 million shares available for grant and 15.2 million stock options and restricted shares that were outstandingfuture issuance under the Plan as of March 31, 2016, which expire at various times through April 2018.2023.
Stock options under the Plan are granted at prices determined by the Board of Directors, but at not less than the fair market value. The majority of performance share units, restricted stock units and stock options granted to employees typically vest overbetween one and three to four years. Stock optionoptions, performance shares and restricted stock grants to nonemployeenon-employee directors typically vest over one year. BothThe term of each stock option under the Plan will not exceed seven years. Stock options, performance share units and restricted stock units granted under the Plan are subject to forfeiture if employment terminates.
Other Stock Incentive Plans
In addition to the2021 Inducement Plan we have other stock incentive plans which are inactive

The Company's 2021 Inducement Plan became effective on February 1, 2021 and provides for future share grant purposes, including plans assumed in acquisitions, under which stock options, stock appreciation rights, stock purchase rights, restricted stock awards and long-term performanceissuance of inducement equity awards to employees, consultants, officers and affiliatesindividuals who were authorized (“Other Plans”).
Stock options granted and assumed undernot previously an employee or non-employee director of the Other Plans generally vest over oneCompany as an inducement material to four years and expire seven to ten years aftersuch individual's entering into employment with the grant date,Company. The term of each stock option and restricted stock grantedunit under the Other Plansplan will not exceed seven years, and each award generally vests over one to fourbetween two and three years. The Other Plans have been terminated,

On December 30, 2022 the Leadership and outstanding stock options and restricted stock units granted and assumed remain outstanding and continue to be governed by the terms and conditionsCompensation Committee of the respective Other Plan. Stock options and restricted stock granted under the Other Plans are subject to forfeiture if employment terminates. Stock options under the Other Plans were granted at prices determined by the Board of Directors but at not less thanapproved an amendment to the fair market value, and stock options assumed were governed by2021 Inducement Plan to increase the respective acquisition agreement. Stock options under the Other Plans expire at various times through June 2021.
Stock Purchase Plan
We have an employee stock purchase plan (the “Purchase Plan”) that allows for the purchase of stock at a 15% discount to fair market value at the date of grant or the exercise date, whichever value is less. The Purchase Plan is qualified under Section 423 of the Internal Revenue Code. The maximum number of shares that may be issued under the Purchase Plan is 64.3 million shares. As of March 31, 2016, 62.0 million shares had been issued. Under the Purchase Plan, rights to purchase shares are granted during the second and fourth quarter of each fiscal year. The Purchase Plan allows a maximum amount of 2.0 million shares to be purchased in any six month offering period. Employees purchased 3.3 million shares, 2.8 million shares and 3.2 million shares of common stock underof the Purchase Plan in fiscal 2016, 2015 and 2014, respectively. The weighted-average price of stock purchased under the Purchase Plan was $0.67, $1.04 and $1.07 in fiscal 2016, 2015 and 2014, respectively.Company authorized for issuance thereunder from 770,000 to 1.5 million. There were 2.30.6 million shares available for future issuance as of March 31, 2016.2023.

The Company accounts for all forfeitures of stock-based awards when they occur.
Determining Fair ValueEmployee Stock Purchase Plan
We useThe Company's has an Employee Stock Purchase Plan (the "ESPP") which enables eligible employees to purchase shares of its common stock at a discount. Purchases will be accomplished through participation in discrete offering periods. On each purchase date, eligible employees will purchase the Black-ScholesCompany's common stock option valuation model for estimatingat a price per share equal to 85% of the lesser of (i) the fair market value of the Company's common stock options grantedon the first trading day of the offering period, and (ii) the fair market value of the Company's common stock on the purchase date.
The Company has reserved shares of common stock for future issuance under our plans and rightsits ESPP as follows (in thousands):
March 31,
20232022
Shares available for issuance at beginning of period688 1,077 
Shares issued during the period(600)(389)
   Total shares available for future issuance at end of period88 688 

64

The Company uses the Black-Scholes-Merton option-pricing model (“Black-Scholes”) to acquire stock granted under our Purchase Plan. We amortizedetermine the fair value offor stock options, on a ratable basis overshares forecasted to be issued pursuant to its ESPP, and warrants. This requires the requisite service periods, which are generally the vesting periods. use of assumptions about expected life, stock price, volatility, risk-free interest rates and expected dividends.

Expected LifeThe expected life of awards granted represents the period of time that they are expected to be outstanding. We determine the expected lifeterm was based on historical experience with similar awards, giving consideration to the contractual terms, exercise patterns and post-vesting forfeitures. We estimate

Volatility—The expected stock price volatility for the Company's common stock was based on the historical volatility of ourits common stock over the most recent period corresponding with the estimated expected life of the award. We base the

Risk-Free Rate—The risk-free interest rate used in the Black-Scholes stock option valuation modelis based on the implied yield currently available onyields of U.S. Treasury zero-coupon issuessecurities with an equivalent term equalmaturities similar to the expected lifeterm of the award. We have notoptions for each option group.

Dividend Yield—The Company has never declared or paid any cash dividends on our common stock and dodoes not anticipate paying anycurrently plan to pay cash dividends in the foreseeable future. We use historical dataConsequently, an expected dividend yield of zero was used.

The weighted-average grant date fair value and the assumptions used in calculating fair values of shares forecasted to estimate forfeituresbe issued pursuant to the Company's ESPP are as follows:
Year Ended March 31,
202320222021
Expected life0.5 years0.5 years0.5 years
Volatility96%51% - 57%55% - 133%
Risk-free interest rate3.10%0.06% - 0.23%0.05% - 0.11%
Dividend yield—%—%—%
Fair value of common stock$1.85$4.60 - $6.40$4.99 - $8.05

Performance Stock Units
The Company granted 0.4 million, 0.6 million, and record share-based compensation for those awards that are expected to vest. We adjust share-based compensation for actual forfeitures.
We granted 0.80.9 million RSUsof performance share units with market conditions (“market RSUs”Market PSUs”) in fiscal 20142023, 2022, and 2021, respectively. Market PSUs vest one to three years from the issuance date and become eligible for vesting based on the Company achieving certain stock price targets and are contingent upon continued service of the holder of the award during the vesting period. The estimated the fair value of these market RSUsMarket PSUs is determined at the issuance date using a Monte Carlo simulation model. The number of market RSUs is dependent on Quantum’s common stock achieving certain 60-day average stock price targets as of specified dates, which vest immediately to two years after

Assumptions used in the specified dates. The Monte Carlo model requires the input of assumptions including expected volatility, risk-free interest rate and expected term in order to simulate a large number of possible outcomes to provide an estimated fair value of the market RSUs. We used an expected volatility of 66%, a risk free interest rate of 0.5% and expected terms of ten months, 22 months and 34 months that mirrors the various vesting dates of the awards. The estimated grant date fair value of the market RSUs was $0.7 million which is being recognized over the respective vesting periods of the awards.
We granted 1.5 million, 2.4 million and 0.2 million of RSUs with performance conditions (“performance RSUs”) in fiscal 2016, 2015 and 2014, respectively, and thecalculate fair values of the performance RSUs at the grant date were $2.6market PSU’s during each fiscal period are as follows:
Weighted-Average202320222021
Discount period (years)3.002.982.54
Risk-free interest rate2.84%0.93%0.31%
Stock price volatility80.00%75.00%82.00%
Grant date fair value$1.17$5.40$3.77

The Company granted 0.9 million, $3.00.0 million and $0.20.5 million of performance share units with financial performance conditions (“Performance PSUs”) in the fiscal years ended March 31, 2023, 2022 and 2021, respectively. Performance RSUsPSUs become eligible for vesting based on Quantumthe Company achieving certain revenuefinancial performance targets, and operating income targets through the endare contingent upon continued service of the fiscal year whenholder of the performance RSUs were granted. Share-basedaward during the vesting period. Performance PSUs are valued at the market closing share price on the date of grant and compensation expense for performance RSUsPerformance PSUs is recognized when it is probable that the performance conditions will be achieved. Compensation expense recognized related to Performance PSUs is reversed if the Company determines that it is no longer probable that the performance conditions will be achieved.

65

The revenuefollowing table summarizes activity for Market PSUs and operating income targetsPerformance PSUs for the year ended March 31, 2023 (shares in thousands):
SharesWeighted-Average
Grant Date Fair Value per Share
Outstanding as of March 31, 20221,579 $4.58 
Granted1,357 $1.33 
Vested(555)$5.07 
Forfeited or cancelled(768)$2.41 
Outstanding as of March 31, 20231,613 $2.72 

As of the fiscal 2015 performance RSUs were achieved and $0.3March 31, 2023, there was $1.6 million and $0.4$0.0 million of share-basedunrecognized stock-based compensation expense were recognized during fiscal 2016 and 2015, respectively. The performance RSUs granted in fiscal 2016 and 2014 were canceled in accordance with the grant agreement as the fiscal 2016 and 2014 targets were not met; and, therefore no share-based compensation expense was recognized.
Stock Options
No stock options were granted in fiscal 2016, 2015 or 2014.
Restricted Stock
The fair value of our restricted stock is the intrinsic value as of the grant date.
Stock Purchase Plan
The weighted-average fair values and the assumptions used in calculating fair values during each fiscal period are as follows:
 For the year ended March 31,
 2016 2015 2014
Option life (in years)0.5
 0.5
 0.5
Risk-free interest rate0.26% 0.07% 0.07%
Stock price volatility77.94% 36.58% 43.71%
Weighted-average grant date fair value$0.29
 $0.36
 $0.40

Share-Based Compensation Expense
The following tables summarize share-based compensation expense (in thousands):
 For the year ended March 31,
 2016 2015 2014
Share-based compensation expense:     
Cost of revenue$1,241
 $1,489
 $1,963
Research and development1,864
 2,559
 3,430
Sales and marketing2,907
 3,506
 4,097
General and administrative2,904
 4,029
 3,969
Total share-based compensation expense$8,916
 $11,583
 $13,459
 For the year ended March 31,
 2016 2015 2014
Share-based compensation by type of award:     
Stock options$2
 $617
 $826
Restricted stock8,220
 10,102
 11,356
Stock purchase plan694
 864
 1,277
Total share-based compensation expense$8,916
 $11,583
 $13,459

The total share-based compensation cost capitalized as part of inventory as of March 31, 2016 and 2015 was not material. During fiscal 2016, 2015 and 2014, no tax benefit was realized for the tax deduction from stock option exercises and other awards due to tax benefit carryforwards and tax ordering requirements.
As of March 31, 2016, there was no unrecognized compensation cost related to stock options granted under our plans. Total intrinsic value of stock options exercised for the years ended March 31, 2016, 2015Market PSUs and 2014 was $0.3 million, $0.4 million and $0.4 million, respectively. We settle stock option exercises by issuing additional common shares.
As of March 31, 2016, there was $10.0 million of total unrecognized compensation cost related to nonvested restricted stock. The unrecognized compensation cost for restricted stockPerformance PSUs, respectively, which is expected to be recognized over a weighted-average period of 1.75 years. Totalone year. The total grant date fair value of awardsshares vested during fiscal years ended March 31, 2023, 2022, and 2021 was $1.9 million, $3.9 million, and $2.9 million, respectively.

Restricted Stock Units

The Company granted 2.9 million, 2.8 million, and 2.4 million of service-based restricted stock units (“RSUs”) in the fiscal years ended March 31, 2016, 20152023, 2022 and 20142021, respectively, which generally vest ratably over a three-year service period. RSUs are valued at the market closing share price on the date of grant and compensation expense for RSUs is recognized ratably over the applicable vesting period.

The following table summarizes activity for restricted stock units for the year ended March 31, 2023 (shares in thousands):
SharesWeighted-Average
Grant Date Fair Value per Share
Outstanding as of March 31, 20223,856 $5.46 
Granted2,920 $1.43 
Vested(1,625)$5.32 
Forfeited or cancelled(657)$4.13 
Outstanding as of March 31, 20234,494 $3.09 

As of March 31, 2023, there was $9.9$9.2 million $7.7of total unrecognized stock-based compensation related to RSUs, which is expected to be recognized over a weighted-average period of two years. The total grant date fair value of RSUs vested during fiscal years ended March 31, 2023, 2022, and 2021 was $5.2 million, $5.0 million, and $6.2$2.1 million, respectively, basedrespectively.
Compensation Expense
The following table details the Company's stock-based compensation expense, net of forfeitures (in thousands):
Year Ended March 31,
202320222021
Cost of revenue$929 $1,112 $672 
Research and development2,997 5,843 2,881 
Sales and marketing2,397 2,516 1,757 
General and administrative4,427 4,358 4,314 
Total stock-based compensation$10,750 $13,829 $9,624 
66

Year Ended March 31,
202320222021
Restricted stock units$9,299 $9,331 $4,041 
Performance share units878 3,811 4,904 
Employee stock purchase plan573 687 679 
Total stock-based compensation$10,750 $13,829 $9,624 
Warrants

As of March 31, 2023 and 2022, the Company had outstanding warrants to purchase 7,110,616 shares of the Company’s common stock exercisable until December 27, 2028 at an exercise price of $1.33 per share (the "$1.33 Warrants"). As of March 31, 2022 and the date of the Rights Offering, the Company had outstanding warrants to purchase 3,400,000 shares of the Company's common stock exercisable until June 16, 2030 at an exercise price of $3.00 per share (the “$3.00 Warrants"). The exercise price and the number of shares underlying the $1.33 Warrants and the $3.00 Warrants are subject to adjustment in the event of specified events, including dilutive issuances of common stock linked equity instruments at a price lower than the exercise price of the warrants, a subdivision or combination of the Company’s common stock, a reclassification of the Company’s common stock or specified dividend payments (the “Down Round Feature”). The Rights Offering triggered the Down Round Feature on April 22, 2022, the for the $3.00 Warrants due to the price per share received in the Rights Offering being lower than the exercise price. The exercise price for the $3.00 Warrants was adjusted to $2.79 per share and an additional 256,113 warrants were subsequently issued with an exercise price of $2.79. The Company calculated the difference between the $3.00 Warrants’ fair value before and after the Down Round Feature was triggered using the original exercise price and the new exercise price in addition to the value of the newly issued warrants. The difference in fair value of the effect of the Down Round Feature of $0.4 million was reflected as a deemed dividend and a reduction to income available to common stockholders in the basic and diluted earnings per share calculations. The Company used the Black-Scholes-Merton option-pricing model to determine the fair value of ourthe deemed dividend. The assumptions used in the model are as follows: dividend rate of 0%; expected term of 8 years; volatility of 56%; and a risk-free rate 2.85%.

As of March 31, 2023 and 2022, the Company had outstanding warrants to purchase 50,000 shares of the Company's common stock exercisable until June 16, 2030 at an exercise price of $3.00 per share.

Upon exercise, the aggregate exercise price may be paid, at each warrant holder’s election, in cash or on a net issuance basis, based upon the award's vest date. We issue additionalfair market value of the Company’s common stock at the time of exercise.

The $1.33 Warrants and $3.00 Warrants grant the holders certain registration rights for the shares of common stock issuable upon the exercise of the applicable warrants, including (a) the ability of a holder to request that the Company file a Form S-1 registration statement with respect to at least 40% of the registrable securities held by such holder as of the issuance date of the applicable warrants; (b) the ability of a holder to request that the Company file a Form S-3 registration statement with respect to outstanding registrable securities if at any time the Company is eligible to use a Form S-3 registration statement; and (c) certain piggyback registration rights related to potential future equity offerings of the Company, subject to certain limitations.


NOTE 9: NET LOSS PER SHARE
Equity Instruments Outstanding
The Company has stock options, performance share units, restricted stock units and options to purchase shares under its ESPP, granted under various stock incentive plans that, upon exercise and vesting, would increase shares outstanding. The Company has also issued warrants to purchase shares of the Company’s stock.
67

The following outstanding shares of common stock equivalents were excluded from the computation of the diluted net loss per share attributable to common stock for the periods presented because their effect would have been anti-dilutive (in thousands):
Year Ended March 31,
202320222021
Stock awards543 1,996 1,818 
Warrants3,538 6,886 6,573 
ESPP11 223 
Total4,089 8,893 8,614 

The dilutive impact related to common shares uponfrom stock incentive plans and outstanding warrants is determined by applying the treasury stock method to the assumed vesting of outstanding performance share units and restricted stock units.
Stock Activity
Stock Options
A summaryunits and the exercise of activity relating to all of our stock option plans is as follows (stockoutstanding options and intrinsic value in thousands):warrants. The dilutive impact related to common shares from contingently issuable performance share units is determined by applying a two-step approach using both the contingently issuable share guidance and the treasury stock method.

 Stock Options 
Weighted-
Average
Exercise Price
 
Weighted-
Average
Remaining
Contractual Term
 
Aggregate
Intrinsic Value
Outstanding as of March 31, 20154,944
 $1.47
    
Exercised(294) 1.01
    
Forfeited(323) 1.00
    
Expired(196) 1.69
    
Outstanding as of March 31, 20164,131
 $1.52
 0.84 $1,646
Vested and expected to vest at March 31, 20164,131
 $1.52
 0.84 $1,646
Exercisable as of March 31, 20164,131
 $1.52
 0.84 $1,646


The following table summarizes information aboutCompany had outstanding market based restricted stock options outstanding and exercisableunits as of March 31, 2016 (stock options2023 that were eligible to vest into shares of common stock subject to the achievement of certain stock price targets in thousands):
Range of Exercise Prices 
Stock Options
Outstanding
 
Weighted-
Average
Exercise
Price
 
Weighted-
Average
Remaining
Contractual Life
(Years)
 
Stock Options
Exercisable
 
Weighted-
Average
Exercise
Price
$0.63  $0.92 40
 $0.72
 3.54 40
 $0.72
$0.98  $1.23 2,651
 0.99
 0.24 2,651
 0.99
$1.85  $2.59 1,419
 2.52
 1.91 1,419
 2.52
$2.90  $2.93 21
 2.91
 0.94 21
 2.91
      4,131
     4,131
 

Expiration dates rangedaddition to a time-based vesting period. These contingently issuable shares are excluded from April 2016 to June 2021 forthe computation of diluted earnings per share if, based on current period results, the shares would not be issuable if the end of the reporting period were the end of the contingency period. There were 0.4 million shares of contingently issuable market-based restricted stock options outstanding atunits that were excluded from the table above as the market conditions were not satisfied as of March 31, 2016. Prices for stock options exercised during the three-year period ended March 31, 2016, ranged from $0.11 to $1.81.2023.
Restricted Stock
A summary of activity relating to our restricted stock follows (shares in thousands):

 Shares 
Weighted-Average
Grant Date
Fair Value
Nonvested as March 31, 201513,791
 $1.34
Granted6,854
 1.61
Vested(6,426) 1.43
Forfeited(3,110) 1.54
Nonvested as March 31, 201611,109
 $1.39

NOTE 10: 401K PLAN
Substantially all of the U.S. employees are eligible to make contributions to our 401(k) savings and investment plan. We typically make discretionary contributions to the plan by matching a percentage of our employees’ contributions. Employer contributions were $0.6 million, $2.4 million and $2.6 million in fiscal 2016, 2015 and 2014, respectively.
NOTE 11: INCOME TAXES
Pre-tax income (loss)loss reflected in the Consolidated Statementsconsolidated statements of Operationsoperations for the years ended March 31, 2016, 20152023, 2022 and 20142021 is as follows (in thousands):
Year Ended March 31,
202320222021
U.S.$(38,004)$(31,489)$(36,648)
Foreign2,001 550 1,428 
Total$(36,003)$(30,939)$(35,220)
 For the year ended March 31,
 2016 2015 2014
U.S$(77,245) $13,507
 $(22,549)
Foreign3,745
 3,971
 2,292
 $(73,500) $17,478
 $(20,257)



Income tax provision consists of the following (in thousands):

Year Ended March 31,
202320222021
Current tax expense
   Federal$— $— $(76)
   State70 477 339 
   Foreign2,045 1,381 747 
      Total current tax expense2,115 1,858 1,010 
Deferred tax expense
   Federal23 (577)
   State108 22 
   Foreign(306)(548)(203)
      Total deferred tax expense (benefit)(175)(517)(771)
Income tax provision$1,940 $1,341 $239 

68

 For the year ended March 31,
 2016 2015 2014
Federal:$(401) $(138) $
State:     
Current52
 125
 76
Foreign:     
Current1,591
 890
 1,096
Deferred(59) (159) 45
Total foreign1,532
 731
 1,141
Income tax provision$1,183
 $718
 $1,217
Table of Contents

The income tax provision differs from the amount computed by applying the federal statutory rate of 35%21% to income (loss)loss before income taxes as follows (in thousands):
For the year ended March 31,
202320222021
Expense (benefit) at the federal statutory rate$(7,560)$(6,493)$(7,396)
Equity compensation1,945 195 345 
Permanent items1,498 1,941 1,295 
Foreign taxes586 1,761 (129)
State income taxes(373)(402)(969)
Valuation allowance5,096 (4,899)5,444 
Uncertain tax positions(3,791)(6,349)(6,695)
Tax reform— — — 
Credit monetization— (2,100)— 
Expiration of attributes5,734 18,345 9,862 
Research and development credits(1,582)(2,094)(1,829)
Other387 1,436 311 
Income tax provision$1,940 $1,341 $239 
 For the year ended March 31,
 2016 2015 2014
Expense (benefit) at federal statutory rate$(25,725) $6,117
 $(7,090)
State taxes53
 125
 76
Unbenefited (benefited) losses and credits27,035
 (4,727) 7,974
Contingent tax reserves108
 103
 460
Foreign rate differential(347) (778) (218)
Other59
 (122) 15
 $1,183
 $718
 $1,217



Significant components of deferred tax assets and liabilities are as follows (in thousands):
As of March 31,
20232022
Deferred tax assets
Loss carryforwards$56,675 $59,636 
Deferred revenue28,389 29,485 
Capitalized research and development23,949 16,289 
Tax credits15,894 16,085 
Disallowed interest13,162 12,296 
Other accruals and reserves not currently deductible for tax purposes4,494 4,450 
Lease obligations2,384 2,514 
Inventory2,715 1,701 
Accrued warranty expense495 447 
Acquired intangibles961 853 
Gross deferred tax assets149,118 143,756 
Valuation allowance(143,704)(138,365)
   Total deferred tax assets, net of valuation allowance$5,414 $5,391 
Deferred tax liabilities
Depreciation$(2,009)$(1,921)
Lease assets(2,128)(2,439)
Other(548)(1,048)
   Total deferred tax liabilities$(4,685)$(5,408)
           Net deferred tax assets (liabilities)$729 $(17)
 As of March 31,
 2016 2015
Deferred tax assets:   
Inventory valuation method$2,025
 $1,588
Accrued warranty expense1,320
 1,624
Distribution reserves3,898
 4,283
Loss carryforwards108,022
 75,262
Tax credits132,061
 185,578
Restructuring charge accruals1,054
 1,866
Other accruals and reserves not currently deductible for tax purposes28,656
 34,490
    277,036
 304,691
Less valuation allowance(224,138) (252,475)
Deferred tax asset$52,898
 $52,216
Deferred tax liabilities:   
Depreciation$(3,962) $(4,302)
Acquired intangibles(8,244) (4,920)
Tax on unremitted foreign earnings(16,549) (15,968)
Other(23,123) (26,093)
Deferred tax liability$(51,878) $(51,283)
Net deferred tax asset$1,020
 $933


The valuation allowance increased by $5.3 million during the year ended March 31, 2023, increased by $4.9 million during the year ended March 31, 2022, and decreased $28.3by $5.4 million $8.9 million and $8.0 million in fiscal years 2016, 2015 and 2014,during the year ended March 31, 2021, respectively. The decrease in the valuation allowance during fiscal year 2016 was primarily due to NOL usage and expiring tax credits.

69

A reconciliation of the gross unrecognized tax benefits is as follows (in thousands):
For the year ended March 31,
202320222021
Beginning Balance$99,603 $101,119 $107,282 
Increase in balances related to tax positions in current period2,778 2,785 2,560 
Increase in balances related to tax positions in prior period— 4,881 — 
Increase in balances related to acquisitions— — 511 
Decrease in balances related to tax positions in prior period(817)(1,020)(522)
Decrease in balances due to lapse in statute of limitations(5,221)(8,162)(8,712)
Ending balance$96,343 $99,603 $101,119 
 For the year ended March 31,
 2016 2015 2014
Beginning balance$32,449
 $32,449
 $32,549
Settlement and effective settlements with tax authorities and related remeasurements
 
 (488)
Increase in balances related to tax positions taken in prior period411
 
 388
Ending balance$32,860
 $32,449
 $32,449

During fiscal 2016,2023, excluding interest and penalties, there was a $0.4$3.3 million change in ourthe Company's unrecognized tax benefits. Including interest and penalties, the total unrecognized tax benefit at March 31, 20162023 was $34.1$97.0 million, all of which $78.3 million, if recognized, would favorably affect the effective tax rate. At March 31, 2016,2023, accrued interest and penalties totaled $1.2 million. OurThe Company's practice is to recognize interest and penalties related to income tax matters in the income tax provision in the Consolidated Statementsconsolidated statements of Operations. Unrecognizedoperations. As of March 31, 2023, $90.3 million of unrecognized tax benefits includingwere recorded as a contra deferred tax asset in other long-term assets in the consolidated balance sheets and $7.2 million (including interest and penalties,penalties) were recordedincluded in other long-term liabilities in the Consolidated Balance Sheets.consolidated balances sheets.
We file ourThe Company files its tax returns as prescribed by the laws of the jurisdictions in which we operate. Ourit operates. The Company's U.S. tax returns have been audited for years through 2002 by the Internal Revenue Service. In other major jurisdictions, we arethe Company is generally open to examination for the most recent three to five fiscal years. Although timing of the resolution and closure on audits is highly uncertain, we do not believe it is likely that the unrecognized tax benefits would materially change inDuring the next 12 months.

months, it is reasonably possible that approximately $3.5 million of tax benefits, inclusive of interest and penalties, that are currently unrecognized could be recognized as a result of the expiration of applicable statutes of limitations. Upon recognition of the tax benefit related to the expiring statutes of limitation $2.9 million will be offset by the establishment of a related valuation allowance. The net tax benefit recognized in the income statement is estimated to be $0.6 million.
As of March 31, 2016, we2023, the Company had federal net operating loss and tax credit carryforwards of approximately $351.1$246.5 million and $90.4$48.2 million, respectively. Our federal net operating loss carryforwards include $34.3 million attributable to excess tax deductions from stock option exercises, and are not included in the deferred tax assets shown above. The benefit of these loss carryforwards will be credited to equity when realized. The net operating loss and tax credit carryforwards expire in varying amounts beginning in fiscal 2017year 2024 if not previously utilized, the utilization of which is limited under the tax law ownership change provision.and $12.8 million are indefinite-lived net operating loss carryforwards. These carryforwards include $11.1 million of acquired net operating losses and $10.7$4.4 million of credits.acquired credits, the utilization of which is subject to various limitations due to prior changes in ownership.
Certain changes in stock ownership could result in a limitation on the amount of both acquired and self generated net operating loss and tax credit carryovers that can be utilized each year. ShouldIf the company undergoCompany has previously undergone, or should it experience in the future, such a change in stock ownership, it could severely limit the usage of these carryover tax attributes against future income, resulting in additional tax charges.
Due to ourits history of net losses and the difficulty in predicting future results, we believeQuantum believes that weit cannot rely on projections of future taxable income to realize the deferred tax assets. Accordingly, we haveit has established a full valuation allowance against ourits U.S. and certain foreign net deferred tax assets. Significant management judgmentjudgement is required in determining ourthe Company's deferred tax assets and liabilities and valuation allowances for purposes of assessing ourits ability to realize any future benefit from ourits net deferred tax assets. We intendThe Company intends to maintain this valuation allowance until sufficient positive evidence exists to support the reversal of the valuation allowance. OurThe Company's income tax expense recorded in the future will be reduced to the extent that sufficient positive evidence materializes to support a reversal of, or decrease in, ourits valuation allowance.

NOTE 12: NET INCOME (LOSS) PER SHARE
Equity Instruments Outstanding
We have stock options and restricted stock units granted under various stock incentive plans that, upon exercise and vesting, respectively, would increase shares outstanding. We have 4.50% convertible subordinated notes which are convertible at the option of the holders at any time prior to maturity into shares of Quantum common stock at a conversion price of $1.65 per share. We also had 3.50% convertible subordinated notes outstanding as of March 31, 2015 and 2014, which were convertible at the option of the holders at any time prior to maturity into shares of Quantum common stock at a conversion price of $4.33 per share. Both the 4.50% and 3.50% notes, if converted, would increase shares outstanding.
In June 2009, we issued a warrant to EMC Corporation to purchase 10 million shares of our common stock at a $0.38 per share exercise price. Only in the event of a change of control of Quantum will this warrant vest and be exercisable. The warrant expires seven years from the date of issuance or three years after change of control, whichever occurs first. Due to these terms, no share-based compensation expense related to this warrant has been recorded to date.
Net Income (Loss) per Share
The following table sets forth the computation of basic and diluted net income (loss) per share (in thousands, except per-share data):
 For the year ended March 31,
 2016 2015 2014
Numerator:     
Net income (loss)$(74,683) $16,760
 $(21,474)
      
Denominator:     
Weighted average shares:     
Basic262,730
 254,665
 247,024
Dilutive shares from stock plans
 5,362
 
Diluted262,730
 260,027
 247,024
      
Basic net income (loss) per share$(0.28) $0.07
 $(0.09)
Diluted net income (loss) per share$(0.28) $0.06
 $(0.09)

Dilutive and potentially dilutive common shares from stock incentive plans are determined by applying the treasury stock method to the assumed exercise of outstanding options and the assumed vesting of outstanding restricted stock units. The dilutive impact related to our convertible subordinated notes is determined by applying the if-converted method, which includes adding the related weighted average shares to the denominator and the related interest expense to net income.

The computations of diluted net income (loss) per share for the periods presented exclude the following because the effect would have been anti-dilutive:
For fiscal 2016, 2015 and 2014, there were 10.0 million, 29.0 million and 31.1 million, respectively, of weighted average shares related to the 3.50% convertible subordinated notes that were excluded. For fiscal 2016, 2015 and 2014, $1.8 million, $5.3 million and $5.7 million, respectively, of related interest expense was excluded.
For fiscal 2016, 2015 and 2014, there were 42.5 million of weighted average shares and $3.6 million of related interest expense related to the 4.50% convertible subordinated notes that were excluded
Stock options to purchase 4.5 million, 2.4 million and 12.8 million weighted average shares in fiscal 2016, 2015 and 2014, respectively, were excluded.
Unvested restricted stock units of 12.1 million, less than 0.1 million, and 11.0 million weighted average shares for fiscal 2016, 2015 and 2014, respectively, were excluded.
NOTE 13:11: COMMITMENTS AND CONTINGENCIES
Lease Commitments
We lease certain facilities under non-cancelable lease agreements and also have equipment leases for various types of office equipment. Some of the leases have renewal options ranging from one to ten years and others contain escalation clauses. These leases are operating leases.
In February 2006, we leased a campus facility in Colorado Springs, Colorado, comprised of three buildings in three separate operating leases with initial terms of five, seven and 15 years. In August 2010, we negotiated lower lease rates and a five year extension on one of the buildings. In March 2015, we entered into a sublease agreement to sublease a portion of one of the buildings. The future minimum lease payment schedule below includes $15.0 million of lease payments and $4.4 million of sublease rental income for this Colorado Springs campus.
Rent expense was $6.6 million in fiscal 2016, $7.0 million in fiscal 2015 and $10.3 million in fiscal 2014. Sublease income was $0.1 million for fiscal 2016 and immaterial in fiscal 2015 and 2014.
Future minimum lease payments and sublease rental income are as follows (in thousands):
 Lease Payments Sublease Rental Income Total
For the year ending March 31,     
2017$8,564
 $(971) $7,593
20187,961
 (966) 6,995
20197,163
 (909) 6,254
20205,558
 (943) 4,615
20214,937
 (812) 4,125
Thereafter2,156
 
 2,156
 $36,339
 $(4,601) $31,738
Commitments to Purchase Inventory
We use
70

The Company uses contract manufacturers for ourits manufacturing operations. Under these arrangements, the contract manufacturer procures inventory to manufacture products based upon ourits forecast of customer demand. We haveThe Company has similar arrangements with certain other suppliers. We areThe Company is responsible for the financial impact on the supplier or contract manufacturer of any reduction or product mix shift in the forecast relative to materials that the third party had already purchased under a prior forecast. Such a variance in forecasted demand could require a cash payment for inventory in excess of current customer demand or for costs of excess or obsolete inventory. As of March 31, 2016, we2023, the Company had issued non-cancelable commitments for $42.2$28.7 million to purchase inventory from ourits contract manufacturers and suppliers.

Leases
At the end of fiscal 2023, the Company had various non-cancelable operating for office facilities. Refer to Note 6: Leases for additional information regarding lease commitments.
Legal Proceedings
Realtime Data Matter
On February 18, 2014, Crossroads Systems, Inc.July 22, 2016, Realtime Data LLC d/b/a IXO (“Crossroads”Realtime Data”) filed a patent infringement lawsuit against Quantumthe Company in the U.S. District Court for the WesternEastern District of Texas, alleging infringement of U.S. patents 6,425,035Patents Nos. 7,161,506, 7,378,992, 7,415,530, 8,643,513, 9,054,728, and 7,934,041. An amended complaint filed on April 15, 2014 also alleged infringement9,116,908. The lawsuit was thereafter transferred to the U.S. District Court for the Northern District of U.S. patent 7,051,147. CrossroadsCalifornia for further proceedings. Realtime Data asserts that we havethe Company has incorporated Crossroads'Realtime Data’s patented technology into our StorNext QX and Q-Series lines of disk arrayits compression products and into our Scalar libraries. Crossroads seeks unspecified monetary damages and injunctive relief. Crossroads has already dismissed all claimsservices. On July 31, 2017, the Court in the Northern District of infringement with respect toCalifornia stayed proceedings in this litigation pending the StorNext QX and Q-Series products. In July and Septemberoutcome of 2014, we filed for inter partes review of all three asserted Crossroads patentsInter Partes Review proceedings before the Patent Trial and Appeal Board relating to the asserted Realtime patents. In those proceedings the asserted claims of the ’506 patent, the ’992 patent, and a review has been initiated for all claims. On June 16, 2015, the U.S.’513 patent were found unpatentable. In addition, on July 19, 2019, the United States District Court Westernfor the District of Texas stayed the Crossroads trial proceedings pending resolution of the inter partes review proceedings. On January 29, 2016, the Patent Trial and Appeal BoardDelaware issued decisions on the inter partes reviews for U.S. patents 6,425,035 and 7,051,147, orderinga decision finding that all claims of both patentsthe ’728 patent, the ’530 patent, and the ’908 patent are not eligible for patent protection under 35 U.S.C. § 101 (the “Delaware Action”). On appeal, the Federal Circuit vacated the decision in the Delaware Action and remanded for the Court to be unpatentable. On March 17, 2016,“elaborate on its ruling.” In opinions dated May 4, 2021 and August 23, 2021, the Patent TrialCourt in the Delaware Action reaffirmed its earlier ruling and Appeal Board issuedgranted defendants’ motions to dismiss under Section 101. Realtime Data has appealed those decisions to the Federal Circuit. The Federal Circuit argument occurred on February 10, 2023 and a decision onis expected sometime in the inter partes review for U.S. patent 7,934,041, ordering all claims to be unpatentable. On March 31, 2016, Crossroads filed Notices of Appeal in eachlatter half of the inter partes review decisions. We believeyear. The case pending against Quantum in the Northern District of California remains stayed pending the final outcome of the appeal in the Delaware Action. Quantum believes the probability that this lawsuit will have a material adverse effect on ourits business, operating results or financial condition is remote.


Starboard Matter

On September 23, 2014, weJuly 14, 2020, Starboard Value LP, Starboard Value and Opportunity Master Fund Ltd., Starboard Value and Opportunity S LLC, and Starboard Value and Opportunity C LP (collectively, “Starboard”) filed a lawsuit against CrossroadsQuantum Corporation, Quantum’s former CEO and board member Jon Gacek, and former Quantum board member Paul Auvil in the U.S. DistrictCalifornia Superior Court forin Santa Clara County alleging that between 2012 and 2014, Starboard purchased shares of Quantum’s common stock, obtained three seats on the Northern DistrictBoard of California alleging patent infringement of our U.S. patent 6,766,412 by Crossroads' StrongBox VSeries Library Solution product. We are seeking injunctive reliefDirectors and the recovery of monetary damages. On December 4,then, in July 2014, we amended our complaint alleging infringement of a second U.S. patent, 5,940,849, related to Crossroads' SPHiNX product line. On December 16, 2014, we withdrew the amended complaint alleging infringemententered into an agreement with Quantum whereby Starboard would not seek control of the second patent, 5,940,849.Board of Directors but would instead support Quantum’s slate of board nominees so long as Quantum met certain performance objectives by the end of fiscal 2015. The lawsuit further alleges that Quantum hid its failure to meet those performance objectives by improperly recognizing revenue in fiscal 2015.

Also as previously reported, the California action was stayed and then dismissed. On November 23, 2015, we dismissedApril 14, 2021, Starboard filed a new action in the lawsuitDelaware Court of Chancery, naming as defendants Messrs. Gacek and Auvil and Quantum. The new action largely repeats the allegations of the California action, alleging patent infringementclaims for fraud against all defendants, fraudulent concealment against all defendants, negligent misrepresentation against all defendants, breach of U.S. patent 6,766,412 pursuant tocontract against Quantum, breach of the implied covenant of good faith and fair dealing against Quantum, and breach of fiduciary duty against Messrs. Gacek and Auvil.

As of January 12, 2023, all parties signed a confidential settlement agreement.
agreement amicably resolving both actions. The litigation will have no material effect on the Company’s financial statements or business operations.

Indemnifications
We have
71

The Company has certain financial guarantees, both express and implied, related to product liability and potential infringement of intellectual property. Other than certain product warranty liabilities recorded as of March 31, 20162023 and 2015, we2022, the Company did not record a liability associated with these guarantees, as we havethe Company has little, or no history of costs associated with such indemnification requirements. Contingent liabilities associated with product liability may be mitigated by insurance coverage that we maintain.the Company maintains.
In the normal course of business to facilitate transactions of ourthe Company’s services and products, we indemnifythe Company indemnifies certain parties with respect to certain matters. We haveThe Company has agreed to hold certain parties harmless against losses arising from a breach of representations or covenants, or out of intellectual property infringement or other claims made against certain parties. These agreements may limit the time within which an indemnification claim can be made and the amount of the claim. In addition, we havethe Company has entered into indemnification agreements with ourits officers and directors, and ourthe Company’s bylaws contain similar indemnification obligations to ourits agents.
It is not possible to determine the maximum potential amount under these indemnification agreements due to the limited history of ourthe Company’s indemnification claims, and the unique facts and circumstances involved in each particular agreement. Historically, payments made by usthe Company under these agreements have not had a material impact on ourits operating results, financial position, or cash flows.

NOTE 14: GEOGRAPHIC INFORMATION12: FAIR VALUE OF FINANCIAL INSTRUMENTS
The company operates in one reportable segment.
Revenue, attributed to regions basedCompany has certain non-financial assets that are measured at fair value on the locationa non-recurring basis when there is an indicator of customers,impairment, and long-livedthey are recorded at fair value only when an impairment is recognized. These assets comprised ofinclude property and equipment by region were as follows (in thousands):
 As of and for the year ended March 31,
 2016 2015 2014
 
Long-
Lived
Assets
 Revenue 
Long-
Lived
Assets
 Revenue 
Long-Lived
Assets
 Revenue
Americas$12,657
 $304,007
 $14,063
 $340,811
 $16,759
 $359,259
Europe145
 124,821
 421
 152,186
 524
 143,508
Asia Pacific137
 47,130
 169
 60,098
 291
 50,398
 $12,939
 $475,958
 $14,653
 $553,095
 $17,574
 $553,165

Revenueand amortizable intangible assets. The Company did not record impairments to any non-financial assets in the fiscal years ended March 31, 2023, 2022 and 2021. The Company does not have any non-financial liabilities measured and recorded at fair value on a non-recurring basis. The carrying amounts reported in the accompanying consolidated financial statements for Americas regions outsidecash and cash equivalents, restricted cash, accounts receivable, accounts payable, accrued expenses and other current liabilities approximate their respective fair values because of the United States is immaterial. Following are revenues attributable to eachshort-term nature of our product groups, servicesthese accounts.

The table below represents the carrying value and royalties (in thousands):total estimated fair value of long-term debt as of March 31, 2023 and March 31, 2022, respectively. The fair value has been classified as Level 2 within the fair value hierarchy.
March 31,
20232022
 Carrying ValueFair ValueCarrying ValueFair Value
Term Loan74,667 66,684 98,723 98,723 
PNC Credit Facility16,750 15,918 17,735 17,735 
 For the year ended March 31,
 2016 2015 2014
Tape automation systems$97,454
 $152,205
 $174,438
Disk backup systems39,722
 54,845
 50,217
Devices and media45,767
 62,642
 70,680
Scale-out storage solutions103,274
 85,887
 52,983
Service148,548
 155,674
 147,199
Royalty41,193
 41,842
 57,648
Total revenue$475,958
 $553,095
 $553,165



NOTE 15: UNAUDITED QUARTERLY FINANCIAL DATA13: SUBSEQUENT EVENTS
Debt Amendments
 For the year ended March 31, 2016
(In thousands, except per share data)
1st
Quarter
 
2nd
Quarter
 
3rd
Quarter
 
4th
Quarter
Revenue$110,856
 $117,025
 $128,048
 $120,029
Gross margin46,965
 46,317
 56,697
 54,773
Net loss(10,755) (11,227) (299) (52,402)
Basic and diluted net loss per share(0.04) (0.04) (0.00)
 (0.20)
On June 1, 2023, the Company entered into amendments to the Term Loan and the PNC Credit Facility. The amendments, among other things, (a) amended the total net leverage ratio financial covenant commencing with the fiscal quarter ended June 30, 2023; (b) amended the minimum liquidity financial covenant to decrease the minimum liquidity to $15 million; and (c) amended the “EBITDA” definition to increase the add-back cap on non-recurring items including restructuring charges during the fiscal years ended March 31, 2024 and 2025. The Term Loan amendment (the “June 2023 Term Loan Amendment”) also provided an advance of $15 million in additional Term Loan borrowings.

 For the year ended March 31, 2015
 
1st
Quarter
 
2nd
Quarter
 
3rd
Quarter
 
4th
Quarter
Revenue$128,128
 $135,106
 $142,063
 $147,798
Gross margin55,526
 61,929
 65,067
 62,164
Net income (loss)(4,324) 1,248
 6,931
 12,905
Basic net income (loss) per share(0.02) 0.00
 0.03
 0.05
Diluted net income (loss) per share(0.02) 0.00
 0.03
 0.04
Net income for fiscal 2015 includedIn connection with the amendments, the Company issued to the lender a $13.6warrant to purchase an aggregate of 1.25 million gain onshares of the saleCompany’s common stock, par value $0.01 per share, at an exercise price of our investment in a privately held company which was recorded$1.00 per share. The exercise price and the number of shares underlying the warrant are subject to adjustment in the fourth quarterevent of fiscal 2015. Net loss for fiscal 2016 includedspecified events, including dilutive issuances at a $55.6 million goodwill impairment charge which was recorded inprice lower than the fourth quarterexercise price of fiscal 2016.the warrant, a subdivision or combination of the Common Stock, a reclassification of the Common Stock or specified dividend payments.



SCHEDULE II
CONSOLIDATED VALUATION AND QUALIFYING ACCOUNTS
Allowance for doubtful accounts (in thousands):
72

 
Balance at
beginning of
period
 
Net additions
(releases)
charged to
expense
 Recoveries(Deductions) (i) 
Balance at end
of period
For the year ended:       
March 31, 2016$27
 $(78) $73
 $22
March 31, 201588
 40
 (101) 27
March 31, 201462
 (39) 65
 88

____________________
(i)      Uncollectible accounts written off, net of recoveries.

ITEM 9.CHANGES IN AND DISAGREEMENTS WITH ACCOUNTANTS ON ACCOUNTING AND FINANCIAL DISCLOSURE

ITEM 9. CHANGES IN AND DISAGREEMENTS WITH ACCOUNTANTS ON ACCOUNTING AND FINANCIAL DISCLOSURE

None.

ITEM 9A. CONTROLS AND PROCEDURES
Attached as exhibits to this Annual ReportLimitations on Form 10-K are certificationsEffectiveness of Controls and Procedures

In designing and evaluating our Chief Executive Officer (“CEO”) and Chief Financial Officer (“CFO”), which are required pursuant to Rule 13a-14 of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, as amended (the “Exchange Act”). This “Controls and Procedures” section of this Annual Report on Form 10-K includes information concerning thedisclosure controls and procedures, management recognizes that any controls evaluation referencedand procedures, no matter how well designed and operated, can provide only reasonable assurance of achieving the desired control objectives. In addition, the design of disclosure controls and procedures must reflect the fact that there are resource constraints and that management is required to apply judgment in evaluating the certifications. This sectionbenefits of the Annual Report on Form 10-K should be read in conjunction with the certificationspossible controls and the report of PricewaterhouseCoopers LLP as described below for a more complete understanding of the matters presented.procedures relative to their costs.
Evaluation of Disclosure Controls and Procedures
WeOur management, with the participation of our chief executive officer and chief financial officer, has evaluated the effectiveness of the design and operation of our disclosure controls and procedures as(as defined in Rules 13a-15(e) and 15d-15(e) under the Exchange Act as of the end of the period covered by this Annual Report on Form 10-K. This control evaluation was performed under the supervision and with the participation of management, including our CEO and CFO. Disclosure controls and procedures are designed to ensure that information required to be disclosed in our reports filed under the Exchange Act, such as this Annual Report on Form 10-K, is recorded, processed, summarized and reported within the time periods specified by the SEC. Disclosure controls are also designed to ensure that such information is accumulated and communicated to our management, including the CEO and CFO, as appropriate, to allow timely decisions regarding required disclosure.

Based on the controlsthis evaluation, our CEOchief executive officer and CFO havechief financial officer concluded that, as of the end of the period covered by this Annual Report on Form 10-K,March 31, 2023, our disclosure controls and procedures were effective.effective at the reasonable assurance level.
Management's
Management’s Annual Report on Internal Control over Financial Reporting

Our management is responsible for establishing and maintaining adequate internal control over financial reporting, as such term is defined in Exchange Act Rules 13a-15(f) and 15d-15(f). Under under the supervision andExchange Act. Our management, with the participation of our management, including our CEOprincipal executive and CFO, we conducted an evaluation ofprincipal financial officers, evaluated the effectiveness of our internal control over financial reporting as of March 31, 2016 based onusing the criteria for effective control over financial reporting described in Internal Control - Integrated Framework (2013) issuedframework set forth by the Committee of Sponsoring Organizations of the Treadway Commission (COSO)in Internal Control—Integrated Framework (2013). Based on the results of our evaluation, ourthis assessment, management concluded
that ourQuantum Corporation maintained effective internal control over financial reporting was effective as of March 31, 2016 to provide reasonable assurance regarding the reliabilityend of financial reporting and preparation of financial statements for external reporting purposes in accordance with generally accepted accounting principles.
PricewaterhouseCoopersthe period covered by this Annual Report. Armanino LLP, our independent registered public accounting firm, has issued an attestation report regarding its assessment of the Company’s internal control over financial reporting as of March 31, 2016, as set forth at the beginning of Part II, Item 8 "Financial Statements and Supplementary Data" of this Annual Report on Form 10-K.

Limitations on Effectiveness of Controls
Our management, including our CEO and CFO, does not expect that our disclosure controls or our internal control over financial reporting, will prevent all errors and all fraud. A control system, no matter how well conceived and operated, can provide only reasonable, not absolute, assurance that the objectives of the control system are met. Further, the design of a control system must reflect the fact that there are resource constraints, and the benefits of controls must be considered relative to their costs. Because of the inherent limitationsthis attestation report appears in all control systems, no evaluation of controls can provide absolute assurance that all control issues and instances of fraud, if any, within the Company have been detected. These inherent limitations include the realities that judgments in decision-making can be faulty, and that breakdowns can occur because of simple error or mistake. Additional controls can be circumvented by the individual acts of some persons, by collusion of two or more people, or by management override of the controls. The design of any system of controls also is based in part upon certain assumptions about the likelihood of future events, and there can be no assurance that any design will succeed in achieving its stated goals under all potential future conditions; over time, controls may become inadequate because of changes in conditions, or the degree of compliance with the policies or procedures may deteriorate. Because of the inherent limitations in a cost-effective control system, misstatements due to error or fraud may occur and not be detected.Item 8.
Changes in Internal Controls over Financial Reporting
There waswere no changechanges in our internal controlcontrols over financial reporting (as defined in Rules 13a-15(f) and 15d-15(f) under the Exchange Act) identified in connection with the evaluation of our internal control performed during the fourthfiscal quarter of fiscal 2016ended March 31, 2023, that has materially affected, or is reasonably likely to materially affect, our internal controlscontrol over financial reporting.


ITEM 9B. OTHER INFORMATION
None.


ITEM 9C. DISCLOSURE REGARDING FOREIGN JURISDICTIONS THAT PREVENT INSPECTIONS

Not applicable.


73


PART III
ITEM 10. DIRECTORS, EXECUTIVE OFFICERS AND CORPORATE GOVERNANCE
The information required by this item with respect to our directors, audit committee and audit committee financial expertItem 10 is incorporated by reference tofrom the information set forthsections entitled “Board of Directors and Committees,” “Board of Directors and Committees—Board Committees and Leadership Structure,” “Corporate Governance,” and “Compensation Discussion and Analysis—Anti-Hedging and Anti-Pledging Policies” in our proxy statementdefinitive Proxy Statement for the 2016 Annual Meeting of Stockholders to be filed with the Commission within 120 days after the end of our fiscal year ended March 31, 2016. For2023 annual stockholders’ meeting.

Certain other information pertainingrelating to our executive officers refer to the section captioned “Executive Officers & Management Team”, Item 1 "Business"appears in Part I of this Annual Report on Form 10-K.10-K under the heading “Information About Our Executive Officers.”
We have adopted
Item 405 of Regulation S-K calls for disclosure of any known late filing or failure by an insider to file a codereport required by Section 16(a) of ethics that applies to our principal executive officer and all members of our finance department, including the principal financial officer and principal accounting officer. This code of ethicsExchange Act. To the extent disclosure for delinquent reports is posted on our website. The Internet addressbeing made, it can be found under the caption “Delinquent Section 16(a) Reports” in the Proxy Statement for our website is: http://www.quantum.com,2023 annual stockholders’ meeting and the code of ethics may be foundis incorporated herein by clicking “About Us” from the home page and then choosing “Investor Relations” and then "Corporate Governance." Copies of the code are available free upon request by a stockholder.reference.
We intend to satisfy the disclosure requirement under Item 5.05 of Form 8-K regarding an amendment to, or waiver from, a provision of this code of ethics by posting such information on our website, at the address and location specified above.
We have adopted Corporate Governance Principles, which are available on our website at http://www.quantum.com, where they may be found by clicking “About Us” from the home page and then choosing “Investor Relations” and then “Corporate Governance.” Copies of our Corporate Governance Principles are available free upon request by a stockholder. The charters of our Audit Committee, Leadership and Compensation Committee and Corporate Governance and Nominating Committee are also available on our website at http://www.quantum.com, where they may be found by clicking “About Us” from the home page and then choosing “Investor Relations” and then “Corporate Governance.” Copies of these committee charters are available free upon request by a stockholder.
ITEM 11. EXECUTIVE COMPENSATION
The information required by this itemItem 11 is incorporated by reference tofrom the information set forthsections entitled “Corporate Governance—Non-Employee Director Compensation,” “Compensation Discussion and Analysis,” “Fiscal 2023 Compensation Tables,” “Report of the Leadership and Compensation Committee of the Board of Directors” and “Corporate Governance—Non-Employee Director Compensation—Compensation Committee Interlocks and Insider Participation” in our proxy statementdefinitive Proxy Statement for the 2016 Annual Meetingour 2023 annual stockholders’ meeting.

74



ITEM 12.SECURITY OWNERSHIP OF CERTAIN BENEFICIAL OWNERS AND MANAGEMENT AND RELATED STOCKHOLDER MATTERS

ITEM 12. SECURITY OWNERSHIP OF CERTAIN BENEFICIAL OWNERS AND MANAGEMENT AND RELATED STOCKHOLDER MATTERS

The following discloses our equity compensation plan information (securities in thousands):
 As of March 31, 2016
 
(a)
Number of
securities to be
issued upon
exercise of
outstanding
stock options,
warrants and
rights
 
Weighted-
average
exercise price
of outstanding
stock options,
warrants and
rights
 
Number of
securities remaining
available
for grant under equity compensation
plans (excluding shares reflected in
column (a))
Equity compensation plans approved by stockholders (1)
15,220
 $0.41
 21,907
Equity compensation plans not approved by stockholders (2)
20
 $0.63
 
 15,240
 $0.41
 21,907

____________________
(1)
Included in the stockholder approved plans are 11.1 million restricted stock units with a zero purchase price. The weighted average exercise price of outstanding stock options for stockholder approved plans is $1.53.
(2)
The Pancetera 2008 Stock Incentive Compensation Plan was assumed by Quantum on June 13, 2011 according to the terms detailed in the Agreement and Plan of Merger dated June 13, 2011 (“Pancetera Merger Agreement”). Outstanding stock options and restricted shares granted under this plan continue to be governed by the terms and conditions of this plan; however, the number of stock options and restricted shares and exercise prices of the outstanding stock options were changed in accordance with the formula in the Pancetera Merger Agreement for the right to purchase Quantum common stock.
We also have an employee stock purchase plan with 2.3 million shares available for issuance that has been approved by stockholders.
The remaining information required by this itemItem 12 is incorporated by reference tofrom the information set forthsection entitled “Security Ownership of Certain Beneficial Owners and Management” and “Equity Compensation Plan Information” in our proxy statementdefinitive Proxy Statement for the 2016 Annual Meeting of Stockholders to be filed with the Commission within 120 days after the end of our fiscal year ended March 31, 2016.2023 annual stockholders’ meeting.

ITEM 13.CERTAIN RELATIONSHIPS AND RELATED TRANSACTIONS, AND DIRECTOR INDEPENDENCE
ITEM 13. CERTAIN RELATIONSHIPS AND RELATED TRANSACTIONS, AND DIRECTOR INDEPENDENCE

The information required by this itemItem 13 is incorporated by reference tofrom the information set forthsection entitled “Board of Directors and Committees—Board Meetings and Independence,” and “Related Party Transactions” in our proxy statementdefinitive Proxy Statement for the 2016 Annual Meeting of Stockholders to be filed with the Commission within 120 days after the end of our fiscal year ended March 31, 2016.2023 annual stockholders’ meeting.

ITEM 14. PRINCIPAL ACCOUNTING FEES AND SERVICES
The information required by this itemItem 14 is incorporated by reference tofrom the information set forthsection entitled “Audit and Audit-Related Fees” in our proxy statementdefinitive Proxy Statement for the 2016 Annual Meetingour 2023 annual stockholders’ meeting.

75


PART IV
ITEM 15. EXHIBITS, FINANCIAL STATEMENT SCHEDULES
Upon written request, we will provide, without charge, a copy of our Annual Report on Form 10-K, including the Consolidated Financial Statements, financial statement schedules and any exhibits for our most recent fiscal year. All requests should be sent to:
Investor Relations
Quantum Corporation
Brinlea Johnson or Allise Furlani
Investor Relations
The Blueshirt Group
(212) 331-8424 or (212) 331-8433
ir@quantum.com


(a) The following documents areDocuments filed as a part of this Report:
1.
Financial Statements—Our Consolidated Financial Statements are listed in the Index to Consolidated Financial Statements.
2.
Financial Statement Schedules — Our consolidated valuation and qualifying accounts (Schedule II) financial statement schedule is listed in the Index to Consolidated Financial Statements. All other schedules have been omitted because the information required to be set forth therein is not applicable or is shown in the Consolidated Financial Statements or the notes hereto.

report
(b)1. Financial Statements
Reference is made to the Index to Financial Statements of Quantum Corporation included in Item 8 of Part II of this report.
2. Financial Statement Schedules
All schedules have been omitted because they are not required, not applicable, or the required information is included in the financial statements or notes thereto.
3. Exhibits

See Item 15(b) below. Each management contract or compensatory plan or arrangement required to be filed has been identified.
Incorporated by Reference
Exhibit
Number
Exhibit DescriptionFormFiling DateExhibitFiled or Furnished Herewith
2.18-K7/22/212.1
3.1X
3.2X
4.1X
4.2S-310/9/034.7
4.38-K12/28/184.1
4.48-K12/28/184.2
4.58-K6/17/204.4
4.68-K6/17/204.1
4.78-K6/17/204.2
4.88-K6/17/204.3
4.98-K6/17/204.5
4.108-K12/14/204.1
10.18-K2/10/0610.2
10.28-K2/10/0610.3
10.3#8-K9/28/2210.3
10.4#8-K5/10/1110.2
10.5#10-Q11/6/1510.2
10.6#8-K5/4/1710.1
10.7#8-K8/24/1710.2
76

    Incorporated by Reference
Exhibit
Number
 Exhibit Description Form File No. Exhibit(s) Filing Date
2.1 Agreement and Plan of Merger by and between Registrant, Pancetera Software, Inc., Quarry Acquisition Corporation and Henrik Rosendahl as the stockholder representative, dated June 13, 2011. 10-Q 001-13449 10.8 August 9, 2011
3.1 Amended and Restated Certificate of Incorporation of Registrant. 8-K 001-13449 3.1 August 16, 2007
3.2 Amended and Restated By-laws of Registrant, as amended. 8-K 001-13449 3.1 December 5, 2008
3.3 Certificate of Designation of Rights, Preferences and Privileges of Series B Junior Participating Preferred Stock. S-3 333-109587 4.7 October 9, 2003
3.4 Certification of Amendment to the Bylaws of Quantum Corporation, as adopted on January 20, 2010. 8-K 001-13449 3.1 January 26, 2010
3.5 Certification of Amendment to the Bylaws of Quantum Corporation, as adopted on February 3, 2016 8-K 001-13449 3.1 February 8, 2016
4.1 Indenture for 3.50% Convertible Senior Subordinated Notes due 2015, between the Registrant and U.S. Bank National Association, as trustee, dated November 15, 2010, including the form of 3.50% Convertible Senior Subordinated Note due 2015. 8-K 001-13449 4.1 November 15, 2010
4.2 Indenture for 4.50% Convertible Senior Subordinated Notes due 2017, between the Registrant and U.S. Bank National Association, as trustee, dated October 31, 2012, including the form of 4.50% Convertible Senior Subordinated Note due 2017. 8-K 001-13449 4.1 October 31, 2012
10.1 Form of Indemnification Agreement between Registrant and the Named Executive Officers and Directors. * 8-K 001-13449 10.4 April 4, 2007
10.2 Form of Amended and Restated Change of Control Agreement between Registrant and each of Registrant’s Executive Officers.* 10-Q 001-13449 10.2 November 6, 2015
10.3 Form of Amended and Restated Director Change of Control Agreement between Registrant and the Directors (Other than the Executive Chairman and the CEO). * 8-K 001-13449 10.2 May 10, 2011
10.4 Quantum Corporation 2012 Long-Term Incentive Plan as amended.* 8-K 001-13449 10.1 August 31, 2015
10.5 Form of Restricted Stock Unit Agreement (U.S. Employees), under the Quantum Corporation 2012 Long-Term Incentive Plan. * 10-Q/A 001-13449 10.2 February 15, 2013
10.6 Form of Restricted Stock Unit Agreement (Non-U.S. Employees), under the Quantum Corporation 2012 Long-Term Incentive Plan. * 10-Q/A 001-13449 10.3 February 15, 2013
10.7 Form of Restricted Stock Unit Agreement (Directors), under the Quantum Corporation 2012 Long-Term Incentive Plan. * 10-Q/A 001-13449 10.4 February 15, 2013
10.8 Quantum Corporation Employee Stock Purchase Plan, as amended. * 10-K 001-13449 10.9 June 12, 2015
10.9 Quantum Corporation Executive Officer Incentive Plan. * 10-K 001-13449 10.10 June 12, 2015
10.10 Employment Offer Letter, dated March 31, 2011, between Registrant and Jon W. Gacek. * 8-K 001-13449 10.1 April 5, 2011
10.11 Amendment to Employment Offer Letter between Registrant and Jon W. Gacek. * 10-Q 001-13449 10.1 February 8, 2013
10.12 Employment Offer Letter, dated August 31, 2006, between Registrant and William C. Britts. * 8-K 001-13449 10.1 September 7, 2006
10.13 Amendment to Employment Offer Letter between Registrant and William C. Britts. * 10-Q 001-13449 10.6 November 7, 2008


10.8#8-K6/27/1810.1
10.9#8-K6/27/1810.2
10.108-K12/28/1810.2
10.118-K4/6/2010.2
10.128-K4/16/2010.3
10.138-K6/17/2010.2
10.148-K12/14/2010.2
10.1510-K6/8/2210.3
10.1610-K6/8/2210.31
10.178-K10/06/2110.1
10.188-K3/17/2210.3
10.198-K4/27/2210.1
10.208-K5/31/1999.2
10.21#10-K8/6/1910.75
10.22#8-K11/18/1910.1
10.23#10-K6/24/2010.2
10.24#10-K6/24/2010.3
10.25#10-K6/24/2010.4
10.26#10-K6/24/2010.5
10.27#10-K6/24/2010.6
10.28#8-K11/18/1910.2
10.29#S-82/1/2110.1
10.30#X
10.31#10-Q1/29/202010.1
77

    Incorporated by Reference
Exhibit
Number
 Exhibit Description Form File No. Exhibit(s) Filing Date
10.14 Amendment to Employment Offer Letter between Registrant and William C. Britts. * 10-Q 001-13449 10.3 February 5, 2010
10.15 Offer Letter of Mr. David A. Krall, dated August 11, 2011. * 8-K 001-13449 10.1 August 22, 2011
10.16 Offer Letter, dated May 2, 2011, between Registrant and David E. Roberson. * 8-K 001-13449 10.1 May 10, 2011
10.17 Offer Letter, dated August 20, 2007, between Registrant and Paul Auvil. * 8-K 001-13449 10.1 August 29, 2007
10.18 Offer Letter, dated August 7, 2013, between Registrant and Louis DiNardo.* 10-Q 001-13449 10.3 November 12, 2013
10.19 Offer Letter, dated August 7, 2013, between Registrant and Gregg J. Powers.* 10-Q 001-13449 10.4 November 12, 2013
10.20 Offer Letter, dated August 29, 2014, between Registrant and Dale L. Fuller.* 10-K 001-13449 10.23 June 12, 2015
10.21 Offer Letter, dated May 1, 2015, between Registrant and Robert J. Andersen.* 10-K 001-13449 10.24 June 12, 2015
10.22 Offer Letter, dated March 29, 2016, between Registrant and Clifford Press.* 8-K 001-13449 10.1 April 5, 2016
10.23 Form of Agreement to Advance Legal Fees between the Registrant and certain of its Executive Officers.* 10-K 001-13449 10.25 June 12, 2015
10.24 Credit Agreement, dated March 29, 2012, by and among the Registrant, Wells Fargo Capital Finance, LLC, as Administrative Agent, and the Lenders party thereto. 10-K 001-13449 10.22 June 14, 2012
10.25 Security Agreement, dated March 29, 2012, among the Registrant and Wells Fargo Capital Finance, LLC. 8-K 001-13449 10.2 April 2, 2012
10.26 First Amendment to Credit Agreement, dated June 28, 2012, among Registrant, the lenders identified therein, and Wells Fargo Capital Finance, LLC, as the administrative agent for the lenders. 8-K 001-13449 10.1 June 28, 2012
10.27 Fourth Amendment to Credit Agreement and First Amendment to Security Agreement, dated January 31, 2013, among Registrant, the lenders identified therein, and Wells Fargo Capital Finance, LLC, as the administrative agent for the lenders. 8-K 001-13449 10.1 February 6, 2013
10.28 Consent and Fifth Amendment to Credit Agreement, dated February 6, 2014, by and among Wells Fargo Capital Finance, LLC, as administrative agent, the lenders that are parties thereto, and Quantum Corporation 8-K 001-13449 10.1 April 29, 2014
10.29 Sixth Amendment to Credit Agreement and Second Amendment to Security Agreement, dated April 24, 2014, by and among Wells Fargo Capital Finance, LLC, as administrative agent, the lenders that are parties thereto, and Quantum Corporation. 8-K 001-13449 10.2 April 29, 2014
10.328-K8/05/2110.1
10.338-K10/06/2110.2
10.348-K3/17/2210.2
10.358-K4/27/2210.2
10.368-K3/17/2210.1
10.37#8-K9/28/2210.1
10.38#8-K9/28/2210.2
10.39#8-K1/11/2310.1
10.40#8-K1/11/2310.3
21.110-K6/24/2021.1
23.1X
24.1
Power of Attorney (contained on the signature page hereof)
X
31.1X
31.2X
32.1X
32.2X
101.INSXBRL Instance DocumentX
101.SCHXBRL Taxonomy Extension Schema DocumentX
101.CALXBRL Taxonomy Extension Calculation Linkbase DocumentX
101.DEFXBRL Taxonomy Extension Definition Linkbase DocumentX
101.LABXBRL Taxonomy Extension Label Linkbase DocumentX
101.PREXBRL Taxonomy Extension Presentation Linkbase DocumentX
104Cover Page Interactive Data File (formatted as inline XBRL and contained in Exhibit 101)X

* Schedules and attachments have been omitted pursuant to Item 601(b)(2) of Regulation S-K. The registrant hereby undertakes to furnish supplemental copies of any of the omitted schedules and attachments upon request by the Securities and Exchange Commission.



# Indicates management contract or compensatory plan or arrangement.


















78
    Incorporated by Reference
Exhibit
Number
 Exhibit Description Form File No. Exhibit(s) Filing Date
10.30 Seventh Amendment to Credit Agreement, dated August 7, 2015, by and among Wells Fargo Capital Finance, LLC, as administrative agent, the lenders that are parties thereto, and Quantum Corporation 8-K 001-13449 10.1 August 13, 2015
10.31 Eighth Amendment to Credit Agreement, dated November 13, 2015, by and among Wells Fargo Capital Finance, LLC, as administrative agent, the lenders that are parties thereto, and Quantum Corporation. ‡        
10.32 Ninth Amendment to Credit Agreement, dated April 15, 2016, by and among Wells Fargo Capital Finance, LLC, as administrative agent, the lenders that are parties thereto, and Quantum Corporation. 8-K 001-13449 10.1 April 18, 2016
10.33 Agreement for Purchase and Sale of Real Property, dated as November 18, 2005, among Registrant, SELCO Service Corporation and CS/Federal Drive LLC, as amended by Amendments 1 through 6. 8-K 001-13449 10.1 February 10, 2006
10.34 Lease Agreement, dated February 6, 2006, between Registrant and CS/Federal Drive AB LLC (for Building A). 8-K 001-13449 10.2 February 10, 2006
10.35 Lease Agreement, dated February 6, 2006, between Registrant and CS/Federal Drive AB LLC (for Building B). 8-K 001-13449 10.3 February 10, 2006
10.36 First Amendment dated August 1, 2010 to Lease Agreement between Registrant and CS/Federal Drive AB LLC (for Building B). 10-K 001-13449 10.35 June 12, 2015
10.37 Lease Agreement, dated February 6, 2006, between Registrant and CS/Federal Drive AB LLC (for Building C). 8-K 001-13449 10.4 February 10, 2006
10.38 First Amendment dated August 1, 2010 to Lease Agreement between Registrant and CS/Federal Drive AB LLC (for Building C). 10-K 001-13449 10.37 June 12, 2015
10.39 Patent Cross License Agreement, dated February 27, 2006, between Registrant and Storage Technology Corporation. 8-K 001-13449 10.1 March 3, 2006
10.40 Warrant Purchase Agreement, dated as of June 3, 2009, by and between Quantum Corporation and EMC Corporation. 8-K 001-13449 10.1 June 9, 2009
10.41 First Amendment to the Purchase Agreement, dated as of June 17, 2009, by and between Quantum Corporation and EMC Corporation. 8-K 001-13449 10.1 June 23, 2009
10.42 Agreement, dated as of May 13, 2013, by and among Registrant, Starboard Value LP, and certain of its affiliates. 8-K 001-13449 10.1 May 14, 2013
10.43 Agreement, dated as of July 28, 2014, by and among Registrant and Starboard Value L.P. and certain of its affiliates 8-K 001-13449 10.1 July 29, 2014
12.1 Ratio of Earnings to Fixed Charges. ‡       
21 Quantum Subsidiaries. ‡       
23 Consent of Independent Registered Public Accounting Firm, PricewaterhouseCoopers LLP. ‡       
24 Power of Attorney (see signature page).       
31.1 Certification of the Chief Executive Officer pursuant to Section 302(a) of the Sarbanes-Oxley Act of 2002. ‡       
31.2 Certification of the Chief Financial Officer pursuant to Section 302(a) of the Sarbanes-Oxley Act of 2002. ‡       



Incorporated by Reference
ExhibitITEM 16. FORM 10-K SUMMARY
None.

Number
Exhibit DescriptionFormFile No.Exhibit(s)Filing Date
32.1
Certification of Chief Executive Officer pursuant to 18 U.S.C. section 1350, as adopted pursuant to section 906 of the Sarbanes-Oxley act of 2002. †
32.2
Certification of Chief Financial Officer pursuant to 18 U.S.C. section 1350, as adopted pursuant to section 906 of the Sarbanes-Oxley act of 2002. †
101.INSXBRL Instance Document. ††
101.SCHXBRL Taxonomy Extension Schema Document. ††
101.CALXBRL Taxonomy Extension Calculation Linkbase Document. ††
101.DEFXBRL Taxonomy Extension Definition Linkbase Document. ††
101.LABXBRL Taxonomy Extension Label Linkbase Document. ††
101.PREXBRL Taxonomy Extension Presentation Linkbase Document. ††


*       Indicates management contract or compensatory plan, contract or arrangement.
Filed herewith.
Furnished herewith.
††XBRL (Extensible Business Reporting Language) information is furnished and not filed herewith, is not a part of a registration statement or prospectus for purposes of sections 11 or 12 of the Securities Act of 1933, is deemed not filed for purposes of section 18 of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, and otherwise is not subject to liability under these sections.

SIGNATURE
Pursuant to the requirements of Section 13 or 15(d) of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, the registrant has duly caused this report to be signed on its behalf by the undersigned, thereunto duly authorized.
Quantum CorporationQUANTUM CORPORATION
(Registrant)
/s/ FUAD AHMAD
Fuad AhmadJune 6, 2023/s/ Kenneth P. Gianella
(Date)Kenneth P. Gianella
Chief Financial Officer
(Principal Financial and Chief Accounting Officer)
Date:June 3, 2016




79

POWER OF ATTORNEY
KNOW ALL PERSONS BY THESE PRESENTS, that each person whose signature appears below constitutes and appoints Jon W. GacekJames Lerner and Fuad Ahmad,Kenneth Gianella, jointly and severally, his attorneys-in-fact, each with the power of substitution, for him in any and all capacities, to sign any amendments to this Annual Report on Form 10-K, and to file the same, with exhibits thereto and other documents in connection therewith, with the Securities and Exchange Commission,mission, hereby ratifying and confirming all that each of said attorneys-in-fact, or his substitute or substitutes, may do or cause to be done by virtue hereof.
Pursuant to the requirements of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, this Report has been signed below by the following persons in the capacities and on June 3, 2016.6, 2023.

SignatureTitle
/s/ JON W. GACEKJames J. LernerDirector, President, and Chief Executive Officer and Chairman of the Board
Jon W. GacekJames J. Lerner(Principal Executive Officer)
/s/ FUAD AHMADKenneth P. GianellaChief Financial Officer
Fuad AhmadKenneth P. Gianella(Principal Financial and Officer)
/s/ Lewis MooreheadChief Accounting Officer)Officer
Lewis Moorehead(Principal Accounting Officer)
/s/ ROBERT J. ANDERSENDirector
Robert/s/ Rebecca J. AndersenJacobyDirector
Rebecca J. Jacoby
/s/ PAUL R. AUVIL IIIDirector
Paul R. Auvil III/s/ Donald JaworskiDirector
Donald Jaworski
/s/ LOUIS DINARDODirector
Louis DiNardo/s/ Hugues MeyrathDirector
Hugues Meyrath
/s/ DALE L. FULLERDirector
Dale L. Fuller/s/ Christopher D. NeumeyerDirector
Christopher D. Neumeyer
/s/ DAVID A. KRALLDirector
David A. Krall/s/ Marc E. RothmanDirector
Marc E. Rothman
/s/ GREGG J. POWERSDirector
Gregg J. Powers/s/ Yue Zhou WhiteDirector
Yue Zhou White
/s/ CLIFFORD PRESSDirector
Clifford Press
/s/ DAVID E. ROBERSONDirector
David E. Roberson



88
80